# pali

volume: 35
item: 30
title: upakkilesasuttavaṇṇanā^bālapaṇḍitasuttavaṇṇanā^^cakkaratanavaṇṇanā^hatthiratanavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] 258^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^M4.0159^ea^ pātubhūtacakkaratanassa panassa cakkavattino amaccā  pakatimaṅgalahatthiṭṭhānaṃ sucibhūmibhāgaṃ kāretvā haricandanādīhi  surabhigandhehi upalimpāpetvā heṭṭhā vicittavaṇṇasurabhikusumasamākiṇṇaṃ  upari suvaṇṇatārakānaṃ antarantarā  samosaritamanuñña-kusumadāmappaṭimaṇḍitavitānaṃ devavimānaṃ viya  abhisaṅkharitvā ``evarūpassa nāma deva hatthiratanassa āgamanaṃ  cintethā''ti vadanti. so pubbe vuttanayeneva mahādānaṃ datvā  sīlāni samādāya taṃ puññasampattiṃ āvajjanto nisīdati, athassa  puññānubhāvacodito chaddantakulā vā uposathakulā vā taṃ sakkāravisesaṃ  anubhavitukāmo  taruṇaravimaṇḍalābhirattacaraṇa-gīvamukhappaṭimaṇḍitavisuddhasetasarīro  sattappatiṭṭho susaṇṭhitaṅgapaccaṅgasanniveso  vikasitaratta-padumacārupokkharo iddhimā yogī viya vehāsaṃ  gamanasamattho manosilācuṇṇarañjitapariyanto viya rajatapabbato  hatthiseṭṭho tasmiṃ padese patiṭṭhāti. so chaddantakulā āgacchanto  sabbakaniṭṭho āgacchati, uposathakulā sabbajeṭṭho. pāḷiyaṃ pana  ``uposatho nāgarājā'' icceva āgacchati. svāyaṃ ^a^P4.0225^ea^  pūritacakkavattivattānaṃ cakkavattīnaṃ sutte vuttanayeneva  cintayantānaṃ āgacchati, na itaresaṃ. sayameva pakatimaṅgalahatthiṭṭhānaṃ  āgantvā maṅgalahatthiṃ apanetvā tattha tiṭṭhati. tena vuttaṃ ^b^puna  caparaṃ, bhikkhave...pe0... nāgarājā^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ pātubhūtaṃ pana taṃ hatthiratanaṃ disvā hatthigopakādayo haṭṭhatuṭṭhā  vegena gantvā rañño ārocenti. rājā turitaturitaṃ āgantvā taṃ  disvā pasannacitto ``bhaddakaṃ vata bho hatthiyānaṃ, sace damathaṃ  upeyyā''ti cintayanto hatthaṃ pasāreti. atha so gharadhenuvacchako  viya kaṇṇe olambetvā sūratabhāvaṃ dassento rājānaṃ upasaṅkamati,  rājā taṃ abhiruhitukāmo hoti. athassa ^a^V4.0165^ea^ parijanā adhippāyaṃ ñatvā  taṃ hatthiratanaṃ sovaṇṇaddhajaṃ sovaṇṇālaṅkāraṃ hemajālapaṭicchannaṃ katvā  upanenti. rājā taṃ anisīdāpetvāva sattaratanamayāya nisseṇiyā  abhiruyha ākāsaṃ gamananinnacitto hoti. tassa saha cittuppādeneva  so hatthirājā rājahaṃso viya indanīlamaṇippabhājālanīlagaganatalaṃ  abhilaṅghati, tato cakkacārikāya vuttanayeneva ^a^M4.0160^ea^ sakalarājaparisā.  iti sapariso rājā antopātarāseyeva sakalapathaviṃ anusaṃyāyitvā  rājadhāniṃ paccāgacchati, evaṃ mahiddhikaṃ cakkavattino ^b^hatthiratanaṃ^eb^  hoti. tena vuttaṃ ^b^disvāna rañño cakkavattissa...pe0... evarūpaṃ  hatthiratanaṃ pātubhavatī^eb^ti. 


volume: 35
item: 31
title: bālapaṇḍitasuttavaṇṇanā^^cakkaratanavaṇṇanā^hatthiratanavaṇṇanā^assaratanavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] evaṃ pātubhūtahatthiratanassa pana cakkavattino parisā  pakatimaṅgalāssaṭṭhānaṃ sucisamatalaṃ kāretvā alaṅkaritvā ca  purimanayeneva rañño tassa āgamanacintanatthaṃ ussāhaṃ janenti. so  purimanayeneva katadānasakkāro ^a^P4.0226^ea^ samādinnasīlova  pāsādatale nisinno puññasampattiṃ samanussarati, athassa  puññānubhāvacodito sindhavakulato  vijjullatāvinaddhasaradakālasetavalāhakarāsisassiriko rattapādo  rattatuṇḍo candappabhāpuñjasadisasuddhasiniddhaghanasaṅghātasarīro kākagīvā  viya indanīlamaṇi viya ca kāḷavaṇṇena sīsena samannāgatattā  ^b^kāḷasīso^eb^ suṭṭhu kappetvā ṭhapitehi viya muñjasadisehi  saṇhavaṭṭaujugatigatehi kesehi samannāgatattā ^b^muñjakeso vehāsaṅgamo^eb^  valāhako nāma assarājā āgantvā tasmiṃ ṭhāne patiṭṭhāti. sesaṃ  sabbaṃ hatthiratane vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. evarūpaṃ ^b^assaratanaṃ^eb^  sandhāya bhagavā ^b^puna capara^eb^ntiādimāha. 


volume: 35
item: 32
title: ^cakkaratanavaṇṇanā^hatthiratanavaṇṇanā^assaratanavaṇṇanā^maṇiratanavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] evaṃ pātubhūtāssaratanassa pana rañño cakkavattissa catuhatthāyāmaṃ  sakaṭanābhisamappamāṇaṃ ubhosu antesu kaṇṇikapariyantato  viniggatasuparisuddhamuttākalāpehi dvīhi kañcanapadumehi alaṅkataṃ  caturāsītimaṇisahassaparivāraṃ tārāgaṇaparivutassa puṇṇacandassa siriṃ  paṭippharamānaṃ viya vepullapabbatato ^b^maṇiratanaṃ^eb^ āgacchati.  tassevaṃ āgatassa muttājālake ^a^V4.0166^ea^ ṭhapetvā veḷuparamparāya saṭṭhihatthappamāṇaṃ  ākāsaṃ āropitassa rattibhāge samantā yojanappamāṇaṃ okāsaṃ ābhā  pharati, yāya sabbo so okāso aruṇuggamanavelā viya  sañjātāloko hoti. tato kassakā kasikammaṃ, vāṇijā  āpaṇugghāṭanaṃ ^a^M4.0161^ea^, te ^a^P4.0227^ea^ te ca sippino taṃ taṃ kammantaṃ  payojenti divāti maññamānā. tena vuttaṃ ^b^puna caparaṃ,  bhikkhave...pe0... maṇiratanaṃ pātubhavatī^eb^ti. 


volume: 35
item: 33
title: cakkaratanavaṇṇanā^hatthiratanavaṇṇanā^assaratanavaṇṇanā^maṇiratanavaṇṇanā^itthiratanavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] evaṃ pātubhūtamaṇiratanassa pana cakkavattissa  visayasukhavisesakāraṇaṃ ^b^itthiratanaṃ^eb^ pātubhavati. maddarājakulato  vā hissa aggamahesiṃ ānenti, uttarakuruto vā puññānubhāvena sayaṃ  āgacchati. avasesā panassā sampatti ``puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave,  rañño cakkavattissa itthiratanaṃ pātubhavati abhirūpā  dassanīyā''tiādinā nayena pāḷiyaṃyeva āgatā.<br/><br/>[03] tattha saṇṭhānapāripūriyā adhikaṃ rūpaṃ assāti ^b^abhirūpā^eb^.  dissamānā ca cakkhūni pīṇayati, tasmā aññaṃ kiccavikkhepaṃ  hitvāpi daṭṭhabbāti ^b^dassanīyā^eb^. dissamānā ca somanassavasena  cittaṃ pasādetīti ^b^pāsādikā. paramāyā^eb^ti evaṃ pasādāvahattā  uttamāya. ^b^vaṇṇapokkharatāyā^eb^ti vaṇṇasundaratāya.  ^b^samannāgatā^eb^ti upetā. ^b^abhirūpā^eb^ vā yasmā nātidīghā  nātirassā ^b^dassanīyā^eb^ yasmā nātikisā nātithūlā,  ^b^pāsādikā^eb^ yasmā nātikāḷikā naccodātā. ^b^paramāya  vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgatā^eb^ yasmā atikkantā mānusaṃ vaṇṇaṃ  appattā dibbavaṇṇaṃ. manussānañhi vaṇṇābhā bahi na niccharati,  devānaṃ atidūraṃ niccharati, tassā pana dvādasahatthappamāṇaṃ padesaṃ  sarīrābhā obhāseti.<br/><br/>[03] nātidīghādīsu cassā paṭhamayugaḷena ārohasampatti,  dutiyayugaḷena pariṇāhasampatti, tatiyayugaḷena vaṇṇasampatti vuttā.  chahi vāpi etehi kāyavipattiyā abhāvo, atikkantā mānusaṃ  vaṇṇanti iminā kāyasampatti vuttā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tūlapicuno vā kappāsapicuno vā^eb^ti sappimaṇḍe  pakkhipitvā ^a^P4.0228^ea^ ṭhapitassa satavihatassa tūlapicuno  ^a^V4.0167^ea^ vā satavihatassa kappāsapicuno vā kāyasamphasso hoti.  ^b^sīte^eb^ti rañño sītakāle. ^b^uṇhe^eb^ti rañño uṇhakāle.  ^b^candanagandho^eb^ti niccakālameva supisitassa abhinavassa  catujjātisamāyojitassa haricandanassa gandho kāyato vāyati.  ^b^uppalagandho^eb^ti hasitakathitakālesu mukhato nikkhanto taṅkhaṇaṃ  vikasitasseva nīluppalassa atisurabhigandho vāyati.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ ^a^M4.0162^ea^ rūpasamphassagandhasampattiyuttāya panassā sarīrasampattiyā  anurūpaṃ ācāraṃ dassetuṃ ^b^taṃ kho panā^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. tattha  rājānaṃ disvā nisinnāsanato aggidaḍḍhā viya paṭhamameva uṭṭhātīti  ^b^pubbuṭṭhāyinī^eb^. tasmiṃ nisinne tassa rañño tālavaṇṭena  bījanādikiccaṃ katvā pacchā nipatati nisīdatīti  ^b^pacchānipātinī^eb^. kiṃ karomi devāti tassa kiṃkāraṃ  paṭissāvetīti ^b^kiṃkārapaṭissāvinī^eb^. rañño manāpameva carati  karotīti ^b^manāpacārinī^eb^. yaṃ rañño piyaṃ, tadeva vadatīti  ^b^piyavādinī^eb^.<br/><br/>[03] idāni svāssā ācāro bhāvasuddhiyā eva, na sāṭheyyenāti  dassetuṃ ^b^taṃ kho panā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^no aticaratī^eb^ti  na atikkamitvā carati, aññaṃ purisaṃ cittenapi na patthetīti vuttaṃ  hoti. tattha ye tassā ādimhi ``abhirūpā''tiādayo ante  ``pubbuṭṭhāyinī''tiādayo guṇā vuttā, te pakatiguṇā eva  ``atikkantā ^a^P4.0229^ea^ mānusaṃ vaṇṇa''ntiādayo pana  cakkavattino puññaṃ upanissāya cakkaratanapātubhāvato paṭṭhāya  purimakammānubhāvena nibbattantīti veditabbā. abhirūpatādikāpi vā  cakkaratanapātubhāvato paṭṭhāya sabbākārapāripūrā jātā. tenāha  ^b^evarūpaṃ itthiratanaṃ pātubhavatī^eb^ti. 


volume: 35
item: 34
title: hatthiratanavaṇṇanā^assaratanavaṇṇanā^maṇiratanavaṇṇanā^itthiratanavaṇṇanā^gahapatiratanavaṇṇanā
content:
  [03] evaṃ pātubhūtaitthiratanassa pana rañño cakkavattissa dhanakaraṇīyānaṃ  kiccānaṃ yathāsukhappavattanatthaṃ ^b^gahapatiratanaṃ^eb^ pātubhavati. so  pakatiyāva mahābhogo mahābhogakule jāto rañño dhanarāsivaḍḍhako  seṭṭhi gahapati hoti, cakkaratanānubhāvasahitaṃ panassa kammavipākajaṃ  dibbacakkhu pātubhavati, yena antopathaviyaṃ yojanabbhantare nidhiṃ  passati. so taṃ sampattiṃ disvā ^a^V4.0168^ea^ tuṭṭhahadayo gantvā rājānaṃ dhanena  pavāretvā sabbāni dhanakaraṇīyāni sampādeti. tena vuttaṃ ^b^puna  caparaṃ, bhikkhave...pe0... evarūpaṃ gahapatiratanaṃ pātubhavatī^eb^ti. 


volume: 35
item: 35
title:
  assaratanavaṇṇanā^maṇiratanavaṇṇanā^itthiratanavaṇṇanā^gahapatiratanavaṇṇanā^pariṇāyakaratanavaṇṇanā

content:
  [03] evaṃ pātubhūtagahapatiratanassa pana rañño cakkavattissa  sabbakiccasaṃvidhānasamatthaṃ ^b^pariṇāyakaratanaṃ^eb^ pātubhavati. so  rañño jeṭṭhaputtova hoti ^a^M4.0163^ea^. pakatiyā eva paṇḍito byatto medhāvī,  rañño puññānubhāvaṃ nissāya panassa attano kammānubhāvena  paracittañāṇaṃ uppajjati. yena dvādasayojanāya rājaparisāya  cittācāraṃ ñatvā rañño ahite hite ca vavatthapetuṃ samattho hoti.  sopi taṃ attano ānubhāvaṃ disvā tuṭṭhahadayo rājānaṃ  sabbakiccānusāsanena pavāreti. tena vuttaṃ ^b^puna caparaṃ...pe0...  pariṇāyakaratanaṃ pātubhavatī^eb^ti. tattha ^a^P4.0230^ea^  ^b^ṭhapetabbaṃ ṭhapetu^eb^nti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhānantare ṭhapetabbaṃ ṭhapetuṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 259^b^.^eb^ ^b^samavepākiniyā^eb^tiādi heṭṭhā vuttameva. <br/><br/>[03] 260^b^.^eb^ ^b^kaṭaggahenā^eb^ti jayaggāhena. ^b^mahantaṃ  bhogakkhandha^eb^nti ekappahāreneva dve vā tīṇi vā satasahassāni.  ^b^kevalā paripūrā paṇḍitabhūmī^eb^ti paṇḍito tīṇi sucaritāni  pūretvā sagge nibbattati, tato manussalokaṃ āgacchanto  kularūpabhogasampattiyaṃ nibbattati, tattha ṭhito tīṇi ca sucaritāni  pūretvā puna sagge nibbattatīti ayaṃ sakalā paripuṇṇā paṇḍitabhūmi.  sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] bālapaṇḍitasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 36
title: maṇiratanavaṇṇanā^itthiratanavaṇṇanā^gahapatiratanavaṇṇanā^devadūtasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 261^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0169^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti devadūtasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^dve  agārā^eb^tiādi assapurasutte vitthāritameva. <br/><br/>[03] 262^b^.^eb^ ^b^nirayaṃ upapannā^eb^ti bhagavā katthaci nirayato  paṭṭhāya desanaṃ devalokena osāpeti, katthaci devalokato paṭṭhāya  nirayena osāpeti. sace saggasampattiṃ vitthāretvā kathetukāmo  hoti, nirayadukkhaṃ ekadesato katheti, tiracchānayonidukkhaṃ  pettivisayadukkhaṃ manussalokasampattiṃ ekadesato katheti,  saggasampattimeva vitthāreti. sace nirayadukkhaṃ vitthāretvā  kathetukāmo hoti, devalokamanussalokesu ^a^M4.0164^ea^ sampattiṃ  tiracchānayonipettivisayesu ca dukkhaṃ ekadesato katheti,  nirayadukkhameva vitthāreti. so imasmiṃ sutte nirayadukkhaṃ  vitthāretukāmo, tasmā devalokato ^a^P4.0231^ea^ paṭṭhāya desanaṃ  nirayena osāpeti. devalokamanussalokasampattiyo  tiracchānayonipettivisayadukkhāni ca ekadesato kathetvā  nirayadukkhameva vitthārena kathetuṃ ^b^tamenaṃ, bhikkhave,  nirayapālā^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ekacce therā ^b^``nirayapālā^eb^ nāma natthi, yantarūpaṃ  viya kammameva kāraṇaṃ kāretī''ti vadanti. tesaṃ taṃ ``atthi  niraye nirayapālāti, āmantā, atthi ca kāraṇikā''tiādinā  nayena abhidhamme (kathā0 866) paṭisedhitameva. yathā hi  manussaloke kammakāraṇakārakā atthi, evameva niraye nirayapālā  atthīti. ^b^yamassa rañño^eb^ti yamarājā nāma vemānikapetarājā,  ekasmiṃ kāle dibbavimāne  dibbakapparukkhadibbauyyānadibbanāṭakādisampattiṃ anubhavati, ekasmiṃ  kāle kammavipākaṃ, dhammiko rājā. na cesa ekova hoti, catūsu  pana dvāresu cattāro janā honti. ^b^nāddasa^eb^nti attano santike  pesitassa kassaci devadūtassa abhāvaṃ sandhāya evaṃ vadati. atha naṃ  yamo ``nāyaṃ bhāsitassa atthaṃ sallakkhetī''ti ñatvā  sallakkhāpetukāmo ^b^ambho^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^jātidhammo^eb^ti ^a^V4.0170^ea^ jātisabhāvo, aparimutto jātiyā, jāti  nāma mayhaṃ abbhantareyeva atthīti. parato  ^b^jarādhammo^eb^tiādīsupi eseva nayo. <br/><br/>[03] 263^b^.^eb^ ^b^paṭhamaṃ devadūtaṃ samanuyuñjitvā^eb^ti ettha  daharakumāro atthato evaṃ vadati nāma ``passatha, bho, mayhampi  tumhākaṃ viya hatthapādā atthi, sake panamhi muttakarīse palipanno,  attano dhammatāya uṭṭhahitvā nhāyituṃ ^a^P4.0232^ea^ na sakkomi,  ahaṃ kiliṭṭhagattomhi, nhāpetha manti vattumpi na sakkomi, jātitomhi  aparimuttatāya ediso jāto. na kho panāhameva, tumhepi jātito  aparimuttāva. yatheva hi mayhaṃ, evaṃ tumhākampi jāti āgamissati,  iti tassā pure āgamanāva kalyāṇaṃ karothā''ti. tenesa devadūto  nāma jāto, vacanattho pana maghadevasutte vuttova.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dutiyaṃ^eb^ ^a^M4.0165^ea^ ^b^devadūta^eb^nti etthāpi jarājiṇṇasatto atthato evaṃ  vadati nāma -- ``passatha, bho, ahampi tumhe viya taruṇo ahosiṃ  ūrubalabāhubalajavanasampanno, tassa me tā balajavanasampattiyo  antarahitā, vijjamānāpi me hatthapādā hatthapādakiccaṃ na karonti,  jarāyamhi aparimuttatāya ediso jāto. na kho panāhameva, tumhepi  jarāya aparimuttāva. yatheva hi mayhaṃ, evaṃ tumhākampi jarā  āgamissati, iti tassā pure āgamanāva kalyāṇaṃ karothā''ti.  tenesa devadūto nāma jāto.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tatiyaṃ devadūta^eb^nti etthāpi gilānasatto atthato eva  vadati nāma -- ``passatha, bho, ahampi tumhe viya nirogo ahosiṃ,  somhi etarahi byādhinā abhihato sake muttakarīse palipanno,  uṭṭhātumpi na sakkomi, vijjamānāpi me hatthapādā hatthapādakiccaṃ na  karonti, byādhitomhi aparimuttatāya ediso jāto. na kho  panāhameva, tumhepi byādhito aparimuttāva. yatheva hi mayhaṃ, evaṃ  tumhākaṃ byādhi āgamissati, iti tassa pure āgamanāva kalyāṇaṃ  karothā''ti. tenesa devadūto nāma jāto. <br/><br/>[03] 265^b^.^eb^ ^b^catutthaṃ devadūta^eb^nti ettha pana kammakāraṇā  vā ^a^P4.0233^ea^ devadūtāti kātabbā kammakāraṇikā vā.  tattha pana kammakāraṇapakkhe bāttiṃsa tāva kammakāraṇā atthato evaṃ  vadanti ^a^V4.0171^ea^ nāma -- ``mayaṃ nibbattamānā na rukkhe vā pāsāṇe vā  nibbattāma, tumhādisānaṃ sarīre nibbattāma, iti amhākaṃ pure  nibbattitova kalyāṇaṃ karothā''ti. tenete devadūtā nāma jātā.  kammakāraṇikāpi atthato evaṃ vadanti nāma -- ``mayaṃ dvattiṃsa  kammakāraṇā karontā na rukkhādīsu karoma, tumhādisesu sattesuyeva  karoma, iti amhākaṃ tumhesu pure kammakāraṇākaraṇatova kalyāṇaṃ  karothā''ti. tenetepi devadūtā nāma jātā. <br/><br/>[03] 266^b^.^eb^ ^b^pañcamaṃ devadūta^eb^nti ettha matakasatto  atthato evaṃ vadati nāma -- ``passatha bho maṃ āmakasusāne chaḍḍitaṃ  uddhumātakādibhāvaṃ pattaṃ, maraṇatomhi aparimuttatāya ediso jāto.  na kho panāhameva, tumhepi ^a^M4.0166^ea^ maraṇato aparimuttāva. yatheva hi mayhaṃ,  evaṃ tumhākampi maraṇaṃ āgamissati, iti tassa pure āgamanāva  kalyāṇaṃ karothā''ti. tenesa devadūto nāma jāto.<br/><br/>[03] imaṃ pana devadūtānuyogaṃ ko labhati, ko na labhatīti? yena  tāva bahuṃ pāpaṃ kataṃ, so gantvā niraye nibbattatiyeva. yena pana  parittaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ, so labhati. yathā hi sabhaṇḍaṃ coraṃ gahetvā  kattabbameva karonti, na vinicchinanti. anuvijjitvā gahitaṃ pana  vinicchayaṭṭhānaṃ nayanti, so vinicchayaṃ labhati. evaṃsampadametaṃ.  parittapāpakammā ^a^P4.0234^ea^ hi attano dhammatāyapi saranti,  sāriyamānāpi saranti.<br/><br/>[03] tattha dīghajayantadamiḷo nāma attano dhammatāya sari. so  kira damiḷo sumanagirivihāre ākāsacetiyaṃ rattapaṭena pūjesi.  atha niraye ussadasāmante nibbatto aggijālasaddaṃ sutvāva attano  pūjitapaṭaṃ anussari, so gantvā sagge nibbatto. aparopi puttassa  daharabhikkhuno khalisāṭakaṃ dento pādamūle ṭhapesi, maraṇakālamhi  paṭapaṭāti sadde nimittaṃ gaṇhi, sopi ussadasāmante nibbatto  jālasaddena taṃ sāṭakaṃ anussaritvā sagge nibbatto. evaṃ tāva  attano dhammatāya kusalaṃ kammaṃ saritvā sagge nibbattatīti.<br/><br/>[03] attano dhammatāya asarante pana pañca devadūte pucchati. tattha  koci paṭhamena devadūtena sarati, koci dutiyādīhi. yo pana  pañcahipi na sarati, taṃ yamo rājā sayaṃ sāreti. eko  ^a^V4.0172^ea^ kira  amacco sumanapupphakumbhena mahācetiyaṃ pūjetvā yamassa pattiṃ adāsi,  taṃ akusalakammena niraye nibbattaṃ yamassa santikaṃ nayiṃsu. tasmiṃ  pañcahipi devadūtehi kusale asarante yamo sayaṃ olokento disvā  -- ``nanu tvaṃ mahācetiyaṃ sumanapupphakumbhena pūjetvā mayhaṃ pattiṃ  adāsī''ti sāresi, so tasmiṃ kāle saritvā devalokaṃ gato.  yamo pana sayaṃ oloketvāpi apassanto -- ``mahādukkhaṃ nāma  anubhavissati ayaṃ satto''ti tuṇhī hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 267^b^.^eb^ ^b^mahāniraye^eb^ti avīcimahānirayamhi. kiṃ  panassa pamāṇaṃ? abbhantaraṃ āyāmena ca vitthārena ca yojanasataṃ  hoti. lohapathavī lohachadanaṃ ekekā ca bhitti ^a^P4.0235^ea^  navanavayojanikā hoti. puratthimāya bhittiyā ^a^M4.0167^ea^ acci uṭṭhitā pacchimaṃ  bhittiṃ gahetvā taṃ vinivijjhitvā parato yojanasataṃ gacchati.  sesadisāsupi eseva nayo. iti jālapariyantavasena  āyāmavitthārato aṭṭhārasayojanādhikāni tīṇi yojanasatāni,  parikkhepato pana navayojanasatāni catupaṇṇāsayojanāni, samantā pana  ussadehi saddhiṃ dasayojanasahassaṃ hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 268^b^.^eb^ ^b^ubbhataṃ tādisameva hotī^eb^ti ettha akkantapadaṃ  yāva aṭṭhito daḷhaṃ uddharitumeva na sakkā. ayaṃ panettha attho --  heṭṭhato paṭṭhāya ḍayhati, uparito paṭṭhāya jhāyati, iti akkamanakāle  ḍayhamānaṃ paññāyati, uddharaṇakāle tādisameva, tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ.  ^b^bahusampatto^eb^ti bahūni vassasatavassasahassāni sampatto.<br/><br/>[03] kasmā panesa narako avīcīti saṅkhaṃ gatoti. vīci nāma  antaraṃ vuccati, tattha ca aggijālānaṃ vā sattānaṃ vā dukkhassa vā  antaraṃ natthi. tasmā so avīcīti saṅkhaṃ gatoti. tassa hi  puratthimabhittito jālā uṭṭhitā saṃsibbamānā yojanasataṃ gantvā  pacchimabhittiṃ vinivijjhitvā parato yojanasataṃ gacchati.  sesadisāsupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03] imesaṃ channaṃ jālānaṃ majjhe nibbatto devadatto, tassa  yojanasatappamāṇo attabhāvo, dve pādā yāva gopphakā lohapathaviṃ  paviṭṭhā, dve hatthā yāva maṇibandhā lohabhittiyo paviṭṭhā, sīsaṃ yāva  bhamukaṭṭhito lohachadane paviṭṭhaṃ, adhobhāgena ekaṃ lohasūlaṃ pavisitvā  kāyaṃ vinivijjhantaṃ ^a^V4.0173^ea^ chadane paviṭṭhaṃ, pācīnabhittito nikkhantasūlaṃ  hadayaṃ vinivijjhitvā pacchimabhittiṃ paviṭṭhaṃ ^a^P4.0236^ea^,  uttarabhittito nikkhantasūlaṃ phāsukā vinivijjhitvā dakkhiṇabhittiṃ  paviṭṭhaṃ. niccale tathāgatamhi aparaddhattā niccalova hutvā paccatīti  kammasarikkhatāya ediso jāto. evaṃ jālānaṃ nirantaratāya  avīci nāma.<br/><br/>[03] abbhantare panassa yojanasatike ṭhāne nāḷiyaṃ koṭṭetvā pūritapiṭṭhaṃ  viya sattā nirantarā, ``imasmiṃ ṭhāne satto atthi, imasmiṃ  natthī''ti na vattabbaṃ, gacchantānaṃ ṭhitānaṃ nisinnānaṃ nipannānaṃ anto  natthi, gacchante vā ṭhite vā nisinne vā nipanne vā aññamaññaṃ na  bādhanti. evaṃ sattānaṃ nirantaratāya avīci.<br/><br/>[03] kāyadvāre ^a^M4.0168^ea^ pana cha upekkhāsahagatāni cittāni uppajjanti, ekaṃ  dukkhasahagataṃ. evaṃ santepi yathā jivhagge cha madhubindūni ṭhapetvā  ekasmiṃ tambalohabindumhi ṭhapite anudahanabalavatāya tadeva paññāyati,  itarāni abbohārikāni honti, evaṃ anudahanabalavatāya dukkhamevettha  nirantaraṃ, itarāni abbohārikānīti. evaṃ dukkhassa nirantaratāya  avīci. <br/><br/>[03] 269^b^.^eb^ ^b^mahanto^eb^ti yojanasatiko. ^b^so tattha  patatī^eb^ti eko pādo mahāniraye hoti, eko gūthaniraye nipatati.  ^b^sūcimukhā^eb^ti sūcisadisamukhā, te hatthigīvappamāṇā  ekadoṇikanāvāppamāṇā vā honti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kukkulanirayo^eb^ti yojanasatappamāṇova anto  kūṭāgāramattavitaccitāṅgārapuṇṇo ādittachārikanirayo, yattha ^a^P4.0237^ea^  patitapatitā kudrūsakarāsimhi khittaphālavāsisilādīni  viya heṭṭhimatalameva gaṇhanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^āropentī^eb^ti ayadaṇḍehi pothentā āropenti. tesaṃ  ārohanakāle te kaṇṭakā adhomukhā honti, orohanakāle uddhaṃmukhā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vāteritānī^eb^ti ^a^V4.0174^ea^ kammamayena vātena calitāni.  ^b^hatthampi chindantī^eb^ti phalake maṃsaṃ viya koṭṭayamānāni  chindanti. sace uṭṭhāya palāyati, ayopākāro samuṭṭhahitvā  parikkhipati, heṭṭhā khuradhārā samuṭṭhāti. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^khārodakā nadī^eb^ti vetaraṇī nāma tambalohanadī.  tattha ayomayāni kharavālika-pokkharapattāni, heṭṭhā khuradhārā ubhosu  tīresu vettalatā ca kusatiṇāni ca. ^b^so tattha dukkhā tibbā  kharā^eb^ti so tattha uddhañca adho ca vuyhamāno pokkharapattesu  chijjati. siṅghāṭakasaṇṭhānāya kharavālikāya kaṇṭakehi  vijjhiyati, khuradhārāhi phāliyati, ubhosu tīresu kusatiṇehi  vilekhati, vettalatāhi ākaḍḍhiyati, tikkhasattīhi phāliyati. <br/><br/>[03] 270^b^.^eb^ ^b^tattena^eb^ ^a^M4.0169^ea^ ^b^ayosaṅkunā^eb^ti tena  jigacchitomhīti ^a^P4.0238^ea^ vutte mahantaṃ lohapacchiṃ  lohaguḷānaṃ pūretvā taṃ upagacchanti, so lohaguḷabhāvaṃ ñatvā dante  samphuseti, athassa te tattena ayosaṅkunā mukhaṃ vivaranti,  tambalohadhārehi mahantena lohakaṭāhena tambalohaṃ upanetvā evamevaṃ  karonti. puna ^b^mahāniraye^eb^ti evaṃ pañcavidhabandhanato paṭṭhāya  yāva tambalohapānā tambalohapānato paṭṭhāya puna pañcavidhabandhanādīni  kāretvā mahāniraye pakkhipanti. tattha koci pañcavidhabandhaneneva  muccati, koci dutiyena, koci tatiyena, koci tambalohapānena  muccati, kamme pana aparikkhīṇe puna mahāniraye pakkhipanti.<br/><br/>[03] idaṃ pana suttaṃ gaṇhanto eko daharabhikkhu, -- ``bhante, ettakaṃ  dukkhamanubhavitasattaṃ punapi mahāniraye pakkhipantī''ti āha. āma,  āvuso, kamme aparikkhīṇe punappunaṃ evaṃ karontīti. tiṭṭhatu,  bhante, uddeso, kammaṭṭhānameva kathethāti kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathāpetvā sotāpanno  hutvā āgamma uddesaṃ aggahesi. aññesampi imasmiṃ padese uddesaṃ  ṭhapetvā arahattaṃ pattānaṃ gaṇanā natthi. sabbabuddhānañcetaṃ suttaṃ  avijahitameva hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 271^b^.^eb^ ^b^hīnakāyūpagā^eb^ti hīnakāyaṃ upagatā hutvā.  ^b^upādāne^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhigahaṇe. ^b^jātimaraṇasambhave^eb^ti  jātiyā ca maraṇassa ca kāraṇabhūte. ^b^anupādā^eb^ti catūhi  upādānehi anupādiyitvā. ^b^jātimaraṇasaṅkhaye^eb^ti  jātimaraṇasaṅkhayasaṅkhāte nibbāne vimuccanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^diṭṭhadhammābhinibbutā^eb^ti ^a^V4.0175^ea^ ^a^P4.0239^ea^ diṭṭhadhamme  imasmiṃyeva attabhāve sabbakilesanibbānena nibbutā. ^b^sabbadukkhaṃ  upaccagu^eb^nti sabbadukkhātikkantā nāma honti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] devadūtasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] tatiyavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 37
title: vibhaṅgavaggo^^^bhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 272^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0176^ea^ ^a^P5.0001^ea^  ^a^M4.0170^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  bhaddekarattasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^bhaddekarattassā^eb^ti  vipassanānuyogasamannāgatattā bhaddakassa ekarattassa. ^b^uddesa^eb^nti  mātikaṃ. ^b^vibhaṅga^eb^nti vitthārabhājanīyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^atīta^eb^nti atīte pañcakkhandhe. ^b^nānvāgameyyā^eb^ti  taṇhādiṭṭhīhi nānugaccheyya. ^b^nappaṭikaṅkhe^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi na  pattheyya. ^b^yadatīta^eb^nti idamettha kāraṇavacanaṃ. yasmā yaṃ  atītaṃ, taṃ pahīnaṃ niruddhaṃ atthaṅgataṃ, tasmā taṃ puna nānugaccheyya.  yasmā ca yaṃ anāgataṃ, taṃ appattaṃ ajātaṃ anibbattaṃ, tasmā tampi na  pattheyya.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tattha tatthā^eb^ti paccuppannampi dhammaṃ yattha yattheva uppanno,  tattha tattheva ca naṃ aniccānupassanādīhi sattahi anupassanāhi yo  vipassati araññādīsu vā tattha tattheva vipassati. ^b^asaṃhīraṃ^eb^  ^a^P5.0002^ea^ ^b^asaṃkuppa^eb^nti idaṃ  vipassanāpaṭivipassanādassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. vipassanā hi rāgādīhi na  saṃhīrati na saṃkuppatīti asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ, taṃ anubrūhaye vaḍḍheyya,  paṭivipasseyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. atha vā nibbānaṃ rāgādīhi na  saṃhīrati na saṃkuppatīti asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ. taṃ ^b^vidvā^eb^ paṇḍito  bhikkhu anubrūhaye, punappunaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ taṃ taṃ phalasamāpattiṃ appento  vaḍḍheyyāti attho.<br/><br/>[03] tassa pana anubrūhantassa atthāya -- ^b^ajjeva  kiccamātappa^eb^nti kilesānaṃ ātāpanaparitāpanena ātappanti laddhanāmaṃ  vīriyaṃ ajjeva kātabbaṃ. ^b^ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suve^eb^ti ^a^V4.0177^ea^ sve jīvitaṃ  vā maraṇaṃ vā ko jānāti. ajjeva dānaṃ vā dassāmi, sīlaṃ vā  rakkhissāmi, aññataraṃ vā pana kusalaṃ karissāmīti hi ``ajja  tāva papañco atthi, sve vā punadivase vā karissāmī''ti cittaṃ  anuppādetvā ajjeva karissāmīti evaṃ vīriyaṃ kātabbanti dasseti.  ^b^mahāsenenā^eb^ti aggivisasatthādīni anekāni maraṇakāraṇāni  tassa senā, tāya mahatiyā senāya vasena mahāsenena evarūpena  maccunā saddhiṃ ``katipāhaṃ tāva āgamehi yāvāhaṃ buddhapūjādiṃ attano  avassayakammaṃ karomī''ti ^a^M4.0171^ea^. evaṃ mittasanthavākārasaṅkhāto vā,  ``idaṃ sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā gahetvā katipāhaṃ āgamehī''ti evaṃ  lañjānuppadānasaṅkhāto vā, ``imināhaṃ balarāsinā  paṭibāhissāmī''ti evaṃ balarāsisaṅkhāto vā saṅgaro natthi.  ^b^saṅgaro^eb^ti hi mittasanthavākāralañjānuppadānabalarāsīnaṃ ^a^P5.0003^ea^  nāmaṃ, tasmā ayamattho vutto.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^atandita^eb^nti analasaṃ uṭṭhāhakaṃ. evaṃ paṭipannattā bhaddo  ekaratto assāti ^b^bhaddekaratto^eb^. iti taṃ evaṃ paṭipannapuggalaṃ  ``bhaddekaratto aya''nti. rāgādīnaṃ santatāya ^b^santo buddhamuni^eb^  ācikkhati. <br/><br/>[03] 273^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃrūpo^eb^tiādīsu kāḷopi samāno  indanīlamaṇivaṇṇo ahosinti evaṃ manuññarūpavaseneva evaṃrūpo  ahosiṃ. kusalasukhasomanassavedanāvaseneva evaṃvedano.  taṃsampayuttānaṃyeva saññādīnaṃ vasena evaṃsañño evaṃsaṅkhāro  evaṃviññāṇo ahosiṃ atītamaddhānanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tattha nandiṃ samanvānetī^eb^ti tesu rūpādīsu taṇhaṃ  samanvāneti anupavatteti. hīnarūpādivasena pana evaṃrūpo  ahosiṃ...pe0... evaṃviññāṇo ahosinti na maññati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^nandiṃ na samanvānetī^eb^ti taṇhaṃ vā taṇhāsampayuttadiṭṭhiṃ vā  nānupavattayati. <br/><br/>[03] 274^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃrūpo siya^eb^ntiādīsupi  taṃmanuññarūpādivaseneva taṇhādiṭṭhipavattasaṅkhātā nandisamanvānayanāva  veditabbā. <br/><br/>[03] 275^b^.^eb^ ^b^kathañca^eb^ ^a^V4.0178^ea^, ^b^bhikkhave, paccuppannesu dhammesu  saṃhīratī^eb^ti idaṃ ``paccuppannañca yo dhammaṃ, tattha tattha vipassati.  asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppa''nti uddesassa niddesatthaṃ vuttaṃ. kāmañcettha  ``kathañca, bhikkhave, paccuppannaṃ dhammaṃ ^a^P5.0004^ea^ na  vipassatī''tiādi vattabbaṃ siyā, yasmā pana asaṃhīrāti ca  asaṃkuppāti ca vipassanā vuttā, tasmā tassā eva abhāvañca bhāvañca  dassetuṃ saṃhīratīti mātikaṃ uddharitvā vitthāro vutto. tattha  ^b^saṃhīratī^eb^ti vipassanāya abhāvato taṇhādiṭṭhīhi ^a^M4.0172^ea^ ākaḍḍhiyati.  ^b^na saṃhīratī^eb^ti vipassanāya bhāvena taṇhādiṭṭhīhi nākaḍḍhiyati.  sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] bhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 38
title: ^^bhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 276^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0179^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti ānandabhaddekarattasuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito^eb^ti phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhito. ^b^ko  nu kho, bhikkhave^eb^ti jānantova kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchi. <br/><br/>[03] 278^b^.^eb^ ^b^sādhu sādhū^eb^ti therassa sādhukāramadāsi.  ^b^sādhu kho tva^eb^nti parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi parisuddhehi  kathitattā desanaṃ pasaṃsanto āha. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] ānandabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 39
title: ^bhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 279^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0180^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^tapodārāme^eb^ti tattodakassa rahadassa vasena evaṃladdhanāme  ārāme. vebhārapabbatassa ^a^P5.0005^ea^ kira heṭṭhā bhūmaṭṭhakanāgānaṃ  pañcayojanasatikaṃ nāgabhavanaṃ devalokasadisaṃ maṇimayena talena  ārāmauyyānehi ca samannāgataṃ, tattha nāgānaṃ kīḷanaṭṭhāne  mahāudakarahado, tato tapodā nāma nadī sandati kuthitā uṇhodakā.  kasmā panesā edisā jātā? rājagahaṃ kira parivāretvā mahā  petaloko, tattha dvinnaṃ mahālohakumbhinirayānaṃ antarena ayaṃ tapodā  āgacchati, tasmā sā kuthitā sandati. vuttampi cetaṃ -- ``yatāyaṃ,  bhikkhave, tapodā sandati, so daho acchodako sītodako sātodako  setodako suppatittho ramaṇīyo pahūtamacchakacchapo, cakkamattāni ca  padumāni pupphanti ^a^M4.0173^ea^. apicāyaṃ, bhikkhave, tapodā dvinnaṃ mahānirayānaṃ  antarikāya āgacchati, tenāyaṃ tapodā kuthitā sandatī''ti (pārā0  231). imassa pana ārāmassa abhisammukhaṭṭhāne tato  mahāudakarahado jāto, tassa nāmavasenāyaṃ vihāro  ^b^tapodārāmo^eb^ti vuccati. <br/><br/>[03] 280^b^.^eb^ ^b^samiddhī^eb^ti tassa kira therassa attabhāvo  samiddho abhirūpo pāsādiko, tasmā samiddhitveva saṅkhaṃ gato.  ^b^ādibrahmacariyako^eb^ti maggabrahmacariyassa ādi  pubbabhāgappaṭipattibhūto. ^b^idaṃ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā^eb^ti  madhupiṇḍikasutte (ma0 ni0 1.199 ādayo) vuttanayeneva  vitthāretabbaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 282^b^.^eb^ ^b^iti me cakkhu^eb^nti imasmiṃ kira sutte  bhagavā dvādasāyatanavaseneva mātikaṃ ṭhapesi. theropi ``bhagavatā heṭṭhā  ^a^P5.0006^ea^ dvīsu, upari catutthe cāti imesu tīsu suttesu  pañcakkhandhavasena mātikā ca vibhaṅgo ca kato, idha pana  dvādasāyatanavaseneva vibhajanatthaṃ mātikā ṭhapitā''ti nayaṃ paṭilabhitvā  evamāha. imaṃ pana nayaṃ labhantena therena bhāriyaṃ kataṃ, apade padaṃ  dassitaṃ, ākāse padaṃ kataṃ, tena naṃ bhagavā imameva suttaṃ sandhāya --  ``etadaggaṃ ^a^V4.0181^ea^, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ saṃkhittena bhāsitassa  vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajantānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākaccāno''ti (a0 ni0   1.197) etadagge ṭhapesi. ettha pana ^b^cakkhū^eb^ti  cakkhupasādo. ^b^rūpā^eb^ti catusamuṭṭhānikarūpā. iminā nayena  sesāyatanānipi veditabbāni. ^b^viññāṇa^eb^nti nikantiviññāṇaṃ.  ^b^tadabhinandatī^eb^ti taṃ cakkhuñceva rūpañca taṇhādiṭṭhivasena  abhinandati. ^b^anvāgametī^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi anugacchati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^iti me mano ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ iti dhammā^eb^ti ettha  pana ^b^mano^eb^ti bhavaṅgacittaṃ. ^b^dhammā^eb^ti tebhūmakadhammārammaṇaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 283^b^.^eb^ ^b^paṇidahatī^eb^ti patthanāvasena ṭhapesi.  ^b^paṇidhānapaccayā^eb^ti patthanāṭṭhapanakāraṇā. sesaṃ sabbattha  uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 40
title:
  bhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^ānandabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 286^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0182^ea^ ^a^M4.0174^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^lomasakaṅgiyo^eb^ti aṅgathero kira nāmesa, kāyassa pana  īsakalomasākāratāya lomasakaṅgiyoti pākaṭo jāto.  ^b^candano^eb^ ^a^P5.0007^ea^ ^b^devaputto^eb^ti  kassapasammāsambuddhakāle kiresa candano nāma upāsako aḍḍho  mahaddhano tīṇi ratanāni catūhi paccayehi pūjetvā devaloke nibbatto,  purimanāmena candano devaputtotveva saṅkhaṃ gato.  ^b^paṇḍukambalasilāya^eb^nti rattakambalasilāyaṃ. tassā kira  rattakambalasseva jayasumanapuppharāsi viya vaṇṇo, tasmā  ``paṇḍukambalasilā''ti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03] kadā pana tattha bhagavā vihāsīti? bodhipattito sattame  saṃvacchare sāvatthiyaṃ āsāḷhīmāsapuṇṇamāya dvādasayojanāya parisāya  majjhe yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā oruyha kaṇḍambamūle paññattavarabuddhāsane  nisīditvā dhammadesanāya mahājanaṃ mahāviduggato uddharitvā buddhā  nāma yasmā pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā manussapathe na vasanti, tasmā  passamānasseva tassa janassa padavīkkamaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane  pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalasilāyaṃ vassaṃ upagato, tasmiṃ samaye  vihāsi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tatra bhagavā^eb^ti tatra viharanto bhagavā yebhuyyena dasahi  cakkavāḷasahassehi sannipatitāhi devatāhi parivuto mātaraṃ kāyasakkhiṃ  katvā ^b^abhidhammapiṭakaṃ^eb^ kathento gambhīraṃ nipuṇaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ  rūpārūpaparicchedakathaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ asakkontānaṃ devānaṃ saṃvegajananatthaṃ  antarantarā bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca abhāsi. tatrāyaṃ  devaputto uggaṇhanto imā gāthā saddhiṃ vibhaṅgena uggaṇhi, devattassa  pana pamādādhiṭṭhānattā dibbehi ārammaṇehi nippīḷiyamāno anupubbena  suttaṃ sammuṭṭho gāthāmattameva dhāresi. tenāha ^a^P5.0008^ea^ ``evaṃ  kho ahaṃ bhikkhu dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā''ti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^uggaṇhāhi^eb^ ^a^V4.0183^ea^ ^a^M4.0175^ea^ ^b^tva^eb^ntiādīsu tuṇhībhūto nisīditvā suṇanto  uggaṇhāti nāma, vācāya sajjhāyaṃ karonto pariyāpuṇāti nāma,  aññesaṃ vācento dhāreti nāma. sesamettha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 41
title:
  ānandabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 289^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0184^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^subho^eb^ti so kira dassanīyo ahosi pāsādiko, tenassa  aṅgasubhatāya subhotveva nāmaṃ akaṃsu. ^b^māṇavo^eb^ti pana taṃ  taruṇakāle vohariṃsu, so mahallakakālepi teneva vohārena vohariyati.  ^b^todeyyaputto^eb^ti todeyyassa nāma pasenadirañño  purohitabrāhmaṇassa putto. so kira sāvatthiyā avidūre tudigāmo  nāma atthi, tassa adhipatittā todeyyoti saṅkhaṃ gato. mahādhano  pana hoti sattāsītikoṭivibhavo paramamaccharī, ``dadato bhogānaṃ  aparikkhayo nāma natthī''ti cintetvā kassaci kiñci na deti.  vuttampi cetaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``añjanānaṃ khayaṃ disvā, vammikānañca sañcayaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] madhūnañca samāhāraṃ, paṇḍito gharamāvase''ti..<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ adānameva sikkhāpesi. dhuravihāre vasato  sammāsambuddhassa yāgūḷuṅgamattaṃ vā bhattakaṭacchumattaṃ vā adatvā  dhanalobhena kālaṃ katvā tasmiṃyeva ghare sunakho hutvā nibbatto.  subho taṃ sunakhaṃ ativiya piyāyati ^a^P5.0009^ea^, attano  bhuñjanakabhattaṃyeva bhojeti, ukkhipitvā varasayane sayāpeti. atha  bhagavā ekadivasaṃ paccūsasamaye lokaṃ volokento taṃ sunakhaṃ disvā --  ``todeyyabrāhmaṇo dhanalobhena attanova ghare sunakho hutvā nibbatto,  ajja mayi subhassa gharaṃ gate maṃ disvā sunakho bhukkāraṃ karissati,  athassāhaṃ ekaṃ vacanaṃ vakkhāmi, so `jānāti maṃ samaṇo gotamo'ti  gantvā uddhanaṭṭhāne ^a^M4.0176^ea^ nipajjissati. tatonidānaṃ subhassa mayā saddhiṃ  eko kathāsallāpo bhavissati, so dhammaṃ sutvā saraṇesu  patiṭṭhahissati, sunakho pana kālaṃ katvā niraye nibbattissatī''ti  imaṃ māṇavassa saraṇesu patiṭṭhānabhāvaṃ ñatvā bhagavā taṃ divasaṃ  sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā ekakova gāmaṃ pavisitvā nikkhante māṇave taṃ  gharaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.<br/><br/>[03] sunakho ^a^V4.0185^ea^ bhagavantaṃ disvā bhukkāraṃ karonto bhagavato samīpaṃ gato.  tato naṃ bhagavā etadavoca -- ``todeyya tvaṃ pubbepi maṃ bho bhoti  paribhavitvā sunakho jāto, idānipi bhukkāraṃ katvā avīciṃ  gamissasī''ti. sunakho taṃ sutvā -- ``jānāti maṃ samaṇo  gotamo''ti vippaṭisārī hutvā gīvaṃ onāmetvā uddhanantare chārikāyaṃ  nipanno. manussā ukkhipitvā sayane sayāpetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. subho  āgantvā -- ``kenāyaṃ sunakho sayanā oropito''ti āha.  manussā na kenacīti vatvā taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. māṇavo sutvā --  ``mama pitā brahmaloke nibbatto, todeyyo nāma sunakho natthi.  samaṇo pana gotamo pitaraṃ sunakhaṃ karoti, yaṃkiñci esa mukhāruḷhaṃ  bhāsatī''ti kujjhitvā bhagavantaṃ musāvādena niggahetukāmo vihāraṃ  gantvā taṃ pavattiṃ pucchi.<br/><br/>[03] bhagavāpi tassa tatheva vatvā avisaṃvādanatthaṃ āha -- ``atthi  pana te māṇava pitarā anakkhātaṃ dhana''nti ^a^P5.0010^ea^.  atthi, bho gotama, satasahassagghanikā suvaṇṇamālā  satasahassagghanikā suvaṇṇapādukā satasahassagghanikā suvaṇṇapāti  satasahassañca kahāpaṇanti. gaccha taṃ sunakhaṃ appodakapāyāsaṃ  bhojāpetvā sayane āropetvā īsakaṃ niddaṃ okkantakāle puccha, sabbaṃ te  ācikkhissati. atha naṃ jāneyyāsi ``pitā me eso''ti.  māṇavo -- ``sace saccaṃ bhavissati, dhanaṃ lacchāmi, no ce, samaṇaṃ  gotamaṃ musāvādena niggaṇhissāmī''ti dvīhipi kāraṇehi tuṭṭho gantvā  tathā akāsi. sunakho -- ``ñātomhi iminā''ti roditvā huṃ  hunti karonto dhananidhānaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā pādena pathaviṃ khaṇitvā saññaṃ  adāsi, māṇavo dhanaṃ gahetvā -- ``bhavapaṭicchannaṃ nāma evaṃ sukhumaṃ  paṭisandhiantaraṃ pākaṭaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa, addhā esa sabbaññū''ti  bhagavati pasannacitto cuddasa pañhe abhisaṅkhari. aṅgavijjāpāṭhako  kiresa, tenassa ^a^M4.0177^ea^ etadahosi -- ``idaṃ dhammapaṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā samaṇaṃ  gotamaṃ pañhe pucchissāmī''ti dutiyagamanena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami,  tena puṭṭhapañhe pana bhagavā ekappahāreneva vissajjento  ^b^kammassakā^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] tattha kammaṃ etesaṃ sakaṃ attano bhaṇḍakanti ^b^kammassakā^eb^.  kammassa dāyādāti ^b^kammadāyādā,^eb^ kammaṃ etesaṃ dāyajjaṃ  bhaṇḍakanti attho. kammaṃ etesaṃ yoni kāraṇanti ^b^kammayonī^eb^.  kammaṃ etesaṃ bandhūti ^b^kammabandhū,^eb^ kammañātakāti attho.  kammaṃ etesaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ patiṭṭhāti ^a^V4.0186^ea^ ^b^kammapaṭisaraṇā. yadidaṃ^eb^  ^a^P5.0011^ea^ ^b^hīnappaṇītatāyā^eb^ti yaṃ idaṃ ``tvaṃ hīno bhava,  tvaṃ paṇīto, tvaṃ appāyuko, tvaṃ dīghāyuko...pe0... tvaṃ duppañño  bhava, tvaṃ paññavā''ti evaṃ hīnappaṇītatāya vibhajanaṃ, taṃ na añño  koci karoti, kammameva evaṃ satte vibhajatīti attho. na māṇavo  kathitassa atthaṃ sañjānāsi, ghanadussapaṭṭenassa mukhaṃ bandhitvā madhuraṃ  purato ṭhapitaṃ viya ahosi. mānanissito kiresa paṇḍitamānī,  attanā samaṃ na passati. athassa ``kiṃ samaṇo gotamo katheti,  yamahaṃ jānāmi, tadeva kathetīti ayaṃ māno mā ahosī''ti  mānabhañjanatthaṃ bhagavā ``āditova duppaṭivijjhaṃ katvā kathessāmi,  tato `nāhaṃ bho gotama jānāmi, vitthārena me pākaṭaṃ katvā  kathethā'ti maṃ yācissati, athassāhaṃ yācitakāle kathessāmi,  evañcassa sātthakaṃ bhavissatī''ti duppaṭivijjhaṃ katvā kathesi.<br/><br/>[03] idāni so attano appaṭividdhabhāvaṃ pakāsento ^b^na kho  aha^eb^ntiādimāha. <br/><br/>[03] 290^b^.^eb^ ^b^samattenā^eb^ti paripuṇṇena.  ^b^samādinnenā^eb^ti gahitena parāmaṭṭhena. ^b^appāyukasaṃvattanikā  esā, māṇava, paṭipadā yadidaṃ pāṇātipātī^eb^ti yaṃ idaṃ  pāṇātipātakammaṃ, esā appāyukasaṃvattanikā paṭipadāti.<br/><br/>[03] kathaṃ panesā appāyukataṃ karoti? cattāri hi kammāni  upapīḷakaṃ upacchedakaṃ janakaṃ upatthambhakanti. balavakammena hi  nibbattaṃ pavatte upapīḷakaṃ āgantvā ^a^M4.0178^ea^ atthato evaṃ vadati nāma --  ``sacāhaṃ paṭhamataraṃ jāneyyaṃ, na te idha nibbattituṃ dadeyyaṃ, catūsuyeva  taṃ apāyesu nibbattāpeyyaṃ. hotu, tvaṃ yattha ^a^P5.0012^ea^  katthaci nibbatta, ahaṃ upapīḷakakammaṃ nāma taṃ pīḷetvā nirojaṃ  niyūsaṃ kasaṭaṃ karissāmī''ti. tato paṭṭhāya taṃ tādisaṃ karoti.  kiṃ karoti? parissayaṃ upaneti, bhoge vināseti.<br/><br/>[03] tattha dārakassa mātukucchiyaṃ nibbattakālato paṭṭhāya mātu  assādo vā sukhaṃ vā na hoti, mātāpitūnaṃ pīḷāva uppajjati. evaṃ  parissayaṃ upaneti. dārakassa pana mātukucchimhi nibbattakālato  paṭṭhāya gehe bhogā udakaṃ patvā loṇaṃ viya rājādīnaṃ vasena nassanti,  kumbhadohanadhenuyo khīraṃ na denti, sūratā goṇā caṇḍā honti, kāṇā  honti, khujjā ^a^V4.0187^ea^ honti, gomaṇḍale rogo patati, dāsādayo vacanaṃ na  karonti, vāpitaṃ sassaṃ na jāyati, gehagataṃ gehe, araññagataṃ araññe  nassati, anupubbena ghāsacchādanamattaṃ dullabhaṃ hoti, gabbhaparihāro na  hoti, vijātakāle mātuthaññaṃ chijjati, dārako parihāraṃ alabhanto  pīḷito nirojo niyūso kasaṭo hoti, idaṃ ^b^upapīḷakakammaṃ^eb^  nāma.<br/><br/>[03] dīghāyukakammena pana nibbattassa upacchedakakammaṃ āgantvā āyuṃ  chindati. yathā hi puriso aṭṭhusabhagamanaṃ katvā saraṃ khipeyya  tamañño dhanuto vimuttamattaṃ muggarena paharitvā tattheva pāteyya, evaṃ  dīghāyukakammena nibbattassa upacchedakakammaṃ āyuṃ chindati. kiṃ  karoti? corānaṃ aṭaviṃ paveseti, vāḷamacchodakaṃ otāreti,  aññataraṃ vā pana saparissayaṭṭhānaṃ upaneti, idaṃ ^b^upacchedakakammaṃ^eb^  nāma, ``upaghātaka''ntipi etasseva nāmaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] paṭisandhinibbattakaṃ pana kammaṃ ^b^janakakammaṃ^eb^ nāma.  appabhogakulādīsu nibbattassa bhogasampadādikaraṇena upatthambhakakammaṃ  ^b^upatthambhakakammaṃ^eb^ ^a^P5.0013^ea^ nāma.<br/><br/>[03] imesu catūsu purimāni dve akusalāneva, janakaṃ kusalampi  akusalampi, upatthambhakaṃ kusalameva. tattha pāṇātipātakammaṃ  upacchedakakammena appāyukasaṃvattanikaṃ hoti. pāṇātipātinā vā kataṃ  kusalakammaṃ ^a^M4.0179^ea^ uḷāraṃ na hoti, dīghāyukapaṭisandhiṃ janetuṃ na sakkoti.  evaṃ pāṇātipāto appāyukasaṃvattaniko hoti. paṭisandhimeva vā  niyāmetvā appāyukaṃ karoti, sanniṭṭhānacetanāya vā niraye nibbattati,  pubbāparacetanāhi vuttanayena appāyuko hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dīghāyukasaṃvattanikā esā māṇava paṭipadā^eb^ti ettha  parittakammenapi nibbattaṃ pavatte etaṃ pāṇātipātā viratikammaṃ āgantvā  atthato evaṃ vadati nāma -- ``sacāhaṃ paṭhamataraṃ jāneyyaṃ, na te idha  nibbattituṃ dadeyyaṃ, devalokeyeva taṃ nibbattāpeyyaṃ. hotu, tvaṃ yattha  katthaci nibbatti, ahaṃ upatthambhakakammaṃ nāma thambhaṃ te  karissāmī''ti upatthambhaṃ karoti. kiṃ karoti? parissayaṃ  nāseti, bhoge uppādeti.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^a^V4.0188^ea^ dārakassa mātukucchiyaṃ nibbattakālato paṭṭhāya mātāpitūnaṃ  sukhameva sātameva hoti. yepi pakatiyā manussāmanussaparissayā  honti, te sabbe apagacchanti. evaṃ parissayaṃ nāseti. dārakassa  pana mātukucchimhi nibbattakālato paṭṭhāya gehe bhogānaṃ pamāṇaṃ na  hoti, nidhikumbhiyo puratopi pacchatopi gehaṃ pavaṭṭamānā pavisanti.  mātāpitaro parehi ṭhapitadhanassāpi sammukhībhāvaṃ gacchanti. dhenuyo  bahukhīrā honti, goṇā sukhasīlā honti, vappaṭṭhāne sassāni  sampajjanti. vaḍḍhiyā vā sampayuttaṃ, tāvakālikaṃ vā dinnaṃ dhanaṃ  acoditā sayameva āharitvā denti, dāsādayo suvacā honti,  kammantā na parihāyanti. dārako ^a^P5.0014^ea^ gabbhato paṭṭhāya  parihāraṃ labhati, komārikavejjā sannihitāva honti. gahapatikule  jāto seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, amaccakulādīsu jāto senāpatiṭṭhānādīni labhati.  evaṃ bhoge uppādeti. so aparissayo sabhogo ciraṃ jīvatīti.  evaṃ apāṇātipātakammaṃ dīghāyukasaṃvattanikaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03] apāṇātipātinā vā kataṃ aññampi kusalaṃ uḷāraṃ hoti,  dīghāyukapaṭisandhiṃ janetuṃ sakkoti, evampi dīghāyukasaṃvattanikaṃ hoti.  paṭisandhimeva vā niyāmetvā dīghāyukaṃ karoti. sanniṭṭhānacetanāya  vā devaloke nibbattati, pubbāparacetanāhi vuttanayena dīghāyuko hoti.  iminā nayena sabbapañhavissajjanesu attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] viheṭhanakammādīnipi ^a^M4.0180^ea^ hi pavatte āgantvā atthato tatheva  vadamānāni viya upapīḷanena nibbhogataṃ āpādetvā paṭijagganaṃ  alabhantassa roguppādanādīhi vā, viheṭhakādīhi katassa kusalassa  anuḷāratāya vā, āditova paṭisandhiniyāmanena vā, vuttanayeneva  pubbāparacetanāvasena vā bahvābādhatādīni karonti, apāṇātipāto  viya ca aviheṭhanādīnipi appābādhatādīnīti. <br/><br/>[03] 293^b^.^eb^ ettha pana ^b^issāmanako^eb^ti  issāsampayuttacitto. ^b^upadussatī^eb^ti issāvaseneva upakkosanto  dussati. ^b^issaṃ bandhatī^eb^ti yavakalāpaṃ bandhanto viya yathā na  nassati evaṃ bandhitvā viya ṭhapeti. ^b^appesakkho^eb^ti  appaparivāro, rattiṃ khitto viya saro na paññāyati, ucchiṭṭhahattho  nisīditvā udakadāyakampi na labhati. <br/><br/>[03] 294^b^.^eb^ ^b^na^eb^ ^a^V4.0189^ea^ ^b^dātā hotī^eb^ti macchariyavasena na dātā  hoti. ^b^tena kammenā^eb^ti tena macchariyakammena. <br/><br/>[03] 295^b^.^eb^ ^b^abhivādetabba^eb^nti ^a^P5.0015^ea^  abhivādanārahaṃ buddhaṃ vā paccekabuddhaṃ vā ariyasāvakaṃ vā.  ^b^paccuṭṭhātabbā^eb^dīsupi eseva nayo. imasmiṃ pana pañhavissajjane  upapīḷakaupatthambhakakammāni na gahetabbāni. na hi pavatte  nīcakulinaṃ vā uccākulinaṃ vā sakkā kātuṃ, paṭisandhimeva pana  niyāmetvā nīcakuliyaṃ kammaṃ nīcakule nibbatteti, uccākuliyaṃ kammaṃ  uccākule. <br/><br/>[03] 296^b^.^eb^ ^b^na paripucchitā hotī^eb^ti ettha pana  aparipucchanena niraye na nibbattati. aparipucchako pana ``idaṃ  kātabbaṃ, idaṃ na kātabba''nti na jānāti, ajānanto kātabbaṃ na  karoti, akātabbaṃ karoti. tena niraye nibbattati, itaro sagge.  ^b^iti kho, māṇava...pe0... yadidaṃ hīnappaṇītatāyā^eb^ti satthā  desanaṃ yathānusandhiṃ pāpesi. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] subhasuttantipi vuccati. 


volume: 35
item: 42
title:
  mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^mahākammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 298^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0190^ea^ ^a^M4.0181^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti mahākammavibhaṅgasuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^mogha^eb^nti tucchaṃ aphalaṃ. ^b^sacca^eb^nti tathaṃ bhūtaṃ.  idañca etena na sammukhā sutaṃ, upālisutte (ma0 ni0 2.56) pana  -- ``manokammaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapemi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya  pāpassa kammassa ^a^P5.0016^ea^ pavattiyā, no tathā kāyakammaṃ no  tathā vacīkamma''nti bhagavatā vuttaṃ atthi, sā kathā titthiyānaṃ  antare pākaṭā jātā, taṃ gahetvā esa vadati. ^b^atthi ca sā  samāpattī^eb^ti idaṃ -- ``kathaṃ nu kho, bho, abhisaññānirodho  hotī''ti poṭṭhapādasutte (dī0 ni0 1.406 ādayo) uppannaṃ  abhisaññānirodhakathaṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^na kiñci vediyatī^eb^ti  ekavedanampi na vediyati. ^b^atthi ca kho^eb^ti thero  nirodhasamāpattiṃ sandhāya anujānāti. ^b^parirakkhitabba^eb^nti  garahato mocanena rakkhitabbaṃ. sañcetanā assa atthīti  ^b^sañcetanikaṃ,^eb^ sābhisandhikaṃ sañcetanikakammaṃ katvāti attho.  ^b^dukkhaṃ so^eb^ti thero ``akusalameva sandhāya paribbājako  pucchatī''ti saññāya evaṃ vadati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dassanampi kho aha^eb^nti bhagavā caturaṅgepi andhakāre  samantā yojanaṭṭhāne tilamattampi saṅkhāraṃ maṃsacakkhunāva passati,  ayañca paribbājako na dūre gāvutamattabbhantare vasati, kasmā bhagavā  evamāhāti? samāgamadassanaṃ sandhāyevamāha. <br/><br/>[03] 299^b^.^eb^ ^b^udāyī^eb^ti lāludāyī. ^b^taṃ  dukkhasmi^eb^nti sabbaṃ taṃ dukkhameva. iti imaṃ vaṭṭadukkhaṃ  kilesadukkhaṃ saṅkhāradukkhaṃ sandhāya ``sace bhāsitaṃ bhaveyya  bhagavā''ti pucchati. <br/><br/>[03] 300^b^.^eb^ ^b^ummaṅga^eb^nti pañhāummaṅgaṃ.  ^b^ummujjamāno^eb^ti sīsaṃ nīharamāno. ^b^ayoniso  ummujjissatī^eb^ti anupāyena sīsaṃ nīharissati. idañca pana  bhagavā jānanto neva dibbacakkhunā na cetopariyañāṇena na  sabbaññutañāṇena jāni, adhippāyeneva ^a^P5.0017^ea^ pana  aññāsi. kathentassa hi adhippāyo nāma suvijāno hoti,  kathetukāmo gīvaṃ paggaṇhāti, hanukaṃ ^a^V4.0191^ea^ cāleti, mukhamassa phandati,  sannisīdituṃ na sakkoti. bhagavā tassa taṃ ākāraṃ ^a^M4.0182^ea^ disvā ``ayaṃ  udāyī sannisīdituṃ na sakkoti, yaṃ abhūtaṃ, tadeva kathessatī''ti  oloketvāva aññāsi. ^b^ādiṃ yevā^eb^tiādimhiyeva.  ^b^tisso vedanā^eb^ti ``kiṃ so vediyatī''ti? pucchantena  ``tisso vedanā pucchāmī''ti evaṃ vavatthapetvāva tisso vedanā  pucchitā. ^b^sukhavedaniya^eb^nti sukhavedanāya paccayabhūtaṃ. sesesupi  eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03] ettha ca kāmāvacarakusalato somanassasahagatacittasampayuttā  catasso cetanā, heṭṭhā tikajjhānacetanāti evaṃ paṭisandhipavattesu  sukhavedanāya jananato ^b^sukhavedaniyaṃ kammaṃ^eb^ nāma.  kāmāvacarañcettha paṭisandhiyaṃyeva ekantena sukhaṃ janeti, pavatte  iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe adukkhamasukhampi.<br/><br/>[03] akusalacetanā paṭisandhipavattesu dukkhasseva jananato  ^b^dukkhavedaniyaṃ kammaṃ^eb^ nāma. kāyadvāre pavatteyeva cetaṃ ekantena  dukkhaṃ janeti, aññattha adukkhamasukhampi, sā pana vedanā  aniṭṭhāniṭṭhamajjhattesuyeva ārammaṇesu uppajjanato dukkhātveva saṅkhaṃ  gatā.<br/><br/>[03] kāmāvacarakusalato pana upekkhāsahagatacittasampayuttā catasso  cetanā, rūpāvacarakusalato catutthajjhānacetanāti evaṃ paṭisandhipavattesu  tatiyavedanāya jananato ^b^adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ kammaṃ^eb^ nāma.  ettha ca kāmāvacaraṃ paṭisandhiyaṃyeva ekantena adukkhamasukhaṃ janeti,  pavatte iṭṭhārammaṇe sukhampi. apica sukhavedaniyakammaṃ  paṭisandhipavattivasena vaṭṭati, tathā adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ, ^a^P5.0018^ea^  dukkhavedaniyaṃ pavattivaseneva vaṭṭati. etassa pana vasena  sabbaṃ pavattivaseneva vaṭṭati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^etassa bhagavā^eb^ti thero tathāgatena mahākammavibhaṅgakathanatthaṃ  ālayo dassito, tathāgataṃ yācitvā mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇaṃ  bhikkhusaṅghassa pākaṭaṃ karissāmīti cintetvā anusandhikusalatāya  evamāha. tattha ^b^mahākammavibhaṅga^eb^nti mahākammavibhajanaṃ.  ^b^katame cattāro...pe0... idhānanda, ekacco puggalo...pe0...  nirayaṃ upapajjatī^eb^ti idaṃ na mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇabhājanaṃ,  mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇabhājanatthāya pana mātikāṭṭhapanaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 301^b^.^eb^ ^b^idhānanda^eb^ ^a^V4.0192^ea^ ^a^M4.0183^ea^, ^b^ekacco samaṇo vā^eb^ti pāṭiyekko  anusandhi. idañhi bhagavā -- ``dibbacakkhukā samaṇabrāhmaṇā idaṃ  ārammaṇaṃ katvā imaṃ paccayaṃ labhitvā idaṃ dassanaṃ gaṇhantī''ti  pakāsanatthaṃ ārabhi. tattha ^b^ātappa^eb^ntiādīni pañcapi  vīriyasseva nāmāni. ^b^cetosamādhi^eb^nti dibbacakkhusamādhiṃ.  ^b^passatī^eb^ti ``so satto kuhiṃ nibbatto''ti olokento passati.  ^b^ye aññathā^eb^ti ye ``dasannaṃ kusalānaṃ kammapathānaṃ pūritattā  nirayaṃ upapajjatī''ti jānanti, micchā tesaṃ ñāṇanti vadati.  iminā nayena sabbavāresu attho veditabbo. ^b^vidita^eb^nti pākaṭaṃ.  ^b^thāmasā^eb^ti diṭṭhithāmena. ^b^parāmāsā^eb^ti diṭṭhiparāmāsena.  ^b^abhinivissa voharatī^eb^ti adhiṭṭhahitvā ādiyitvā voharati. <br/><br/>[03] 302^b^.^eb^ ^b^tatrānandā^eb^ti ^a^P5.0019^ea^ idampi na  mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇassa bhājanaṃ, atha khvāssa mātikāṭṭhapanameva.  ettha pana etesaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ vacane ettakā anuññātā, ettakā  ananuññātāti idaṃ dassitaṃ. tattha ^b^tatrā^eb^ti tesu catūsu  samaṇabrāhmaṇesu. ^b^idamassā^eb^ti idaṃ vacanaṃ assa.  ^b^aññathā^eb^ti aññenākārena. iti imesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vāde  dvīsu ṭhānesu anuññātā, tīsu ananuññātāti evaṃ sabbattha anuññā  nānuññā veditabbā. <br/><br/>[03] 303^b^.^eb^ evaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ vacane anuññā ca  ananuññā ca dassetvā idāni mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇaṃ vibhajanto  ^b^tatrānanda, yvāyaṃ puggalo^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pubbe vāssa taṃ kataṃ hotī^eb^ti yaṃ iminā dibbacakkhukena  kammaṃ karonto diṭṭho, tato pubbe kataṃ. pubbe katenapi hi niraye  nibbattati, pacchā katenapi nibbattati, maraṇakāle vā pana --  ``khando seṭṭho sivo seṭṭho, pitāmaho seṭṭho, issarādīhi vā loko  visaṭṭho''tiādinā micchādassanenapi nibbattateva. ^b^diṭṭheva  dhamme^eb^ti yaṃ tattha diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme, yaṃ  upapajjavedanīyaṃ, tassa upapajjitvā, yaṃ aparāpariyavedanīyaṃ, tassa  aparasmiṃ pariyāye vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.<br/><br/>[03] iti ^a^M4.0184^ea^ ayaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ekaṃ kammarāsiṃ ekañca  vipākarāsiṃ addasa, sammāsambuddho iminā adiṭṭhe tayo kammarāsī, dve  ca vipākarāsī addasa. iminā pana diṭṭhe ^a^V4.0193^ea^ adiṭṭhe ca cattāro  kammarāsī tayo ca vipākarāsī addasa. imāni satta ṭhānāni  jānanañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇaṃ nāma. dutiyavāre  dibbacakkhukena kiñci na diṭṭhaṃ ^a^P5.0020^ea^, tathāgatena pana  tayo kammarāsī, dve ca vipākarāsī diṭṭhāti. imānipi pañca  paccattaṭṭhānāni jānanañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇaṃ nāma.  sesavāradvayepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^abhabba^eb^nti bhūtavirahitaṃ akusalaṃ. ^b^abhabbābhāsa^eb^nti  abhabbaṃ ābhāsati abhibhavati paṭibāhatīti attho. bahukasmiñhi  akusalakamme āyūhite balavakammaṃ dubbalakammassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā  attano vipākassa okāsaṃ karoti idaṃ abhabbañceva abhabbābhāsañca.  kusalaṃ pana āyūhitvā āsanne akusalaṃ kataṃ hoti, taṃ kusalassa  vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassa okāsaṃ karoti, idaṃ abhabbaṃ  bhabbābhāsaṃ. bahumhi kusale āyūhitepi balavakammaṃ dubbalakammassa  vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassa okāsaṃ karoti, idaṃ  bhabbañceva bhabbābhāsañca. akusalaṃ pana āyūhitvā āsanne kusalaṃ  kataṃ hoti, taṃ akusalassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassa  okāsaṃ karoti, idaṃ bhabbaṃ abhabbābhāsaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] apica upaṭṭhānākārenapettha attho veditabbo. idañhi vuttaṃ  hoti, abhabbato ābhāsati upaṭṭhātīti ^b^abhabbābhāsaṃ^eb^. tattha  ``yvāyaṃ puggalo idha pāṇātipātī''tiādinā nayena cattāro puggalā  vuttā, tesu paṭhamassa kammaṃ abhabbaṃ abhabbābhāsaṃ, tañhi akusalattā  abhabbaṃ, tassa ca niraye nibbattattā tattha nibbattikāraṇabhūtaṃ akusalaṃ  hutvā upaṭṭhāti. dutiyassa kammaṃ abhabbaṃ bhabbābhāsaṃ, tañhi  akusalattā abhabbaṃ. tassa pana sagge nibbattattā ^a^P5.0021^ea^  aññatitthiyānaṃ sagge nibbattikāraṇabhūtaṃ ^a^M4.0185^ea^ kusalaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti.  itarasmimpi kammadvaye eseva nayo. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] mahākammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 43
title:
  lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^mahākammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 304^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0194^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^veditabbānī^eb^ti sahavipassanena maggena jānitabbāni.  ^b^manopavicārā^eb^ti vitakkavicārā. vitakkuppādakañhi mano idha  manoti adhippetaṃ, manassa upavicārāti manopavicārā.  ^b^sattapadā^eb^ti vaṭṭavivaṭṭanissitānaṃ sattānaṃ padā. ettha hi  aṭṭhārasa vaṭṭapadā nāma, aṭṭhārasa vivaṭṭapadā nāma, tepi sahavipassanena  maggeneva veditabbā. ^b^yoggācariyāna^eb^nti  hatthiyoggādiācārasikkhāpakānaṃ, dametabbadamakānanti attho. sesaṃ  vibhaṅgeyeva āvibhavissati. ^b^ayamuddeso^eb^ti idaṃ mātikāṭṭhapanaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 305^b^.^eb^ ^b^cakkhāyatanā^eb^dīni visuddhimagge  vitthāritāni. ^b^cakkhuviññāṇa^eb^nti kusalākusalavipākato dve  cakkhuviññāṇāni. sesapasādaviññāṇesupi eseva nayo. imāni  pana dasa ṭhapetvā sesaṃ idha manoviññāṇaṃ nāma.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^cakkhusamphasso^eb^ti cakkhumhi samphasso.  cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttasamphassassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. sesesupi eseva  nayo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^cakkhunā^eb^ ^a^P5.0022^ea^ ^b^rūpaṃ disvā^eb^ti  cakkhuviññāṇena rūpaṃ disvā. eseva nayo sabbattha.  ^b^somanassaṭṭhāniya^eb^nti somanassassa ārammaṇavasena kāraṇabhūtaṃ.  ^b^upavicaratī^eb^ti tattha vicārapavattanena upavicarati, vitakko  taṃsampayutto cāti iminā nayena aṭṭhārasa vitakkavicārasaṅkhātā  manopavicārā veditabbā. ^b^cha somanassūpavicārā^eb^ti ettha pana  somanassena saddhiṃ upavicarantīti somanassūpavicārā. sesapadadvayepi  eseva nayo. <br/><br/>[03] 306^b^.^eb^ ^b^gehasitānī^eb^ti ^a^M4.0186^ea^ kāmaguṇanissitāni.  ^b^nekkhammasitānī^eb^ti vipassanānissitāni. ^b^iṭṭhāna^eb^nti  pariyesitānaṃ. ^b^kantāna^eb^nti kāmitānaṃ. ^b^manoramāna^eb^nti  mano etesu ramatīti manoramāni, tesaṃ manoramānaṃ.  ^b^lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttāna^eb^nti taṇhāpaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ. ^b^atīta^eb^nti  paṭiladdhaṃ ^a^V4.0195^ea^. paccuppannaṃ tāva ārabbha somanassaṃ uppajjatu, atīte kathaṃ  uppajjatīti. atītepi -- ``yathāhaṃ etarahi iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ anubhavāmi,  evaṃ pubbepi anubhavi''nti anussarantassa balavasomanassaṃ uppajjati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^aniccata^eb^nti aniccākāraṃ.  ^b^vipariṇāmavirāganirodha^eb^nti pakativijahanena vipariṇāmaṃ,  vigacchanena virāgaṃ, nirujjhanena nirodhaṃ. ^b^sammapaññāyā^eb^ti  vipassanāpaññāya. ^b^idaṃ vuccati nekkhammasitaṃ somanassa^eb^nti  idaṃ rañño viya attano sirisampattiṃ olokentassa vipassanaṃ  paṭṭhapetvā nisinnassa saṅkhārānaṃ bhedaṃ passato saṅkhāragatamhi  ^a^P5.0023^ea^ tikkhe sūre vipassanāñāṇe vahante uppannasomanassaṃ  ``nekkhammasitaṃ somanassa''nti vuccati. vuttampi cetaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``suññāgāraṃ paviṭṭhassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno. <br/><br/>[22] amānusī ratī hoti, sammā dhammaṃ vipassato.. <br/><br/>[21] yato yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] labhatī pītipāmojjaṃ, amatantaṃ vijānata''nti.. (dha0  pa0 373-374).<br/><br/>[03] ^b^imānī^eb^ti imāni chasu dvāresu iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate  aniccādivasena vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nisinnassa uppannāni cha  nekkhammasitāni somanassāni. <br/><br/>[03] 307^b^.^eb^ ^b^atīta^eb^nti paccuppannaṃ tāva patthetvā  alabhantassa domanassaṃ uppajjatu, atīte kathaṃ uppajjatīti. atītepi  ``yathāhaṃ etarahi iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ patthetvā na labhāmi, evaṃ pubbepi  patthetvā na labhi''nti anussarantassa balavadomanassaṃ uppajjati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^anuttaresu vimokkhesū^eb^ti anuttaravimokkho nāma arahattaṃ,  arahatte patthanaṃ paṭṭhapentassāti attho. ^b^āyatana^eb^nti  arahattāyatanaṃ. ^b^pihaṃ upaṭṭhāpayato^eb^ti patthanaṃ paṭṭhapentassa. taṃ  panetaṃ patthanaṃ paṭṭhapentassa ^a^M4.0187^ea^ uppajjati, iti patthanāmūlakattā ``pihaṃ  upaṭṭhāpayato''ti vuttaṃ. ^b^imāni cha nekkhammasitāni  domanassānī^eb^ti imāni evaṃ chasu dvāresu iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate  arahatte pihaṃ paṭṭhapetvā ^a^V4.0196^ea^ tadadhigamāya aniccādivasena vipassanaṃ  upaṭṭhapetvā ussukkāpetuṃ asakkontassa -- ``imampi pakkhaṃ imampi māsaṃ  imampi saṃvaccharaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ nāsakkhi''nti anusocato  gāmantapabbhāravāsimahāsīvattherassa viya assudhārāpavattanavasena  uppannadomanassāni ^a^P5.0024^ea^ cha nekkhammasitadomanassānīti  veditabbāni. vatthu pana ^b^sumaṅgalavilāsiniyā  dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāya^eb^ sakkapañhavaṇṇanāyaṃ (dī0 ni0 aṭṭha0 2.361)  vitthāritaṃ, icchantena tato gahetabbaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 308^b^.^eb^ ^b^uppajjati upekkhā^eb^ti ettha upekkhā nāma  aññāṇupekhā. ^b^anodhijinassā^eb^ti kilesodhiṃ jinitvā  ṭhitattā khīṇāsavo odhijino nāma, tasmā akhīṇāsavassāti  attho. ^b^avipākajinassā^eb^ti etthapi āyatiṃ vipākaṃ jinitvā  ṭhitattā khīṇāsavova vipākajino nāma, tasmā akhīṇāsavassevāti  attho. ^b^anādīnavadassāvino^eb^tiādīnavato upaddavato  apassantassa. ^b^imā cha gehasitā upekkhā^eb^ti imā evaṃ chasu  dvāresu iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate guḷapiṇḍake nilīnamakkhikā viya  rūpādīni anativattamānā tattha laggā laggitā hutvā uppannā  upekkhā cha gehasitā upekkhāti veditabbā. <br/><br/>[01] ^b^rūpaṃ sā ativattatī^eb^ti rūpaṃ sā anatikkamati,  tattha nikantivasena na tiṭṭhati. ^b^imā cha nekkhammasitā  upekkhā^eb^ti imā evaṃ chasu dvāresu iṭṭhādiārammaṇe āpāthagate iṭṭhe  arajjantassa, aniṭṭhe adussantassa, asamapekkhane asammuyhantassa,  uppannavipassanā-ñāṇasampayuttā cha nekkhammasitā upekkhāti veditabbā. <br/><br/>[03] 309^b^.^eb^ ^b^tatra idaṃ nissāya idaṃ pajahathā^eb^ti tesu  chattiṃsasattapadesu aṭṭhārasa nissāya aṭṭhārasa pajahathāti attho.  teneva ^a^P5.0025^ea^ -- ``tatra, bhikkhave, yāni cha  nekkhammasitānī''tiādimāha. ^b^nissāya āgammā^eb^ti  pavattanavasena nissāya ceva āgamma ca. ^b^evametesaṃ  samatikkamo^eb^ ^a^M4.0188^ea^  ^b^hotī^eb^ti evaṃ nekkhammasitānaṃ pavattanena gehasitāni atikkantāni  nāma honti. <br/><br/>[01] evaṃ sarikkhakeneva sarikkhakaṃ jahāpetvā idāni balavatā  dubbalaṃ jahāpento -- ``tatra, bhikkhave, yāni cha nekkhammasitāni  somanassānī''tiādimāha. evaṃ nekkhammasitasomanassehi  nekkhammasitadomanassāni ^a^V4.0197^ea^, nekkhammasitaupekkhāhi ca  nekkhammasitasomanassāni jahāpentena balavatā dubbalappahānaṃ kathitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ettha pana ṭhatvā upekkhākathā veditabbā -- aṭṭhasu hi  samāpattīsu paṭhamādīni ca tīṇi jhānāni, suddhasaṅkhāre ca pādake  katvā vipassanaṃ āraddhānaṃ catunnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pubbabhāgavipassanā  somanassasahagatā vā hoti upekkhāsahagatā vā, vuṭṭhānagāminī pana  somanassasahagatāva. catutthajjhānādīni pādakāni katvā vipassanaṃ  āraddhānaṃ pañcannaṃ pubbabhāgavipassanā purimasadisāva. vuṭṭhānagāminī  pana upekkhāsahagatā hoti. idaṃ sandhāya -- ``yā cha  nekkhammasitā upekkhā, tā nissāya tā āgamma, yāni cha  nekkhammasitāni somanassāni, tāni pajahathā''ti vuttaṃ. na  kevalañca evaṃpaṭipannassa bhikkhuno ayaṃ vipassanāya vedanāvisesova  hoti, ariyamaggepi pana jhānaṅgabojjhaṅgamaggaṅgānampi viseso hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ko panetaṃ visesaṃ niyameti? keci tāva therā  vipassanāpādakajjhānaṃ niyametīti vadanti, keci vipassanāya  ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā niyamentīti vadanti, keci puggalajjhāsayo  niyametīti vadanti. tesampi vāde ayameva pubbabhāge  vuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanā niyametīti veditabbā. vinicchayakathā  ^a^P5.0026^ea^ panettha ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ saṅkhārupekkhāniddese  vuttāva. <br/><br/>[03] 310^b^.^eb^ ^b^nānattā^eb^ti nānā bahū anekappakārā.  ^b^nānattasitā^eb^ti nānārammaṇanissitā. ^b^ekattā^eb^ti ekā.  ^b^ekattasitā^eb^ti ekārammaṇanissitā. katamā panāyaṃ upekkhāti?  heṭṭhā tāva aññāṇupekkhā vuttā, upari chaḷaṅgupekkhā vakkhati, idha  samathaupekkhā, vipassanupekkhāti dve upekkhā gahitā.<br/><br/>[03] tattha yasmā aññāva rūpesu upekkhā, aññāva saddādīsu, na hi  yā rūpe upekkhā, sā saddādīsu hoti. rūpe upekkhā ca rūpameva  ārammaṇaṃ karoti ^a^M4.0189^ea^, na saddādayo. rūpe upekkhābhāvañca aññā  samathaupekkhā pathavīkasiṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjati, aññā  āpokasiṇādīni. tasmā nānattaṃ nānattasitaṃ vibhajanto ^b^atthi,  bhikkhave, upekkhā rūpesū^eb^tiādimāha ^a^V4.0198^ea^. yasmā pana dve vā tīṇi  vā ākāsānañcāyatanāni vā viññāṇañcāyatanādīni vā natthi,  tasmā ekattaṃ ekattasitaṃ vibhajanto ^b^atthi, bhikkhave, upekkhā  ākāsānañcāyatananissitā^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ākāsānañcāyatanaupekkhā sampayuttavasena  ākāsānañcāyatananissitā, ākāsānañcāyatanakhandhe vipassantassa  vipassanupekkhā ārammaṇavasena ākāsānañcāyatananissitā.  sesāsupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^taṃ pajahathā^eb^ti ettha arūpāvacarasamāpattiupekkhāya  rūpāvacarasamāpattiupekkhaṃ pajahāpeti, arūpāvacaravipassanupekkhāya  rūpāvacaravipassanupekkhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^atammayata^eb^nti ^a^P5.0027^ea^ ettha tammayatā nāma  taṇhā, tassā pariyādānato vuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanā atammayatāti  vuccati. ^b^taṃ pajahathā^eb^ti idha vuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanāya  arūpāvacarasamāpattiupekkhañca vipassanupekkhañca pajahāpeti. <br/><br/>[03] 311^b^.^eb^ ^b^yadariyo^eb^ti ye satipaṭṭhāne ariyo  sammāsambuddho sevati. tattha tīsu ṭhānesu satiṃ paṭṭhapento satipaṭṭhāne  sevatīti veditabbo. ^b^na sussūsantī^eb^ti saddahitvā sotuṃ na  icchanti. ^b^na aññā^eb^ti jānanatthāya cittaṃ na upaṭṭhapenti.  ^b^vokkammā^eb^ti atikkamitvā. ^b^satthu sāsanā^eb^ti satthu ovādaṃ  gahetabbaṃ pūretabbaṃ na maññantīti attho. ^b^na ca attamano^eb^ti na  sakamano. ettha ca gehasitadomanassavasena appatīto hotīti na  evamattho daṭṭhabbo, appaṭipannakesu pana attamanatākāraṇassa abhāvenetaṃ  vuttaṃ. ^b^anavassuto^eb^ti paṭighāvassavena anavassuto. ^b^sato  sampajāno^eb^ti satiyā ca ñāṇena ca samannāgato ^a^M4.0190^ea^.  ^b^upekkhako^eb^ti chaḷaṅgupekkhāya upekkhako. ^b^attamano^eb^ti  idhāpi gehasitasomanassavasena uppilāvitoti na evamattho daṭṭhabbo,  paṭipannakesu pana anattamanatākāraṇassa abhāvenetaṃ vuttaṃ.  ^b^anavassuto^eb^ti rāgāvassavena anavassuto. <br/><br/>[03] 312^b^.^eb^ ^b^sārito^eb^ti ^a^V4.0199^ea^ damito. ^b^ekameva disaṃ  dhāvatī^eb^ti anivattitvā dhāvanto ekaṃyeva disaṃ dhāvati, nivattitvā  pana aparaṃ dhāvituṃ sakkoti. ^b^aṭṭha^eb^ ^a^P5.0028^ea^ ^b^disā  vidhāvatī^eb^ti ekapallaṅkena nisinno kāyena anivattitvāva  vimokkhavasena ekappahāreneva aṭṭha disā vidhāvati, puratthābhimukho  vā dakkhiṇādīsu aññataradisābhimukho vā nisīditvā aṭṭha  samāpattiyo samāpajjatiyevāti attho. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 44
title:
  cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^mahākammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^uddesavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 313^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0200^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti uddesavibhaṅgasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^uddesavibhaṅga^eb^nti uddesañca vibhaṅgañca, mātikañca vibhajanañcāti  attho. ^b^upaparikkheyyā^eb^ti tuleyya tīreyya pariggaṇheyya  paricchindeyya. ^b^bahiddhā^eb^ti bahiddhāārammaṇesu.  ^b^avikkhittaṃ avisaṭa^eb^nti nikantivasena ārammaṇe tiṭṭhamānaṃ  vikkhittaṃ visaṭaṃ nāma hoti, taṃ paṭisedhento evamāha. ^b^ajjhattaṃ  asaṇṭhita^eb^nti gocarajjhatte nikantivasena asaṇṭhitaṃ.  ^b^anupādāya na paritasseyyā^eb^ti anupādiyitvā aggahetvā taṃ  viññāṇaṃ na paritasseyya. yathā viññāṇaṃ bahiddhā avikkhittaṃ  avisaṭaṃ, ajjhattaṃ asaṇṭhitaṃ anupādāya na paritasseyya, evaṃ bhikkhu  upaparikkheyyāti vuttaṃ hoti.  ^b^jātijarāmaraṇadukkhasamudayasambhavo^eb^ti jātijarāmaraṇassa ceva  avasesassa ca dukkhassa nibbatti na hotīti attho. <br/><br/>[03] 316^b^.^eb^ ^b^rūpanimittānusārī^eb^ti ^a^M4.0191^ea^ rūpanimittaṃ  anussarati anudhāvatīti rūpanimittānusārī. <br/><br/>[03] 318^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ kho, āvuso, ajjhattaṃ asaṇṭhita^eb^nti  nikantivasena ^a^P5.0029^ea^ asaṇṭhitaṃ. nikantivasena hi  atiṭṭhamānaṃ hānabhāgiyaṃ na hoti, visesabhāgiyameva hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 320^b^.^eb^ ^b^anupādā paritassanā^eb^ti satthārā  khandhiyavagge ``upādāparitassanañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi  anupādāaparitassanañcā''ti (saṃ0 ni0  3.7) evaṃ gahetvā  paritassanā, aggahetvāva aparitassanā ca kathitā, taṃ mahāthero  upādāparitassanameva anupādāparitassananti katvā dassento evamāha.  kathaṃ panesā anupādāparitassanā hotīti. upādātabbassa  abhāvato. yadi hi koci saṅkhāro nicco vā dhuvo vā attā vā  attaniyo vāti gahetabbayuttako abhavissa, ayaṃ paritassanā  upādāparitassanāva assa. yasmā pana evaṃ upādātabbo saṅkhāro  nāma natthi, tasmā rūpaṃ attātiādinā nayena rūpādayo ^a^V4.0201^ea^ upādinnāpi  anupādinnāva honti. evamesā diṭṭhivasena upādāparitassanāpi  samānā atthato anupādāparitassanāyeva nāma hotīti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^aññathā hotī^eb^ti parivattati pakatijahanena nassati,  ^b^rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattī^eb^ti ``mama rūpaṃ vipariṇata''nti vā,  ``yaṃ ahu, taṃ vata me natthī''ti vā ādinā (ma0 ni0 1.242)  nayena kammaviññāṇaṃ rūpassa bhedānuparivatti hoti.  ^b^vipariṇāmānuparivattajā^eb^ti vipariṇāmassa anuparivattanato  vipariṇāmārammaṇacittato jātā. ^b^paritassanā dhammasamuppādā^eb^ti  taṇhāparitassanā ca akusaladhammasamuppādā ca. ^b^cittaṃ pariyādāya  tiṭṭhantī^eb^ti kusalacittaṃ pariyādiyitvā gahetvā khepetvā tiṭṭhanti.  ^b^uttāsavā^eb^ti bhayatāsenapi sauttāso taṇhātāsenapi sauttāso.  ^b^vighātavā^eb^ti ^a^P5.0030^ea^ savighāto sadukkho.  ^b^apekkhavā^eb^ti sālayo sasineho. ^b^evaṃ kho, āvuso,  anupādā paritassanā hotī^eb^ti evaṃ maṇikaraṇḍakasaññāya  tucchakaraṇḍakaṃ gahetvā tasmiṃ naṭṭhe pacchā vighātaṃ āpajjantassa viya  pacchā aggahetvā paritassanā hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 321^b^.^eb^ ^b^na^eb^ ^a^M4.0192^ea^ ^b^ca rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattī^eb^ti  khīṇāsavassa kammaviññāṇameva natthi, tasmā rūpabhedānuparivatti na  hoti. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] uddesavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 45
title:
  mahākammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^uddesavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^araṇavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 323^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0202^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^nevussādeyya na apasādeyyā^eb^ti gehasitavasena kañci puggalaṃ neva  ukkhipeyya na avakkhipeyya. ^b^dhammameva deseyyā^eb^ti sabhāvameva  katheyya. ^b^sukhavinicchaya^eb^nti vinicchitasukhaṃ. ^b^raho  vāda^eb^nti parammukhā avaṇṇaṃ, pisuṇavācanti attho. ^b^sammukhā  na khīṇa^eb^nti sammukhāpi khīṇaṃ ākiṇṇaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ vācaṃ na bhaṇeyya.  ^b^nābhiniveseyyā^eb^ti na adhiṭṭhahitvā ādāya vohareyya.  ^b^samañña^eb^nti lokasamaññaṃ lokapaṇṇattiṃ. ^b^nātidhāveyyā^eb^ti  nātikkameyya. <br/><br/>[03] 324^b^.^eb^ ^b^kāmapaṭisandhisukhino^eb^ti ^a^P5.0031^ea^  kāmapaṭisandhinā kāmūpasaṃhitena sukhena sukhitassa.  ^b^sadukkho^eb^ti vipākadukkhena saṃkilesadukkhenapi sadukkho.  ^b^saupaghāto^eb^ti vipākūpaghātakilesūpaghāteheva saupaghāto. tathā  ^b^sapariḷāho. micchāpaṭipadā^eb^ti ayāthāvapaṭipadā  akusalapaṭipadā. <br/><br/>[03] 326^b^.^eb^ ^b^ittheke apasādetī^eb^ti evaṃ gehasitavasena  ekacce puggale apasādeti. ussādanepi eseva nayo.  ^b^bhavasaṃyojana^eb^nti bhavabandhanaṃ, taṇhāyetaṃ nāmaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] subhūtitthero kira imaṃ catukkaṃ nissāya etadagge ṭhapito.  bhagavato hi dhammaṃ desentassa puggalānaṃ ussādanāapasādanā  paññāyanti, tathā sāriputtattherādīnaṃ. subhūtittherassa pana  dhammadesanāya ``ayaṃ puggalo appaṭipannako anārādhako''ti vā,  ``ayaṃ sīlavā guṇavā lajjipesalo ācārasampanno''ti vā natthi,  dhammadesanāya panassa ``ayaṃ micchāpaṭipadā, ayaṃ ^a^M4.0193^ea^ sammāpaṭipadā''tveva  paññāyati. tasmā bhagavā ``etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ  bhikkhūnaṃ araṇavihārīnaṃ yadidaṃ subhūtī''ti āha. <br/><br/>[03] 329^b^.^eb^ ^b^kālaññū^eb^ ^a^V4.0203^ea^ ^b^assā^eb^ti asampatte ca atikkante  ca kāle akathetvā ``idāni vuccamānaṃ mahājano gaṇhissatī''ti  yuttapattakālaṃ ñatvāva parammukhā avaṇṇaṃ bhāseyya. khīṇavādepi eseva  nayo. <br/><br/>[03] 330^b^.^eb^ ^b^upahaññatī^eb^ti ghātiyati. ^b^saropi  upahaññatī^eb^ti saddopi bhijjati. ^b^āturīyatī^eb^ti āturo hoti  gelaññappatto sābādho. ^b^avissaṭṭha^eb^nti vissaṭṭhaṃ apalibuddhaṃ na  hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 331^b^.^eb^ ^b^tadevā^eb^ti ^a^P5.0032^ea^ taṃyeva bhājanaṃ.  ^b^abhinivissa voharatī^eb^ti pattanti sañjānanajanapadaṃ gantvā  ``pattaṃ āharatha dhovathā''ti sutvā ``andhabālaputhujjano, nayidaṃ pattaṃ,  pāti namesā, evaṃ vadāhī''ti abhinivissa voharati. evaṃ  sabbapadehi yojetabbaṃ. ^b^atisāro^eb^ti atidhāvanaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 332^b^.^eb^ ^b^tathā tathā voharati aparāmasa^eb^nti amhākaṃ  janapade bhājanaṃ pātīti vuccati, ime pana naṃ pattanti vadantīti tato  paṭṭhāya janapadavohāraṃ muñcitvā pattaṃ pattanteva aparāmasanto voharati.  sesapadesupi eseva nayo. <br/><br/>[03] 333^b^.^eb^ idāni mariyādabhājanīyaṃ karonto ^b^tatra,  bhikkhave^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^saraṇo^eb^ti sarajo sakileso.  ^b^araṇo^eb^ti arajo nikkileso. ^b^subhūti ca pana,  bhikkhave^eb^ti ayaṃ thero dvīsu ṭhānesu etadaggaṃ āruḷho  ``^b^araṇavihārīnaṃ^eb^ yadidaṃ subhūti, ^b^dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ^eb^ yadidaṃ  subhūtī''ti (a0 ni0  1.202).<br/><br/>[03] dhammasenāpati kira vatthuṃ sodheti, subhūtitthero dakkhiṇaṃ  sodheti. tathā hi dhammasenāpati piṇḍāya caranto gehadvāre ṭhito  yāva bhikkhaṃ āharanti, tāva pubbabhāge paricchinditvā nirodhaṃ  samāpajjati, nirodhā vuṭṭhāya deyyadhammaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. subhūtitthero  ca tatheva mettājhānaṃ samāpajjati, mettājhānā vuṭṭhāya deyyadhammaṃ  paṭiggaṇhāti. evaṃ pana kātuṃ sakkāti. āma sakkā, neva  acchariyañcetaṃ, yaṃ ^a^M4.0194^ea^ mahābhiññappattā sāvakā evaṃ kareyyuṃ. imasmimpi  ^a^P5.0033^ea^ hi tambapaṇṇidīpe ^a^V4.0204^ea^ porāṇakarājakāle  piṅgalabuddharakkhitatthero nāma uttaragāmaṃ nissāya vihāsi. tattha  satta kulasatāni honti, ekampi taṃ kuladvāraṃ natthi, yattha thero  samāpattiṃ na samāpajji. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] araṇavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 46
title:
  saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^uddesavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^araṇavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^dhātuvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 342^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0205^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti dhātuvibhaṅgasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^cārika^eb^nti turitagamanacārikaṃ. ^b^sace te bhaggava agarū^eb^ti  sace tuyhaṃ bhāriyaṃ aphāsukaṃ kiñci natthi. ^b^sace so  anujānātī^eb^ti bhaggavassa kira etadahosi -- ``pabbajitā nāma  nānāajjhāsayā, eko gaṇābhirato hoti, eko ekābhirato. sace  so ekābhirato bhavissati, `āvuso, mā pāvisi, mayā sālā  laddhā'ti vakkhati. sace ayaṃ ekābhirato bhavissati, `āvuso,  nikkhama, mayā sālā laddhā'ti vakkhati. evaṃ sante ahaṃ ubhinnaṃ  vivādakāretā nāma bhavissāmi, dinnaṃ nāma dinnameva vaṭṭati, kataṃ  katamevā''ti. tasmā evamāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^kulaputto^eb^ti jātikulaputtopi ācārakulaputtopi.  ^b^vāsūpagato^eb^ti vāsaṃ upagato. kuto āgantvāti?  takkasīlanagarato.<br/><br/>[03] tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā -- majjhimappadese kira rājagahanagare  bimbisāre rajjaṃ kārente paccante takkasīlanagare pukkusāti rājā rajjaṃ  kāresi. atha takkasīlato bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā vāṇijā rājagahaṃ āgatā  paṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā rājānaṃ addasaṃsu. rājā ^a^P5.0034^ea^ te  vanditvā ṭhite ``katthavāsino tumhe''ti pucchi. takkasīlavāsino  devāti. atha ne rājā janapadassa khemasubhikkhatādīni nagarassa ca  pavattiṃ pucchitvā ``ko nāma tumhākaṃ rājā''ti pucchi. pukkusāti  nāma devāti. dhammikoti? āma deva dhammiko. catūhi  saṅgahavatthūhi janaṃ saṅgaṇhāti, lokassa mātāpitiṭṭhāne ^a^M4.0195^ea^ ṭhito, aṅge  nipannadārakaṃ viya janaṃ tosetīti. katarasmiṃ vaye vattatīti?  athassa vayaṃ ācikkhiṃsu. vayesupi bimbisārena samavayo jāto.  atha te rājā āha -- ``tātā tumhākaṃ rājā dhammiko, vayena ca me  samāno, sakkuṇeyyātha tumhākaṃ rājānaṃ mama mittaṃ kātu''nti. sakkoma  devāti. rājā tesaṃ suṅkaṃ vissajjetvā gehañca dāpetvā -- ``gacchatha  bhaṇḍaṃ vikkiṇitvā gamanakāle maṃ disvā gaccheyyāthā''ti āha. te  tathā katvā gamanakāle rājānaṃ addasaṃsu. ``gacchatha tumhākaṃ rājānaṃ  ^a^V4.0206^ea^ mama vacanena punappunaṃ ārogyaṃ pucchitvā `rājā tumhehi saddhiṃ  mittabhāvaṃ icchatī'ti vadathā''ti āha.<br/><br/>[03] te sādhūti paṭissuṇitvā gantvā bhaṇḍaṃ paṭisāmetvā bhuttapātarāsā  rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vandiṃsu. rājā ``kahaṃ bhaṇe tumhe ettake ime  divase na dissathā''ti pucchi. te sabbaṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. rājā  -- ``sādhu, tātā, tumhe nissāya mayā majjhimappadese rājā mitto  laddho''ti attamano ahosi. aparabhāge rājagahavāsinopi vāṇijā  takkasīlaṃ agamaṃsu. te paṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā āgate pukkusāti rājā  ``kuto āgatatthā''ti pucchitvā ``rājagahato''ti sutvā ``mayhaṃ  sahāyassa nagarato āgatā tumhe''ti. āma devāti. ārogyaṃ me  sahāyassāti ārogyaṃ pucchitvā ``ajja paṭṭhāya ye mayhaṃ sahāyassa  nagarato jaṅghasatthena vā sakaṭasatthena vā vāṇijā āgacchanti,  sabbesaṃ mama visayaṃ paviṭṭhakālato ^a^P5.0035^ea^ paṭṭhāya  vasanagehāni, rājakoṭṭhāgārato nivāpañca dentu, suṅkaṃ vissajjentu,  kiñci upaddavaṃ mā karontū''ti bheriṃ carāpesi. bimbisāropi  attano nagare tatheva bheriṃ carāpesi.<br/><br/>[03] atha bimbisāro pukkusātissa paṇṇaṃ pahiṇi -- ``paccantadese  nāma maṇimuttādīni ratanāni uppajjanti, yaṃ mayhaṃ sahāyassa rajje  dassanīyaṃ vā savanīyaṃ vā ratanaṃ uppajjati, tattha me mā  maccharāyatū''ti. pukkusātipi -- ``majjhimadeso nāma mahājanapado,  yaṃ tattha evarūpaṃ ratanaṃ uppajjati, tattha me sahāyo mā  maccharāyatū''ti paṭipaṇṇaṃ pahiṇi. evaṃ te gacchante gacchante kāle  aññamaññaṃ adisvāpi daḷhamittā ahesuṃ.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ ^a^M4.0196^ea^ tesaṃ katikaṃ katvā vasantānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ pukkusātissa  paṇṇākāro uppajji. rājā kira aṭṭha pañcavaṇṇe anagghakambale labhi.  so -- ``atisundarā ime kambalā, ahaṃ sahāyassa  pesissāmī''ti lākhāguḷamatte aṭṭha sārakaraṇḍake likhāpetvā tesu te  kambale pakkhipitvā lākhāya vaṭṭāpetvā setavatthena veṭhetvā samugge  pakkhipitvā vatthena veṭhetvā rājamuddikāya lañchetvā ``mayhaṃ  sahāyassa dethā''ti amacce pesesi. sāsanañca adāsi -- ``ayaṃ  paṇṇākāro nagaramajjhe amaccādiparivutena daṭṭhabbo''ti. te gantvā  bimbisārassa adaṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] so ^a^V4.0207^ea^ sāsanaṃ sutvā amaccādayo sannipatantūti bheriṃ carāpetvā  nagaramajjhe amaccādiparivuto setacchattena dhāriyamānena pallaṅkavare  nisinno lañchanaṃ bhinditvā vatthaṃ apanetvā samuggaṃ vivaritvā anto  bhaṇḍikaṃ muñcitvā lākhāguḷe disvā ``mayhaṃ sahāyo pukkusāti  `jutavittako me sahāyo'ti maññamāno maññe imaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ  pahiṇī''ti ekaṃ guḷaṃ gahetvā hatthena ^a^P5.0036^ea^ vaṭṭetvā  tulayantova anto dussabhaṇḍikaṃ atthīti aññāsi. atha naṃ  pallaṅkapāde paharitvā tāvadeva lākhā paripati, so nakhena karaṇḍakaṃ  vivaritvā anto kambalaratanaṃ disvā itarepi vivarāpesi, sabbepi  kambalā ahesuṃ. atha ne pattharāpesi, te vaṇṇasampannā phassasampannā  dīghato soḷasahatthā tiriyaṃ aṭṭhahatthā ahesuṃ. mahājano disvā  aṅguliyo poṭhesi, celukkhepaṃ akāsi, -- ``amhākaṃ rañño  adiṭṭhasahāyo pukkusāti adisvāva evarūpaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ pesesi, yuttaṃ  evarūpaṃ mittaṃ kātu''nti attamano ahosi. rājā ekamekaṃ kambalaṃ  agghāpesi, sabbe anagghā ahesuṃ. tesu cattāro sammāsambuddhassa  pesesi, cattāro attano ghare akāsi. tato cintesi -- ``pacchā  pesentena paṭhamaṃ pesitapaṇṇākārato atirekaṃ pesetuṃ vaṭṭati, sahāyena ca  me anaggho paṇṇākāro pesito, kiṃ nu kho pesemī''ti?<br/><br/>[03] kiṃ pana rājagahe tato adhikaṃ ratanaṃ natthīti? no natthi,  mahāpuñño rājā, apica kho panassa sotāpannakālato paṭṭhāya ṭhapetvā  tīṇi ratanāni aññaṃ ratanaṃ somanassaṃ janetuṃ samatthaṃ nāma natthi  ^a^M4.0197^ea^.  so ratanaṃ vicinituṃ āraddho -- ratanaṃ nāma saviññāṇakaṃ  aviññāṇakanti duvidhaṃ. tattha aviññāṇakaṃ suvaṇṇarajatādi,  saviññāṇakaṃ indriyabaddhaṃ. aviññāṇakaṃ saviññāṇakasseva  alaṅkārādivasena paribhogaṃ hoti, iti imesu dvīsu ratanesu  saviññāṇakaṃ seṭṭhaṃ. saviññāṇakampi duvidhaṃ tiracchānaratanaṃ  manussaratananti. tattha tiracchānaratanaṃ hatthiassaratanaṃ, tampi  manussānaṃ upabhogatthameva nibbattati ^a^P5.0037^ea^, iti imesupi  dvīsu manussaratanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ. manussaratanampi duvidhaṃ itthiratanaṃ  purisaratananti. tattha cakkavattino rañño uppannaṃ itthiratanampi  purisasseva upabhogaṃ. iti imesupi dvīsu purisaratanameva seṭṭhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] purisaratanampi duvidhaṃ agāriyaratanaṃ anagāriyaratanañca. tattha  agāriyaratanesupi cakkavattirājā ajja pabbajitasāmaṇeraṃ  pañcapatiṭṭhitena vandati, iti imesupi dvīsu anagāriyaratanameva  ^a^V4.0208^ea^ seṭṭhaṃ.  anagāriyaratanampi duvidhaṃ sekkharatanañca asekkharatanañca. tattha  satasahassampi sekkhānaṃ asekkhassa padesaṃ na pāpuṇāti, iti  imesupi dvīsu asekkharatanameva seṭṭhaṃ. tampi duvidhaṃ buddharatanaṃ  sāvakaratananti. tattha satasahassampi sāvakaratanānaṃ buddharatanassa  padesaṃ na pāpuṇāti, iti imesupi dvīsū buddharatanameva seṭṭhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] buddharatanampi duvidhaṃ paccekabuddharatanaṃ sabbaññubuddharatananti. tattha  satasahassampi paccekabuddhānaṃ sabbaññubuddhassa padesaṃ na pāpuṇāti, iti  imesupi dvīsu sabbaññubuddharatanaṃyeva seṭṭhaṃ. sadevakasmiñhi loke  buddharatanasamaṃ ratanaṃ nāma natthi. tasmā asadisameva ratanaṃ mayhaṃ  sahāyassa pesessāmīti cintetvā takkasīlavāsino pucchi --  ``tātā tumhākaṃ janapade buddho dhammo saṅghoti imāni tīṇi  ratanāni dissantī''ti. ghosopi so mahārāja tāva tattha natthi,  dassanaṃ pana kutoti.<br/><br/>[03] ``sundaraṃ tātā''ti rājā tuṭṭho cintesi -- ``sakkā bhaveyya  janasaṅgahatthāya mayhaṃ sahāyassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ pesetuṃ, buddhā  pana ^a^P5.0038^ea^ paccantimesu janapadesu na aruṇaṃ uṭṭhapenti.  tasmā satthārā gantuṃ na sakkā. sāriputtamoggallānādayo mahāsāvake  pesetuṃ sakkā bhaveyya. mayā ^a^M4.0198^ea^ pana `therā paccante vasantī'ti sutvāpi  manusse pesetvā te attano samīpaṃ āṇāpetvā upaṭṭhātumeva yuttaṃ.  tasmā na therehipi sakkā gantuṃ. yena panākārena sāsane pesite  satthā ca mahāsāvakā ca gatā viya honti, tenākārena sāsanaṃ  pahiṇissāmī''ti. cintetvā caturatanāyāmaṃ vidatthimattaputhulaṃ  nātitanuṃ nātibahalaṃ suvaṇṇapaṭṭaṃ kārāpetvā ``tattha ajja akkharāni  likhissāmī''ti. pātova sīsaṃ nhāyitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya  bhuttapātarāso apanītagandhamālābharaṇo suvaṇṇasarakena jātihiṅgulikaṃ  ādāya heṭṭhato paṭṭhāya dvārāni pidahanto pāsādamāruyha pubbadisāmukhaṃ  sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā ākāsatale nisīditvā suvaṇṇapaṭṭe akkharāni  likhanto -- ``idha tathāgato loke uppanno arahaṃ sammāsambuddho  vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā  devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā''ti. buddhaguṇe tāva ekadesena likhi.<br/><br/>[03] tato ``evaṃ dasa pāramiyo pūretvā tusitabhavanato cavitvā  mātukucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi ^a^V4.0209^ea^, evaṃ lokavivaraṇaṃ ahosi,  mātukucchiyaṃ vasamāne idaṃ nāma ahosi, agāramajjhe vasamāne idaṃ  nāma ahosi, evaṃ mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhanto evaṃ mahāpadhānaṃ  padahi. evaṃ dukkarakārikaṃ katvā mahābodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha  aparājitapallaṅke nisinno sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhi,  sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhantassa ^a^P5.0039^ea^ evaṃ lokavivaraṇaṃ  ahosi. sadevake loke aññaṃ evarūpaṃ ratanaṃ nāma natthīti. <br/><br/>[21] yaṃkiñci vittaṃ idha vā huraṃ vā, <br/><br/>[27] saggesu vā yaṃ ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ. <br/><br/>[26] na no samaṃ atthi tathāgatena, <br/><br/>[27] idampi buddhe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] etena saccena suvatthi hotū''ti.. (khu0 pā0 6.3;  su0 ni0 226) -- <br/><br/>[25] evaṃ ekadesena buddhaguṇepi likhitvā dutiyaṃ  ^b^dhammaratanaṃ^eb^ thomento -- ``svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo...pe0...  paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī''ti. ``cattāro satipaṭṭhānā...pe0...  ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo''ti. ``satthārā desitadhammo nāma  evarūpo ca evarūpo cā''ti sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhiye ekadesena  likhitvā -- <br/><br/>[21] ``yaṃ ^a^M4.0199^ea^ buddhaseṭṭho parivaṇṇayī suciṃ, <br/><br/>[27] samādhimānantarikaññamāhu. <br/><br/>[26] samādhinā tena samo na vijjati, <br/><br/>[27] idampi dhamme ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] etena saccena suvatthi hotū''ti.. (khu0 pā0 6.5;  su0 ni0 228) -- <br/><br/>[25] evaṃ ekadesena dhammaguṇe likhitvā tatiyaṃ  ^b^saṅgharatanaṃ^eb^ thomento -- ``suppaṭipanno bhagavato  sāvakasaṅgho...pe0... puññakkhettaṃ lokassā''ti. ``kulaputtā nāma  satthu dhammakathaṃ sutvā evaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbajanti, keci setacchattaṃ  pahāya pabbajanti, keci uparajjaṃ, keci senāpatiṭṭhānādīni pahāya  pabbajanti. pabbajitvā ca pana imañca paṭipattiṃ pūrentī''ti  cūḷasīlamajjhimasīlamahāsīlādīni ^a^V4.0210^ea^ ekadesena likhitvā chadvārasaṃvaraṃ  satisampajaññaṃ catupaccayasantosaṃ navavidhaṃ ^a^P5.0040^ea^ senāsanaṃ,  nīvaraṇappahānaṃ parikammaṃ jhānābhiññā aṭṭhatiṃsa kammaṭṭhānāni yāva  āsavakkhayā ekadesena likhi, soḷasavidhaṃ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ  vitthāreneva likhitvā ``satthu sāvakasaṅgho nāma evarūpehi ca  guṇehi samannāgato. <br/><br/>[21] ye puggalā aṭṭhasataṃ pasaṭṭhā, <br/><br/>[27] cattāri etāni yugāni honti. <br/><br/>[26] te dakkhiṇeyyā sugatassa sāvakā, <br/><br/>[27] etesu dinnāni mahapphalāni. <br/><br/>[26] idampi saṅghe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ, <br/><br/>[22] etena saccena suvatthi hotū''ti.. (khu0 pā0 6.6;  su0 ni0 229) -- <br/><br/>[25] evaṃ ekadesena saṅghaguṇe likhitvā -- ``bhagavato  sāsanaṃ svākkhātaṃ niyyānikaṃ, sace mayhaṃ sahāyo sakkoti,  nikkhamitvā pabbajatū''ti likhitvā suvaṇṇapaṭṭaṃ saṃharitvā  sukhumakambalena veṭhetvā sārasamugge pakkhipitvā taṃ samuggaṃ  suvaṇṇamaye, suvaṇṇamayaṃ, rajatamaye rajatamayaṃ maṇimaye, maṇimayaṃ  pavāḷamaye, pavāḷamayaṃ lohitaṅkamaye, lohitaṅkamayaṃ masāragallamaye,  masāragallamayaṃ phalikamaye, phalikamayaṃ dantamaye, dantamayaṃ  sabbaratanamaye, sabbaratanamayaṃ kilañjamaye, kilañjamayaṃ samuggaṃ  sārakaraṇḍake ṭhapesi.<br/><br/>[03] puna ^a^M4.0200^ea^ sārakaraṇḍakaṃ suvaṇṇakaraṇḍaketi purimanayeneva haritvā  sabbaratanamayaṃ karaṇḍakaṃ kilañjamaye karaṇḍake ṭhapesi. tato  kilañjamayaṃ karaṇḍakaṃ sāramayapeḷāyāti puna vuttanayeneva haritvā  sabbaratanamayaṃ peḷaṃ kilañjamayapeḷāya ṭhapetvā bahi vatthena veṭhetvā  rājamuddikāya lañchetvā amacce āṇāpesi -- ``mama āṇāpavattiṭṭhāne  maggaṃ alaṅkārāpetha maggo aṭṭhusabhavitthato hotu, catūsabhaṭṭhānaṃ  sodhitamattakameva ^a^P5.0041^ea^ hotu, majjhe catūsabhaṃ  rājānubhāvena paṭiyādethā''ti. tato maṅgalahatthiṃ alaṅkārāpetvā  tassa upari pallaṅkaṃ paññapetvā setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā nagaravīthiyo  sittasammaṭṭhā samussitaddhajapaṭākā kadalipuṇṇaghaṭagandhadhūmapupphādīhi  ^a^V4.0211^ea^ suppaṭimaṇḍitā kāretvā ``attano attano visayappadese evarūpaṃ pūjaṃ  kārentū''ti antarabhogikānaṃ javanadūte pesetvā sayaṃ sabbālaṅkārena  alaṅkaritvā -- ``sabbatāḷāvacarasammissabalakāyaparivuto paṇṇākāraṃ  pesemī''ti attano visayapariyantaṃ gantvā amaccassa mukhasāsanaṃ  adāsi -- ``tāta mayhaṃ sahāyo pukkusāti imaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ  paṭicchanto orodhamajjhe apaṭicchitvā pāsādaṃ āruyha paṭicchatū''ti.  evaṃ sāsanaṃ datvā paccantadesaṃ satthā gacchatīti pañcapatiṭṭhitena  vanditvā nivatti. antarabhogikā teneva niyāmena maggaṃ paṭiyādetvā  paṇṇākāraṃ nayiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] pukkusātipi attano rajjasīmato paṭṭhāya teneva niyāmena maggaṃ  paṭiyādetvā nagaraṃ alaṅkārāpetvā paṇṇākārassa paccuggamanaṃ akāsi.  paṇṇākāro takkasīlaṃ pāpuṇanto uposathadivase pāpuṇi, paṇṇākāraṃ  gahetvā gatāmaccopi rañño vuttasāsanaṃ ārocesi. rājā taṃ sutvā  paṇṇākārena saddhiṃ āgatānaṃ kattabbakiccaṃ vicāretvā paṇṇākāraṃ  ādāya pāsādaṃ āruyha ``mā idha koci pavisatū''ti dvāre ārakkhaṃ  kāretvā sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā paṇṇākāraṃ uccāsane ṭhapetvā sayaṃ  nīcāsane nisinno lañchanaṃ bhinditvā nivāsanaṃ apanetvā  kilañjapeḷato paṭṭhāya anupubbena vivaranto sāramayaṃ samuggaṃ disvā  cintesi -- ``mahāparihāro nāyaṃ aññassa ratanassa bhavissati,  addhā majjhimadese sotabbayuttakaṃ ratanaṃ uppanna''nti. atha taṃ samuggaṃ  vivaritvā rājalañchanaṃ bhinditvā sukhumakambalaṃ ubhato viyūhitvā  suvaṇṇapaṭṭaṃ addasa.<br/><br/>[03] so ^a^M4.0201^ea^ taṃ pasāretvā -- ``manāpāni ^a^P5.0042^ea^ vata  akkharāni samasīsāni samapantīni caturassānī''tiādito paṭṭhāya  vācetuṃ ārabhi. tassa -- ``idha tathāgato loke uppanno''ti  buddhaguṇe vācentassa balavasomanassaṃ uppajji,  navanavutilomakūpasahassāni uddhaggalomāni ahesuṃ. attano ṭhitabhāvaṃ  vā nisinnabhāvaṃ vā na jānāti. athassa --  ``kappakoṭisatasahassehipi etaṃ dullabhasāsanaṃ sahāyaṃ nissāya sotuṃ  labhāmī''ti bhiyyo balavapīti udapādi. so hi upari vācetuṃ  asakkonto yāva pītivegapassaddhiyā nisīditvā parato --  ``svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo''ti dhammaguṇe ārabhi. tatrāpissa  tatheva ahosi. so puna yāva pītivegapassaddhiyā nisīditvā parato  ``suppaṭipanno''ti saṅghaguṇe ārabhi ^a^V4.0212^ea^. tatrāpissa tatheva ahosi.  atha sabbapariyante ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ vācetvā  catukkapañcakajjhānāni nibbattesi, so jhānasukheneva vītināmesi.  añño koci daṭṭhuṃ na labhati, ekova cūḷupaṭṭhāko pavisati. evaṃ  addhamāsamattaṃ vītināmesi.<br/><br/>[03] nāgarā rājaṅgaṇe sannipatitvā ukkuṭṭhiṃ akaṃsu ``paṇṇākāraṃ  paṭicchitadivasato paṭṭhāya baladassanaṃ vā nāṭakadassanaṃ vā natthi,  vinicchayadānaṃ natthi, rājā sahāyena pahitaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ yassicchati  tassa dassetu, rājāno nāma ekaccassa paṇṇākāravasenapi vañcetvā  rajjaṃ attano kātuṃ vāyamanti. kiṃ nāma amhākaṃ rājā karotī''ti?  rājā ukkuṭṭhisaddaṃ sutvā -- ``rajjaṃ nu kho dhāremi, udāhu  ^a^P5.0043^ea^ satthāra''nti cintesi. athassa etadahosi --  ``rajjakāritāttabhāvo nāma neva gaṇakena, na gaṇakamahāmattena gaṇetuṃ  sakko. satthusāsanaṃ dhāressāmī''ti sayane ṭhapitaṃ asiṃ gahetvā kese  chinditvā sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā -- ``etaṃ gahetvā rajjaṃ kārethā''ti  saddhiṃ cūḷāmaṇinā kesakalāpaṃ parisamajjhe pātesi, mahājano taṃ  ukkhipitvā -- ``sahāyakasantikā laddhapaṇṇākārā nāma rājāno  tumhādisā honti devā''ti ekappahāreneva viravi. raññopi  dvaṅgulamattaṃ kesamassu ahosi. bodhisattassa pabbajjāsadisameva kira  jātaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] tato ^a^M4.0202^ea^ cūḷupaṭṭhākaṃ pesetvā antarāpaṇā dve kāsāyavatthāni  mattikāpattañca āharāpetvā -- ``ye loke arahanto, te uddissa mayhaṃ  pabbajjā''ti satthāraṃ uddissa ekaṃ kāsāvaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā  pattaṃ vāmāṃsakūṭe katvā kattaradaṇḍaṃ gahetvā -- ``sobhati nu kho me  pabbajjā no vā''ti mahātale katipayavāre aparāparaṃ caṅkamitvā --  ``sobhati me pabbajjā''ti dvāraṃ vivaritvā pāsādā otari.  otarantaṃ pana naṃ tīsu dvāresu ṭhitanāṭakādīni disvāpi na  sañjāniṃsu. ``eko paccekabuddho amhākaṃ rañño dhammakathaṃ kathetuṃ  āgato''ti kira cintayiṃsu. uparipāsādaṃ pana āruyha rañño  ṭhitanisinnaṭṭhānāni disvā rājā gatoti ñatvā samuddamajjhe  osīdamānāya nāvāya jano viya ekappahāreneva viraviṃsu. kulaputtaṃ  bhūmitalaṃ otiṇṇamattaṃ aṭṭhārasaseniyo sabbe nāgarā balakāyā ca  parivāretvā mahāviravaṃ viraviṃsu. amaccāpi taṃ etadavocuṃ -- ``deva  majjhimadesarājāno nāma bahumāyā, sāsanaṃ pesetvā buddharatanaṃ nāma  loke uppannaṃ vā no vāti ñatvā gamissatha ^a^P5.0044^ea^,  nivattatha ^a^V4.0213^ea^ devā''ti. saddahāmahaṃ mayhaṃ sahāyakassa, tassa mayā saddhiṃ  dvejjhavacanaṃ nāma natthi, tiṭṭhatha tumheti. te anugacchantiyeva.<br/><br/>[03] kulaputto kattaradaṇḍena lekhaṃ katvā -- ``idaṃ rajjaṃ kassā''ti  āha? tumhākaṃ devāti. yo imaṃ lekhaṃ antaraṃ karoti, rājāṇāya  kāretabboti. mahājanakajātake bodhisattena katalekhaṃ sīvalidevī  antaraṃ kātuṃ avisahantī vivattamānā agamāsi. tassā gatamaggena  mahājano agamāsi. taṃ pana lekhaṃ mahājano antaraṃ kātuṃ na  visahi, lekhaṃ ussīsakaṃ katvā vivattamānā viraviṃsu. kulaputto  ``ayaṃ me gataṭṭhāne dantakaṭṭhaṃ vā mukhodakaṃ vā dassatī''ti antamaso  ekaceṭakampi aggahetvā pakkāmi. evaṃ kirassa ahosi ``mama  satthā ca mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā ekakova pabbajito''ti  ekakova agamāsi. ``satthu lajjāmī''ti ca -- ``satthā kira me  pabbajitvā yānaṃ nāruḷho''ti ca antamaso ekapaṭalikampi upāhanaṃ  nāruhi, paṇṇacchattakampi na dhāresi. mahājano  rukkhapākāraṭṭālakādīni āruyha esa amhākaṃ rājā gacchatīti  olokesi. kulaputto -- ``dūraṃ gantabbaṃ, na sakkā ekena maggo  nittharitu''nti ekaṃ satthavāhaṃ anubandhi. sukhumālassa kulaputtassa  kaṭhinatattāya ^a^M4.0203^ea^ pathaviyā gachantassa pādatalesu phoṭā uṭṭhahitvā  bhijjanti, dukkhā vedanā uppajjanti. satthavāhe khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā  nisinne kulaputto maggā okkamma ekasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdati.  nisinnaṭṭhāne pādaparikammaṃ vā piṭṭhiparikammaṃ ^a^P5.0045^ea^ vā  kattā nāma natthi, kulaputto ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā  maggadarathakilamathapariḷāhaṃ vikkhambhetvā jhānaratiyā vītināmeti.<br/><br/>[03] punadivase uṭṭhite aruṇe sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā puna satthavāhaṃ  anubandhati. pātarāsakāle kulaputtassa pattaṃ gahetvā khādanīyaṃ  bhojanīyaṃ patte pakkhipitvā denti. taṃ uttaṇḍulampi hoti  kilinnampi samasakkharampi aloṇātiloṇampi, kulaputto pavisanaṭṭhānaṃ  paccavekkhitvā amataṃ viya paribhuñjitvā etena niyāmena aṭṭhahi  ūnakāni dve yojanasatāni gato. jetavanadvārakoṭṭhakassa pana  samīpena gacchantopi -- ``kahaṃ satthā vasatī''ti nāpucchi. kasmā?  satthugāravena ceva rañño pesitasāsanavasena ca. rañño hi --  ``idha tathāgato loke uppajjatī''ti satthāraṃ rājagahe uppannaṃ viya  katvā sāsanaṃ pesitaṃ, tasmā ^a^V4.0214^ea^ naṃ apucchitvāva pañcacattālīsayojanamattaṃ  maggaṃ atikkanto. so sūriyatthaṅgamanavelāya rājagahaṃ patvā satthā  kahaṃ vasatīti pucchi. kuto nu, bhante, āgatoti? ito  uttaratoti. satthā tuyhaṃ āgatamagge ito pañcacattālīsayojanamatte  sāvatthi nāma atthi, tattha vasatīti. kulaputto cintesi --  ``idāni akālo na sakkā gantuṃ, ajja idheva vasitvā sve satthu  santikaṃ gamissāmī''ti. tato -- ``vikāle sampattapabbajitā kahaṃ  vasantī''ti pucchi. imāya kumbhakārasālāya, bhanteti. atha so  taṃ kumbhakāraṃ yācitvā tattha vāsatthāya pavisitvā nisīdi.<br/><br/>[03] bhagavāpi taṃdivasaṃ paccūsakāle lokaṃ volokento pukkusātiṃ  disvā cintesi -- ``ayaṃ kulaputto sahāyena pesitaṃ sāsanamattakaṃ  ^a^P5.0046^ea^ vācetvā atirekatiyojanasatikaṃ mahārajjaṃ pahāya maṃ  uddissa pabbajitvā aṭṭhahi ūnakāni dve yojanasatāni atikkamma  rājagahaṃ pāpuṇissati, mayi agacchante pana tīṇi sāmaññaphalāni  appaṭivijjhitvā ekarattivāsena anāthakālakiriyaṃ karissati, mayi  pana gate ^a^M4.0204^ea^ tīṇi sāmaññaphalāni paṭivijjhissati. janasaṅgahatthāyeva  pana mayā satasahassakappādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni pāramiyo  pūritā, karissāmi tassa saṅgaha''nti pātova sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā  bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ  piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā muhuttaṃ attadarathakilamathaṃ  paṭipassambhetvā -- ``kulaputto mayi gāravena dukkaraṃ akāsi,  atirekayojanasataṃ rajjaṃ pahāya antamaso mukhadhovanadāyakampi ceṭakaṃ  aggahetvā ekakova nikkhanto''ti sāriputtamahāmoggallānādīsu kañci  anāmantetvā sayameva attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā ekakova nikkhanto.  gacchanto ca neva ākāse uppati, na pathaviṃ saṃkhipi, --  ``kulaputto mama lajjamāno hatthiassarathasuvaṇṇasivikādīsu  ekayānepi anisīditvā antamaso ekapaṭalikaṃ upāhanampi anāruyha  paṇṇacchattakampi aggahetvā nikkhanto, mayāpi padasāva gantuṃ  vaṭṭatī''ti pana cintetvā padasāva agamāsi.<br/><br/>[03] so asīti anubyañjanāni byāmappabhā bāttiṃsa  mahāpurisalakkhaṇānīti imaṃ buddhasiriṃ paṭicchādetvā  valāhakapaṭicchanno puṇṇacando viya aññatarabhikkhuvesena gacchanto  ekapacchābhatteneva pañcacattālīsa yojanāni atikkamma  sūriyatthaṅgamalīvelāya kulaputte paviṭṭhamatteyeva ^a^V4.0215^ea^ taṃ kumbhakārasālaṃ pāpuṇi.  taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ -- ``tena kho pana samayena, pukkusāti, nāma  kulaputto bhagavantaṃ uddissa saddhāya ^a^P5.0047^ea^ agārasmā  anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, so tasmiṃ kumbhakārāvesane paṭhamaṃ vāsūpagato  hotī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ gantvāpi pana bhagavā -- ``ahaṃ sammāsambuddho''ti pasayha  kumbhakārasālaṃ apavisitvā dvāre ṭhitova kulaputtaṃ okāsaṃ kārento  ^b^sace te bhikkhū^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^urunda^eb^nti vivittaṃ asambādhaṃ.  ^b^viharatāyasmā yathāsukha^eb^nti yena yena iriyāpathena phāsu  hoti, tena tena yathāsukhaṃ āyasmā viharatūti okāsaṃ akāsi.  atirekatiyojanasatañhi rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito kulaputto parassa  chaḍḍitapatitaṃ ^a^M4.0205^ea^ kumbhakārasālaṃ kiṃ aññassa sabrahmacārino  maccharāyissati. ekacce pana moghapurisā sāsane pabbajitvā  āvāsamacchariyādīhi abhibhūtā attano vasanaṭṭhāne mayhaṃ kuṭi mayhaṃ  pariveṇanti aññesaṃ avāsāya parakkamanti. ^b^nisīdī^eb^ti  accantasukhumālo lokanātho devavimānasadisaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ pahāya tattha  tattha vippakiṇṇachārikāya  bhinnabhājanatiṇapalāsakukkuṭasūkaravaccādisaṃkiliṭṭhāya  saṅkāraṭṭhānasadisāya kumbhakārasālāya tiṇasanthāraṃ santharitvā  paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ paññapetvā devavimānasadisaṃ dibbagandhasugandhaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ  pavisitvā nisīdanto viya nisīdi.<br/><br/>[03] iti bhagavāpi asambhinnamahāsammatavaṃse uppanno, kulaputtopi  khattiyagabbhe vaḍḍhito. bhagavāpi abhinīhārasampanno, kulaputtopi  abhinīhārasampanno. bhagavāpi rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito, kulaputtopi.  bhagavāpi ^a^P5.0048^ea^ suvaṇṇavaṇṇo, kulaputtopi. bhagavāpi  samāpattilābhī, kulaputtopi. iti dvepi khattiyā dvepi  abhinīhārasampannā dvepi rājapabbajitā dvepi suvaṇṇavaṇṇā dvepi  samāpattilābhino kumbhakārasālaṃ pavisitvā nisinnāti tehi  kumbhakārasālā ativiya sobhati, dvīhi sīhādīhi paviṭṭhaguhādīhi  āharitvā dīpetabbaṃ. tesu pana dvīsu bhagavā -- ``sukhumālo ahaṃ  paramasukhumālo ekapacchābhattena pañcacattālīsa yojanāni āgato,  muhuttaṃ tāva sīhaseyyaṃ kappetvā maggadarathaṃ paṭipassambhemī''ti cittampi  anuppādetvā nisīdantova phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajji. kulaputtopi --  ``dvānavutiyojanasataṃ āgatomhi, muhuttaṃ tāva nipajjitvā maggadarathaṃ  vinodemī''ti cittaṃ anuppādetvā nisīdamānova ^a^V4.0216^ea^ ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ  samāpajji. idaṃ sandhāya ^b^atha kho bhagavā bahudeva  ratti^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] nanu ca bhagavā kulaputtassa dhammaṃ desessāmīti āgato, kasmā  na desesīti? kulaputtassa maggadaratho appaṭipassaddho, na  sakkhissati dhammadesanaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ, so tāvassa paṭipassambhatūti  na desesi. apare -- ``rājagahaṃ nāma ākiṇṇamanussaṃ avivittaṃ  dasahi saddehi, so saddo diyaḍḍhayāmamattena sannisīdati, taṃ  āgamento na desesī''ti vadanti. taṃ akāraṇaṃ, brahmalokappamāṇampi  hi saddaṃ bhagavā attano ānubhāvena ^a^M4.0206^ea^ vūpasametuṃ sakkoti,  maggadarathavūpasamaṃ āgamentoyeva pana na desesi. <br/><br/>[01] tattha ^b^bahudeva ratti^eb^nti diyaḍḍhayāmamattaṃ.  ^b^etadahosī^eb^ti bhagavā phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhāya suvaṇṇavimāne  maṇisīhapañjaraṃ vivaranto viya pañcapasādappaṭimaṇḍitāni akkhīni  ummīletvā olokesi, athassa  hatthakukkuccapādakukkuccasīsakampanavirahitaṃ sunikhātaindakhīlaṃ viya  niccalaṃ avibbhantaṃ suvaṇṇapaṭimaṃ viya nisinnaṃ kulaputtaṃ disvā etaṃ  -- ``pāsādikaṃ kho''tiādi ahosi. tattha ^b^pāsādika^eb^nti  pasādāvahaṃ. bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ ^a^P5.0049^ea^ panetaṃ, pāsādikena  iriyāpathena iriyati. yathā iriyato iriyāpatho pāsādiko hoti,  evaṃ iriyatīti ayamettha attho. catūsu hi iriyāpathesu tayo  iriyāpathā na sobhanti. gacchantassa hi bhikkhuno hatthā calanti,  pādā calanti, sīsaṃ calati, ṭhitassa kāyo thaddho hoti,  nipannassāpi iriyāpatho amanāpo hoti, pacchābhatte pana divāṭṭhānaṃ  sammajjitvā cammakhaṇḍaṃ paññapetvā sudhotahatthapādassa catusandhikapallaṅkaṃ  ābhujitvā nipannasseva iriyāpatho sobhati. ayañca kulaputto  pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ appetvā nisīdi. itissa  iriyāpatheneva pasanno bhagavā -- ``pāsādikaṃ kho''ti parivitakkesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^yaṃnūnāhaṃ puccheyya^eb^nti kasmā pucchati? kiṃ bhagavā attānaṃ  uddissa pabbajitabhāvaṃ na jānātīti? no na jānāti, apucchite  pana kathā na patiṭṭhāti, apatiṭṭhitāya kathāya kathā na sañjāyatīti  kathāpatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^disvā^eb^ ^a^V4.0217^ea^ ^b^ca pana jāneyyāsī^eb^ti tathāgataṃ buddhasiriyā  virocantaṃ ayaṃ buddhoti sabbe jānanti. anacchariyametaṃ jānanaṃ,  buddhasiriṃ pana paṭicchādetvā aññatarapiṇḍapātikavesena caranto  dujjāno hoti. iccāyasmā, pukkusāti, ``na jāneyya''nti  sabhāvameva katheti. tathā hi naṃ ekakumbhakārasālāya nisinnampi na  jānāti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^etadahosī^eb^ti maggadarathassa vūpasamabhāvaṃ ñatvā ahosi.  ^b^evamāvuso^eb^ti kulaputto sahāyena pesitaṃ sāsanamattaṃ vācetvā rajjaṃ  ^a^M4.0207^ea^ pahāya pabbajamāno -- ``dasabalassa madhuradhammadesanaṃ sotuṃ  labhissāmī''ti. pabbajito, pabbajitvā ^a^P5.0050^ea^ ettakaṃ  addhānaṃ āgacchanto -- ``dhammaṃ te bhikkhu desessāmī''ti padamattassa  vattāraṃ nālattha, so ``dhammaṃ te bhikkhu desessāmī''ti vuttaṃ kiṃ  sakkaccaṃ na suṇissati. pipāsitasoṇḍo viya hi pipāsitahatthī  viya cāyaṃ, tasmā sakkaccaṃ savanaṃ paṭijānanto ``evamāvuso''ti āha. <br/><br/>[03] 343^b^.^eb^ ^b^chadhāturo aya^eb^nti bhagavā kulaputtassa  pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ akathetvā āditova arahattassa padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ  accantasuññataṃ vipassanālakkhaṇameva ācikkhituṃ āraddho. yassa hi  pubbabhāgapaṭipadā aparisuddhā hoti, tassa paṭhamameva sīlasaṃvaraṃ  indriyesu guttadvārataṃ bhojane mattaññutaṃ jāgariyānuyogaṃ satta saddhamme  cattāri jhānānīti imaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ ācikkhati. yassa panesā  parisuddhā, tassa taṃ akathetvā arahattassa padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ vipassanameva  ācikkhati. kulaputtassa ca pubbabhāgapaṭipadā parisuddhā. tathā hi  anena sāsanaṃ vācetvā pāsādavaragateneva ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ  nibbattitaṃ, yadassa dvānavutiyojanasabhaṃ āgacchantassa yānakiccaṃ  sādhesi, sāmaṇerasīlampissa paripuṇṇaṃ. tasmā pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ  akathetvā arahattassa padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ accantasuññataṃ  vipassanālakkhaṇamevassa ācikkhituṃ āraddho.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^chadhāturo^eb^ti dhātuyo vijjamānā, puriso avijjamāno.  bhagavā hi katthaci vijjamānena avijjamānaṃ dasseti, katthaci  avijjamānena vijjamānaṃ, katthaci vijjamānena vijjamānaṃ, katthaci  avijjamānena avijjamānanti sabbāsave vuttanayeneva vitthāretabbaṃ.  idha pana vijjamānena avijjamānaṃ dassento evamāha. sace hi  bhagavā ^a^P5.0051^ea^ purisoti paṇṇattiṃ vissajjetvā  ^a^V4.0218^ea^ dhātuyo  icceva vatvā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyya, kulaputto sandehaṃ kareyya, sammohaṃ  āpajjeyya, desanaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ na sakkuṇeyya. tasmā tathāgato  anupubbena purisoti paṇṇattiṃ pahāya ``sattoti vā purisoti vā  puggaloti vā paṇṇattimattameva, paramatthato satto nāma natthi,  dhātumatteyeva cittaṃ ṭhapāpetvā tīṇi phalāni paṭivijjhāpessāmī''ti  ^a^M4.0208^ea^ anaṅgaṇasutte (ma0 ni0 1.57 ādayo) vuttabhāsantarakusalo tāya  tāya bhāsāya sippaṃ uggaṇhāpento ācariyo viya evamāha.<br/><br/>[03] tattha cha dhātuyo assāti ^b^chadhāturo^eb^. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti --  yaṃ tvaṃ purisoti sañjānāsi, so chadhātuko, na cettha paramatthato  puriso atthi, purisoti pana paṇṇattimattamevāti. sesapadesupi  eseva nayo. ^b^caturādhiṭṭhāno^eb^ti ettha adhiṭṭhānaṃ vuccati patiṭṭhā,  catupatiṭṭhānoti attho. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti -- svāyaṃ bhikkhu puriso  chadhāturo chaphassāyatano aṭṭhārasamanopavicāro, so ettova vivaṭṭitvā  uttamasiddhibhūtaṃ arahattaṃ gaṇhamāno imesu catūsu ṭhānesu patiṭṭhāya  gaṇhātīti caturādhiṭṭhānoti. ^b^yattha ṭhita^eb^nti yesu adhiṭṭhānesu  patiṭṭhitaṃ. ^b^maññassa vā nappavattantī^eb^ti maññassa vā mānassa  vā nappavattanti. ^b^muni santoti vuccatī^eb^ti khīṇāsavamuni  upasanto nibbutoti vuccati. ^b^paññaṃ nappamajjeyyā^eb^ti  arahattaphalapaññāya paṭivijjhanatthaṃ ^a^P5.0052^ea^ āditova  samādhivipassanāpaññaṃ nappamajjeyya. ^b^saccamanurakkheyyā^eb^ti  paramatthasaccassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyatthaṃ āditova vacīsaccaṃ  rakkheyya. ^b^cāgamanubrūheyyā^eb^ti arahattamaggena  sabbakilesapariccāgakaraṇatthaṃ āditova kilesapariccāgaṃ brūheyya.  ^b^santimeva so sikkheyyā^eb^ti arahattamaggena  sabbakilesavūpasamanatthaṃ āditova kilesavūpasamanaṃ sikkheyya. iti  paññādhiṭṭhānādīnaṃ adhigamatthāya imāni samathavipassanāpaññādīni  pubbabhāgādhiṭṭhānāni vuttāni. <br/><br/>[03] 345^b^.^eb^ ^b^phassāyatana^eb^nti phassassa āyatanaṃ,  ākaroti attho. ^b^paññādhiṭṭhāna^eb^ntiādīni pubbe vuttānaṃ  arahattaphalapaññādīnaṃ vasena veditabbāni. <br/><br/>[03] 348^b^.^eb^ idāni nikkhittamātikāvasena ``yattha ṭhitaṃ  maññassa vā nappavattantī''ti vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, arahatte pana patte puna  ``paññaṃ nappamajjeyyā''tiādīhi kiccaṃ natthi. iti ^a^V4.0219^ea^ bhagavā mātikaṃ  uppaṭipāṭidhātukaṃ ṭhapetvāpi yathādhammavaseneva vibhaṅgaṃ vibhajanto  ^b^paññaṃ nappamajjeyyā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ko paññaṃ pamajjati, ko  nappamajjati? yo tāva imasmiṃ sāsane pabbajitvā  vejjakammādivasena ekavīsatividhāya anesanāya ^a^M4.0209^ea^ jīvikaṃ kappento  pabbajjānurūpena cittuppādaṃ ṭhapetuṃ na sakkoti, ayaṃ paññaṃ pamajjati  nāma. yo pana sāsane pabbajitvā sīle patiṭṭhāya buddhavacanaṃ  uggaṇhitvā sappāyaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ samādāya cittarucitaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā  vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ nissāya kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā samāpattiṃ patvā  ajjeva arahattanti vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā vicarati, ayaṃ paññaṃ  nappamajjati nāma. imasmiṃ pana sutte dhātukammaṭṭhānavasena esa  paññāya appamādo vutto. dhātukammaṭṭhāne panettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā  hatthipadopamasuttādīsu vuttameva. <br/><br/>[03] 354^b^.^eb^ ^b^athāparaṃ^eb^ ^a^P5.0053^ea^ ^b^viññāṇaṃyeva  avasissatī^eb^ti ayampettha pāṭiyekko anusandhi. heṭṭhato hi  rūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathitaṃ, idāni arūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ vedanāvasena nibbattetvā  dassetuṃ ayaṃ desanā āraddhā. yaṃ vā panetaṃ imassa bhikkhuno  pathavīdhātuādīsu āgamaniyavipassanāvasena kammakārakaviññāṇaṃ, taṃ  viññāṇadhātuvasena bhājetvā dassentopi imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. tattha  ^b^avasissatī^eb^ti kimatthāya avasissati? satthu kathanatthāya  kulaputtassa ca paṭivijjhanatthāya avasissati. ^b^parisuddha^eb^nti  nirupakkilesaṃ. ^b^pariyodāta^eb^nti pabhassaraṃ. ^b^sukhantipi  vijānātī^eb^ti sukhavedanaṃ vedayamāno sukhavedanaṃ vedayāmīti  pajānāti. sesapadadvayesupi eseva nayo. sace panāyaṃ vedanākathā  heṭṭhā na kathitā bhaveyya, idha ṭhatvā kathetuṃ vaṭṭeyya. satipaṭṭhāne  panesā kathitāvāti tattha kathitanayeneva veditabbā.  ^b^sukhavedaniya^eb^nti evamādi paccayavasena udayatthaṅgamanadassanatthaṃ  vuttaṃ. tattha ^b^sukhavedaniya^eb^nti sukhavedanāya paccayabhūtaṃ.  sesapadesupi eseva nayo. <br/><br/>[03] 360^b^.^eb^ ^b^upekkhāyeva avasissatī^eb^ti ettāvatā hi  yathā nāma chekena maṇikārācariyena vajirasūciyā vijjhitvā  cammakhaṇḍe pātetvā pātetvā dinnamuttaṃ antevāsiko gahetvā gahetvā  suttagataṃ karonto muttolambakamuttajālādīni karoti, evameva bhagavatā  kathetvā kathetvā dinnaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ ayaṃ kulaputto manasikaronto  manasikaronto paguṇaṃ akāsīti rūpakammaṭṭhānampissa  arūpakammaṭṭhānampi paguṇaṃ ^a^M4.0210^ea^ jātaṃ, atha bhagavā ``athāparaṃ upekkhāyeva  avasissatī''ti āha.<br/><br/>[03] kimatthaṃ ^a^V4.0220^ea^ pana avasissatīti? satthu kathanatthaṃ. kulaputtassa  paṭivijjhanatthantipi vadanti ^a^P5.0054^ea^, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ.  kulaputtena hi sahāyassa sāsanaṃ vācetvā pāsādatale ṭhiteneva  ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattitaṃ, yadassa ettakaṃ maggaṃ āgacchantassa  yānakiccaṃ sādheti. satthu kathanatthaṃyeva avasissati. imasmiñhi  ṭhāne satthā kulaputtassa rūpāvacarajjhāne vaṇṇaṃ kathesi. idañhi vuttaṃ  hoti ``bhikkhu paguṇaṃ tava idaṃ rūpāvacaracatutthajjhāna''nti.  ^b^parisuddhā^eb^tiādi tassāyeva upekkhāya vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ. ^b^ukkaṃ  bandheyyā^eb^ti aṅgārakapallaṃ sajjeyya. ^b^ālimpeyyā^eb^ti tattha  aṅgāre pakkhipitvā aggiṃ datvā nāḷikāya dhamento aggiṃ jāleyya.  ^b^ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyyā^eb^ti aṅgāre viyūhitvā aṅgāramatthake vā  ṭhapeyya, tattake vā pakkhipeyya. ^b^nīhaṭa^eb^nti nīhaṭadosaṃ.  ^b^ninnītakasāva^eb^nti apanītakasāvaṃ. ^b^evameva kho^eb^ti yathā  taṃ suvaṇṇaṃ icchiticchitāya piḷandhanavikatiyā saṃvattati, evameva  ayaṃ tāva catutthajjhānupekkhā vipassanā abhiññā nirodho  bhavokkantīti imesu yaṃ icchati, tassatthāya hotīti vaṇṇaṃ kathesi.<br/><br/>[03] kasmā pana bhagavā imasmiṃ rūpāvacaracatutthajjhāne  nikantipariyādānatthaṃ avaṇṇaṃ akathetvā vaṇṇaṃ kathesīti.  kulaputtassa hi catutthajjhāne nikantipariyuṭṭhānaṃ balavaṃ. sace avaṇṇaṃ  katheyya, -- ``mayhaṃ pabbajitvā ^a^P5.0055^ea^ dvānavutiyojanasataṃ  āgacchantassa imaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ yānakiccaṃ sādhesi, ahaṃ ettakaṃ maggaṃ  āgacchanto jhānasukhena jhānaratiyā āgato, evarūpassa nāma  paṇītadhammassa avaṇṇaṃ katheti, jānaṃ nu kho katheti ajāna''nti  kulaputto saṃsayaṃ sammohaṃ āpajjeyya, tasmā bhagavā vaṇṇaṃ kathesi. <br/><br/>[03] 361^b^.^eb^ ^b^tadanudhamma^eb^nti ettha arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ  dhammo nāma, taṃ anugatattā rūpāvacarajjhānaṃ ^b^anudhammo^eb^ti vuttaṃ.  vipākajjhānaṃ vā dhammo, kusalajjhānaṃ anudhammo.  ^b^tadupādānā^eb^ti taggahaṇā. ^b^ciraṃ dīghamaddhāna^eb^nti  vīsatikappasahassāni. vipākavasena hetaṃ vuttaṃ. ito uttarimpi  eseva nayo. <br/><br/>[03] 362^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^M4.0211^ea^ catūhi vārehi arūpāvacarajjhānassa vaṇṇaṃ  kathetvā idāni tasseva ādīnavaṃ dassento ^b^so evaṃ  pajānātī^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^saṅkhatameta^eb^nti kiñcāpi ettha  vīsatikappasahassāni ^a^V4.0221^ea^ āyu atthi, etaṃ pana saṅkhataṃ pakappitaṃ  āyūhitaṃ, karontena karīyati, aniccaṃ adhuvaṃ asassataṃ tāvakālikaṃ,  cavanaparibhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammaṃ, jātiyā anugataṃ, jarāya anusaṭaṃ,  maraṇena abbhāhataṃ, dukkhe patiṭṭhitaṃ, atāṇaṃ aleṇaṃ asaraṇaṃ  asaraṇībhūtanti. viññāṇañcāyatanādīsupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03] idāni arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ gaṇhanto ^b^so neva taṃ  abhisaṅkharotī^eb^tiādimāha. yathā hi cheko bhisakko visavikāraṃ  disvā vamanaṃ kāretvā visaṃ ṭhānato cāvetvā upari āropetvā khandhaṃ  vā sīsaṃ vā gahetuṃ adatvā visaṃ otāretvā pathaviyaṃ pāteyya, evameva  bhagavā kulaputtassa ^a^P5.0056^ea^ arūpāvacarajjhāne vaṇṇaṃ kathesi.  taṃ sutvā kulaputto rūpāvacarajjhāne nikantiṃ pariyādāya  arūpāvacarajjhāne patthanaṃ ṭhapesi.<br/><br/>[03] bhagavā taṃ ñatvā taṃ asampattassa appaṭiladdhasseva bhikkhuno  ``atthesā ākāsānañcāyatanādīsu sampatti nāma. tesañhi  paṭhamabrahmaloke vīsatikappasahassāni āyu, dutiye cattālīsaṃ, tatiye  saṭṭhi, catutthe caturāsīti kappasahassāni āyu. taṃ pana aniccaṃ  adhuvaṃ asassataṃ tāvakālikaṃ, cavanaparibhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammaṃ, jātiyā  anugataṃ, jarāya anusaṭaṃ, maraṇena abbhāhataṃ, dukkhe patiṭṭhitaṃ, atāṇaṃ  aleṇaṃ asaraṇaṃ asaraṇībhūtaṃ, ettakaṃ kālaṃ tattha sampattiṃ  anubhavitvāpi puthujjanakālakiriyaṃ katvā puna catūsu apāyesu  patitabba''nti sabbametaṃ ādīnavaṃ ekapadeneva ``saṅkhatameta''nti  kathesi. kulaputto taṃ sutvā arūpāvacarajjhāne nikantiṃ  pariyādiyi, bhagavā tassa rūpāvacarārūpāvacaresu nikantiyā  pariyādinnabhāvaṃ ñatvā arahattanikūṭaṃ gaṇhanto ``so neva taṃ  abhisaṅkharotī''tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] yathā vā paneko mahāyodho ekaṃ rājānaṃ ārādhetvā  satasahassuṭṭhānakaṃ gāmavaraṃ labheyya, puna rājā tassānubhāvaṃ saritvā --  ``mahānubhāvo yodho, appakaṃ tena laddha''nti -- ``nāyaṃ tāta gāmo  ^a^M4.0212^ea^ tuyhaṃ anucchaviko, aññaṃ catusatasahassuṭṭhānakaṃ gaṇhāhī''ti dadeyya  so sādhu devāti taṃ vissajjetvā itaraṃ gāmaṃ gaṇheyya. rājā  asampattameva ca naṃ pakkosāpetvā -- ``kiṃ te tena, ahivātarogo  ettha uppajjati? asukasmiṃ pana ṭhāne mahantaṃ nagaraṃ atthi, tattha  chattaṃ ussāpetvā rajjaṃ kārehī''ti pahiṇeyya, so tathā kareyya.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^a^V4.0222^ea^ rājā viya sammāsambuddho daṭṭhabbo, mahāyodho viya  pukkusāti kulaputto, paṭhamaladdhagāmo viya ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ, taṃ  vissajjetvā itaraṃ gāmaṃ gaṇhāhīti vuttakālo viya  ānāpānacatutthajjhāne nikantipariyādānaṃ katvā āruppakathanaṃ, taṃ gāmaṃ  asampattameva ^a^P5.0057^ea^ pakkosāpetvā ``kiṃ te tena,  ahivātarogo ettha uppajjati? asukasmiṃ ṭhāne nagaraṃ atthi, tattha  chattaṃ ussāpetvā rajjaṃ kārehī''ti vuttakālo viya arūpe  saṅkhatametanti ādīnavakathanena appattāsuyeva tāsu samāpattīsu  patthanaṃ nivatthāpetvā upari arahattanikūṭena desanāgahaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^neva abhisaṅkharotī^eb^ti nāyūhati na rāsiṃ karoti.  ^b^na abhisañcetayatī^eb^ti na kappeti. ^b^bhavāya vā vibhavāya  vā^eb^ti vuddhiyā vā parihāniyā vā, sassatucchedavasenapi yojetabbaṃ.  ^b^na kiñci loke upādiyatī^eb^ti loke rūpādīsu kiñci  ekadhammampi taṇhāya na gaṇhāti, na parāmasati. ^b^nāparaṃ  itthattāyāti pajānātī^eb^ti bhagavā attano buddhavisaye ṭhatvā desanāya  arahattanikūṭaṃ gaṇhi. kulaputto pana attano yathopanissayena tīṇi  sāmaññaphalāni paṭivijjhi. yathā nāma rājā suvaṇṇabhājanena  nānārasabhojanaṃ bhuñjanto attano pamāṇena piṇḍaṃ vaṭṭetvā aṅke  nisinnena rājakumārena piṇḍamhi ālaye dassite taṃ piṇḍaṃ  upanāmeyya, kumāro attano mukhappamāṇeneva kabaḷaṃ kareyya, sesaṃ rājā  sayaṃ vā bhuñjeyya, pātiyaṃ vā pakkhipeyya, evaṃ dhammarājā tathāgato  attano pamāṇena arahattanikūṭaṃ gaṇhanto desanaṃ desesi, kulaputto  attano yathopanissayena tīṇi sāmaññaphalāni paṭivijjhi.<br/><br/>[03] ito pubbe panassa khandhā dhātuyo āyatanānīti evarūpaṃ  accantasuññataṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ kathaṃ kathentassa neva kaṅkhā, na  vimati, nāpi -- ``evaṃ kira taṃ, evaṃ me ācariyena vutta''nti  iti kira na dandhāyitattaṃ na vitthāyitattaṃ ^a^P5.0058^ea^ atthi  ^a^M4.0213^ea^. ekaccesu ca kira ṭhānesu buddhā aññātakavesena vicaranti,  sammāsambuddho nu kho esoti ahudeva saṃsayo, ahu vimati. yato  anena anāgāmiphalaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, atha ayaṃ me satthāti niṭṭhaṃ gato.  yadi evaṃ kasmā accayaṃ na desesīti. okāsābhāvato. bhagavā hi  yathānikkhittāya mātikāya acchinnadhāraṃ katvā ākāsagaṅgaṃ  otārento viya desanaṃ desesiyeva. <br/><br/>[03] 363^b^.^eb^ ^b^so^eb^ti ^a^V4.0223^ea^ arahā. ^b^anajjhositā^eb^ti  gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpetvā gahetuṃ na yutthāti pajānāti.  ^b^anabhinanditā^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena abhinandituṃ na yuttāti  pajānāti. <br/><br/>[03] 364^b^.^eb^ ^b^visaṃyutto naṃ vedetī^eb^ti sace hissa  sukhavedanaṃ ārabbha rāgānusayo, dukkhavedanaṃ ārabbha paṭighānusayo,  itaraṃ ārabbha avijjānusayo uppajjeyya, saṃyutto vediyeyya nāma.  anuppajjanato pana visaṃyutto naṃ vedeti nissaṭo vippamutto.  ^b^kāyapariyantika^eb^nti kāyakoṭikaṃ. yāva kāyapavattā uppajjitvā  tato paraṃ anuppajjanavedananti attho. dutiyapadepi eseva nayo.  ^b^anabhinanditāni sītībhavissantī^eb^ti dvādasasu āyatanesu  kilesānaṃ visevanassa natthitāya anabhinanditāni hutvā idha  dvādasasuyeva āyatanesu nirujjhissanti. kilesā hi nibbānaṃ  āgamma niruddhāpi yattha natthi, tattha niruddhāti vuccanti.  svāyamattho -- ``etthesā taṇhā nirujjhamānā nirujjhatī''ti  samudayapañhena dīpetabbo. tasmā bhagavā nibbānaṃ āgamma  sītibhūtānipi idheva sītībhavissantīti āha. nanu ca idha  vedayitāni vuttāni, na kilesāti. vedayitānipi kilesābhāveneva  sītībhavanti. itarathā nesaṃ sītibhāvo nāma natthīti suvuttametaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 365^b^.^eb^ ^b^evameva^eb^ ^a^P5.0059^ea^ ^b^kho^eb^ti  ettha idaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ -- yathā hi eko puriso telapadīpassa  jhāyato tele khīṇe telaṃ āsiñcati, vaṭṭiyā khīṇāya vaṭṭiṃ  pakkhipati, evaṃ dīpasikhāya anupacchedova hoti, evameva puthujjano  ekasmiṃ bhave ṭhito kusalākusalaṃ karoti, so tena sugatiyañca  apāyesu ca nibbattatiyeva, evaṃ vedanānaṃ anupacchedova ^a^M4.0214^ea^ hoti. yathā  paneko dīpasikhāya ukkaṇṭhito -- ``imaṃ purisaṃ āgamma dīpasikhā  na upacchijjatī''ti nilīno tassa purisassa sīsaṃ chindeyya, evaṃ  vaṭṭiyā ca telassa ca anupahārā dīpasikhā anāhārā nibbāyati,  evameva vaṭṭe ukkaṇṭhito yogāvacaro arahattamaggena kusalākusalaṃ  samucchindati, tassa samucchinnattā khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno kāyassa  bhedā puna vedayitāni na uppajjantīti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tasmā^eb^ti yasmā ādimhi samādhivipassanāpaññāhi  arahattaphalapaññā uttaritarā, tasmā. ^b^evaṃ samannāgato^eb^ti iminā  uttamena arahattaphalapaññādhiṭṭhānena samannāgato.  ^b^sabbadukkhakkhaye^eb^ ^a^V4.0224^ea^  ^b^ñāṇaṃ^eb^ nāma arahattamagge ñāṇaṃ, imasmiṃ pana sutte arahattaphale ñāṇaṃ  adhippetaṃ. tenevāha ^b^tassa sā vimutti sacce ṭhitā akuppā  hotī^eb^ti. <br/><br/>[03] 366^b^.^eb^ ettha hi ^b^vimuttī^eb^ti arahattaphalavimutti,  ^b^sacca^eb^nti paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānaṃ. iti akuppārammaṇakaraṇena  ^b^akuppā^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^musā^eb^ti vitathaṃ. ^b^mosadhamma^eb^nti  nassanasabhāvaṃ. ^b^taṃ sacca^eb^nti taṃ avitathaṃ sabhāvo.  ^b^amosadhamma^eb^nti anassanasabhāvaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tasmā^eb^ti yasmā ādito samathavipassanāvasena vacīsaccato  dukkhasaccasamudayasaccehi ca paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānameva uttaritaraṃ, tasmā.  ^b^evaṃ samannāgato^eb^ti iminā uttamena paramatthasaccādhiṭṭhānena  samannāgato. <br/><br/>[03] 367^b^.^eb^ ^b^pubbe^eb^ti puthujjanakāle. ^b^upadhī^eb^  ^a^P5.0060^ea^ ^b^hontī^eb^ti khandhūpadhi kilesūpadhi  abhisaṅkhārūpadhi pañcakāmaguṇūpadhīti ime upadhayo honti.  ^b^samattā samādinnā^eb^ti paripūrā gahitā paramaṭṭhā. ^b^tasmā^eb^ti  yasmā ādito samathavipassanāvasena kilesapariccāgato,  sotāpattimaggādīhi ca kilesapariccāgato arahattamaggeneva  kilesapariccāgo uttaritaro, tasmā. ^b^evaṃ samannāgato^eb^ti  iminā uttamena cāgādhiṭṭhānena samannāgato. <br/><br/>[03] 368^b^.^eb^ ^b^āghāto^eb^tiādīsu āghātakaraṇavasena  āghāto, byāpajjanavasena ^b^byāpādo,^eb^ sampadussanavasena  ^b^sampadoso^eb^ti tīhi padehi dosākusalamūlameva vuttaṃ.  ^b^tasmā^eb^ti yasmā ādito samathavipassanāvasena ^a^M4.0215^ea^ kilesavūpasamato,  sotāpattimaggādīhi kilesavūpasamato ca arahattamaggeneva  kilesavūpasamo uttaritaro, tasmā. ^b^evaṃ samannāgato^eb^ti iminā  uttamena upasamādhiṭṭhānena samannāgato. <br/><br/>[03] 369^b^.^eb^ ^b^maññitameta^eb^nti taṇhāmaññitaṃ mānamaññitaṃ  diṭṭhimaññitanti tividhampi vaṭṭati. ^b^ayamahamasmī^eb^ti ettha pana  ayamahanti ekaṃ taṇhāmaññitameva vaṭṭati. ^b^rogo^eb^tiādīsu  ābādhaṭṭhena ^b^rogo,^eb^ antodosaṭṭhena ^b^gaṇḍo,^eb^ anupaviṭṭhaṭṭhena  ^b^sallaṃ. muni santoti vuccatī^eb^ti khīṇāsavamuni santo  nibbutoti vuccati. ^b^yattha ṭhita^eb^nti yasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitaṃ.  ^b^saṃkhittenā^eb^ti buddhānaṃ ^a^V4.0225^ea^ kira sabbāpi dhammadesanā saṃkhittāva,  vitthāradesanā nāma natthi, samantapaṭṭhānakathāpi ^a^P5.0061^ea^  saṃkhittāyeva. iti bhagavā desanaṃ yathānusandhiṃ pāpesi.  ugghāṭitaññūtiādīsu pana catūsu puggalesu pukkusāti kulaputto  vipañcitaññū, iti vipañcitaññuvasena bhagavā imaṃ dhātuvibhaṅgasuttaṃ  kathesi. <br/><br/>[03] 370^b^.^eb^ ^b^na kho me, bhante, paripuṇṇaṃ pattacīvara^eb^nti  kasmā kulaputtassa iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ na nibbattanti. pubbe aṭṭhannaṃ  parikkhārānaṃ adinnattā. kulaputto hi dinnadāno katābhinīhāro, na  dinnattāti na vattabbaṃ. iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ pana pacchimabhavikānaṃyeva  nibbattati, ayañca punapaṭisandhiko, tasmā na nibbattanti. atha  bhagavā sayaṃ pariyesitvā kasmā na upasampādesīti. okāsābhāvato.  kulaputtassa āyu parikkhīṇaṃ, suddhāvāsiko anāgāmī mahābrahmā  kumbhakārasālaṃ āgantvā nisinno viya ahosi. tasmā sayaṃ na  pariyesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^pattacīvarapariyesanaṃ pakkāmī^eb^ti kāya velāya pakkāmi?  uṭṭhite aruṇe. bhagavato kira dhammadesanāpariniṭṭhānañca aruṇuṭṭhānañca  rasmivissajjanañca ekakkhaṇe ahosi. bhagavā kira desanaṃ  niṭṭhapetvāva chabbaṇṇarasmiyo vissajji, sakalakumbhakāranivesanaṃ  ekapajjotaṃ ahosi, chabbaṇṇarasmiyo jālajālā puñjapuñjā hutvā  vidhāvantiyo sabbadisābhāge suvaṇṇapaṭapariyonaddhe viya ca  nānāvaṇṇakusumaratanavisarasamujjale viya ca akaṃsu. bhagavā  ``nagaravāsino maṃ passantū''ti adhiṭṭhāsi. nagaravāsino bhagavantaṃ  ^a^P5.0062^ea^ disvāva ``satthā kira āgato, kumbhakārasālāya  kira nisinno''ti aññamaññassa ārocetvā rañño ārocesuṃ.<br/><br/>[03] rājā ^a^M4.0216^ea^ āgantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā, ``bhante, kāya velāya  āgatatthā''ti pucchi. hiyyo sūriyatthaṅgamanavelāya mahārājāti.  kena kammena bhagavāti? tumhākaṃ sahāyo pukkusāti rājā tumhehi  pahitaṃ sāsanaṃ sutvā nikkhamitvā pabbajitvā maṃ uddissa āgacchanto  sāvatthiṃ atikkamma pañcacattālīsa yojanāni āgantvā imaṃ  kumbhakārasālaṃ pavisitvā nisīdi, ahaṃ tassa saṅgahatthaṃ āgantvā  dhammakathaṃ kathesiṃ, kulaputto tīṇi phalāni paṭivijjhi mahārājāti.  idāni kahaṃ, bhanteti? upasampadaṃ yācitvā aparipuṇṇapattacīvaratāya  pattacīvarapariyesanatthaṃ ^a^V4.0226^ea^ gato mahārājāti. rājā kulaputtassa  gatadisābhāgena agamāsi. bhagavāpi ākāsenāgantvā  jetavanagandhakuṭimhiyeva pāturahosi.<br/><br/>[03] kulaputtopi pattacīvaraṃ pariyesamāno neva bimbisārarañño na  takkasīlakānaṃ jaṅghavāṇijānaṃ santikaṃ agamāsi. evaṃ kirassa  ahosi -- ``na kho me kukkuṭassa viya tattha tattha manāpāmanāpameva  vicinitvā pattacīvaraṃ pariyesituṃ yuttaṃ, mahantaṃ nagaraṃ vajjitvā  udakatitthasusānasaṅkāraṭṭhānāntaravīthīsu pariyesissāmī''ti  antaravīthiyaṃ saṅkārakūṭesu tāva pilotikaṃ pariyesituṃ āraddho.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^jīvitā voropesī^eb^ti etasmiṃ saṅkārakūṭe pilotikaṃ  olokentaṃ vibbhantā taruṇavacchā gāvī upadhāvitvā siṅgena  vijjhitvā ghātesi. chātakajjhatto kulaputto ākāseyeva āyukkhayaṃ  patvā patito. saṅkāraṭṭhāne adhomukhaṭṭhapitā suvaṇṇapaṭimā viya  ahosi, kālaṅkato ca pana avihābrahmaloke nibbatti, nibbattamattova  arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. avihābrahmaloke kira nibbattamattāva satta janā  arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. vuttañhetaṃ -- <br/><br/>[21] ``avihaṃ ^a^P5.0063^ea^ upapannāse, vimuttā satta  bhikkhavo. <br/><br/>[22] rāgadosaparikkhīṇā, tiṇṇā loke visattikaṃ.. <br/><br/>[21] ke ca te ataruṃ paṅkaṃ, maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ. <br/><br/>[22] ke hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, dibbayogaṃ upaccaguṃ.. <br/><br/>[21] upako ^a^M4.0217^ea^ palagaṇḍo ca, pukkusāti ca te tayo. <br/><br/>[27] bhaddiyo khaṇḍadevo ca, bāhuraggi ca siṅgiyo. <br/><br/>[22] te hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, dibbayogaṃ upaccagu''nti.. (saṃ0  ni0  1.50, 105).<br/><br/>[03] bimbisāropi ``mayhaṃ sahāyo mayā pesitasāsanamattaṃ vācetvā  hatthagataṃ rajjaṃ pahāya ettakaṃ ^a^V4.0227^ea^ addhānaṃ āgato, dukkaraṃ kataṃ kulaputtena,  pabbajitasakkārena taṃ sakkarissāmī''ti ``pariyesatha me sahāyaka''nti  tattha tattha pesesi. pesitā taṃ addasaṃsu saṅkāraṭṭhāne patitaṃ, disvā  āgamma rañño ārocesuṃ. rājā gantvā kulaputtaṃ disvā -- ``na  vata, bho, labhimhā sahāyakassa sakkāraṃ kātuṃ, anātho me jāto  sahāyako''ti. paridevitvā kulaputtaṃ mañcakena gaṇhāpetvā yuttokāse  ṭhapetvā anupasampannassa sakkāraṃ kātuṃ jānanābhāvena nhāpakakappakādayo  pakkosāpetvā kulaputtaṃ sīsaṃ nhāpetvā suddhavatthāni nivāsāpetvā  rājavesena alaṅkārāpetvā sovaṇṇasivikaṃ āropetvā  sabbatāḷāvacaragandhamālādīhi pūjaṃ karonto nagarā nīharitvā bahūhi  gandhakaṭṭhehi mahācitakaṃ kāretvā kulaputtassa sarīrakiccaṃ katvā dhātuyo  ādāya cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhapesi. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] dhātuvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 47
title:
  uddesavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^araṇavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^dhātuvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^saccavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 371^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0228^ea^ ^a^P5.0064^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  saccavibhaṅgasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^ācikkhanā^eb^ti idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ  nāma...pe0... ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ nāmāti.  sesapadesupi eseva nayo. apicettha ^b^paññāpanā^eb^ nāma  dukkhasaccādīnaṃ ṭhapanā. āsanaṃ ṭhapento hi āsanaṃ paññapetīti  vuccati. ^b^paṭṭhapanā^eb^ti paññāpanā. ^b^vivaraṇā^eb^ti vivaṭakaraṇā.  ^b^vibhajanā^eb^ti vibhāgakiriyā. ^b^uttānīkamma^eb^nti  pākaṭabhāvakaraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^anuggāhakā^eb^ti ^a^M4.0218^ea^ āmisasaṅgahena dhammasaṅgahenāti dvīhipi  saṅgahehi anuggāhakā. ^b^janetā^eb^ti janikā mātā.  ^b^āpādetā^eb^ti posetā. posikamātā viya moggallānoti dīpeti.  janikamātā hi nava vā dasa vā māse loṇambilādīni  pariharamānā kucchiyā dārakaṃ dhāretvā kucchito nikkhantaṃ  posikamātaraṃ dhātiṃ paṭicchāpeti. sā khīranavanītādīhi dārakaṃ  posetvā vaḍḍheti, so vuddhimāgamma yathāsukhaṃ vicarati. evameva  sāriputto attano vā paresaṃ vā santike pabbajite dvīhi saṅgahehi  saṅgaṇhanto gilāne paṭijagganto kammaṭṭhāne yojetvā sotāpannabhāvaṃ  ñatvā apāyabhayehi vuṭṭhitakālato paṭṭhāya -- ``idāni  paccattapurisakārena uparimagge nibbattessantī''ti tesu anapekkho hutvā  aññe nave nave ovadati. mahāmoggallānopi attano vā paresaṃ vā  santike pabbajite tatheva saṅgaṇhitvā kammaṭṭhāne yojetvā heṭṭhā tīṇi  ^a^P5.0065^ea^ phalāni pattesupi anapekkhataṃ na āpajjati.  kasmā? evaṃ kirassa hoti -- vuttaṃ bhagavatā -- ``seyyathāpi,  bhikkhave, appamattakopi gūtho duggandho hoti...pe0... appamattakampi  muttaṃ... kheḷo... pubbo... lohitaṃ duggandhaṃ hoti, evameva kho ahaṃ,  bhikkhave, appamattakampi bhavaṃ na vaṇṇemi antamaso  accharāsaṅghatamattampī''ti (a0 ni0  1.320-321). tasmā  yāva arahattaṃ na pāpuṇanti, tāva tesu anapekkhataṃ anāpajjitvā  arahattaṃ pattesuyeva āpajjatīti. tenāha bhagavā -- ``seyyathāpi,  bhikkhave, janetā evaṃ sāriputto. seyyathāpi jātassa āpādetā,  evaṃ moggallāno. sāriputto, bhikkhave, sotāpattiphale vineti,  moggallāno uttamatthe''ti. ^b^pahotī^eb^ti sakkoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dukkhe^eb^ ^a^V4.0229^ea^ ^b^ñāṇa^eb^nti savanasammasanapaṭivedhañāṇaṃ, tathā  ^b^dukkhasamudaye. dukkhanirodhe^eb^ savanapaṭivedhañāṇanti vaṭṭati, tathā  ^b^dukkhanirodhagāminiyā^eb^ paṭipadāya. nekkhammasaṅkappādīsu  kāmapaccanīkaṭṭhena, kāmato nissaṭabhāvena vā, kāmaṃ sammasantassa  uppannoti vā, kāmapadaghātaṃ kāmavūpasamaṃ karonto uppannoti vā,  kāmavivittante uppannoti vā ^b^nekkhammasaṅkappo^eb^. sesapadadvayepi  eseva nayo. sabbepi cete pubbabhāge nānācittesu, maggakkhaṇe  ekacitte labbhanti. tatra hi micchāsaṅkappacetanāya samugghātako  ekova saṅkappo labbhati, na nānā labbhati ^a^M4.0219^ea^. sammāvācādayopi  pubbabhāge nānācittesu, vuttanayeneva maggakkhaṇe ekacitte labbhanti.  ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārena pana saccakathā ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ ca  sammādiṭṭhisutte (ma0 ni0 1.89 ādayo) ca vuttāyevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] saccavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 48
title:
  araṇavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^dhātuvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^saccavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^dakkhiṇāvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 376^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0230^ea^ ^a^P5.0066^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  dakkhiṇāvibhaṅgasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^mahāpajāpati gotamī^eb^ti  ^b^gotamī^eb^ti gottaṃ. nāmakaraṇadivase panassā laddhasakkārā  brāhmaṇā lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā -- ``sace ayaṃ dhītaraṃ labhissati,  cakkavattirañño aggamahesī bhavissati. sace puttaṃ labhissati,  cakkavattirājā bhavissatīti ubhayathāpi mahatīyevassā pajā  bhavissatī''ti byākariṃsu. athassā ^b^mahāpajāpatī^eb^ti nāmaṃ  akaṃsu. idha pana gottena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā  ^b^mahāpajāpatigotamī^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^nava^eb^nti ahataṃ. ^b^sāmaṃ  vāyita^eb^nti na sahattheneva vāyitaṃ, ekadivasaṃ pana dhātigaṇaparivutā  sippikānaṃ vāyanaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā vemakoṭiṃ gahetvā vāyanākāraṃ akāsi.  taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] kadā pana gotamiyā bhagavato dussayugaṃ dātuṃ cittaṃ uppannanti.  abhisambodhiṃ patvā paṭhamagamanena kapilapuraṃ āgatakāle. tadā hi  piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ satthāraṃ gahetvā suddhodanamahārājā sakaṃ nivesanaṃ  pavesesi, atha bhagavato rūpasobhaggaṃ disvā mahāpajāpatigotamī  cintesi -- ``sobhati vata me puttassa attabhāvo''ti. athassā  balavasomanassaṃ uppajji. tato cintesi -- ``mama puttassa  ekūnatiṃsa vassāni agāramajjhe vasantassa antamaso mocaphalamattampi  mayā dinnakameva ahosi, idānipissa cīvarasāṭakaṃ dassāmī''ti.  ``imasmiṃ kho pana rājagehe bahūni mahagghāni vatthāni atthi, tāni  maṃ na tosenti, sahatthā katameva maṃ toseti, sahatthā katvā  dassāmī''ti cittaṃ uppādesi.<br/><br/>[03] athantarāpaṇā ^a^M4.0220^ea^ kappāsaṃ āharāpetvā sahattheneva ^a^P5.0067^ea^  pisitvā pothetvā sukhumasuttaṃ kantitvā antovatthusmiṃyeva sālaṃ  kārāpetvā sippike pakkosāpetvā sippikānaṃ attano  paribhogakhādanīyabhojanīyameva datvā vāyāpesi, kālānukālañca  dhātigaṇaparivutā gantvā vemakoṭiṃ aggahesi. niṭṭhitakāle  sippikānaṃ mahāsakkāraṃ katvā dussayugaṃ gandhasamugge pakkhipitvā vāsaṃ  gāhāpetvā -- ``mayhaṃ puttassa cīvarasāṭakaṃ gahetvā gamissāmī''ti  rañño ārocesi ^a^V4.0231^ea^. rājā maggaṃ paṭiyādāpesi, vīthiyo sammajjitvā  puṇṇaghaṭe ṭhapetvā dhajapaṭākā ussāpetvā rājagharadvārato paṭṭhāya yāva  nigrodhārāmā maggaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pupphābhikiṇṇaṃ akaṃsu.  mahāpajāpatipi sabbālaṅkāraṃ alaṅkaritvā dhātigaṇaparivutā samuggaṃ  sīse ṭhapetvā bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā ^b^idaṃ me, bhante, navaṃ  dussayuga^eb^ntiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dutiyampi kho^eb^ti ``saṅghe gotami dehī''ti vutte --  ``pahomahaṃ, bhante, dussakoṭṭhāgārato bhikkhusatassāpi  bhikkhusahassassāpi bhikkhusatasahassassāpi cīvaradussāni dātuṃ, idaṃ  pana me bhagavantaṃ uddissa sāmaṃ kantaṃ sāmaṃ vāyitaṃ, taṃ me, bhante,  bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātū''ti nimantayamānā āha. evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ yāci,  bhagavāpi paṭikkhipiyeva.<br/><br/>[03] kasmā pana bhagavā attano diyyamānaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa dāpetīti?  mātari anukampāya. evaṃ kirassa ahosi -- ``imissā maṃ  ārabbha pubbacetanā muñcacetanā paracetanāti tisso cetanā uppannā,  bhikkhusaṅghampissā ārabbha uppajjantu, evamassā cha cetanā ekato  hutvā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya pavattissantī''ti. vitaṇḍavādī  panāha -- ``saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalanti tasmā evaṃ vutta''nti. so  vattabbo -- ``kiṃ tvaṃ satthu dinnato saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalataraṃ  vadasī''ti āma vadāmīti. suttaṃ āharāti. saṅghe gotami dehi,  saṅghe te dinne ahañceva pūjito bhavissāmi saṅgho cāti. kiṃ  panassa suttassa ayameva atthoti ^a^P5.0068^ea^? āma  ayamevāti. yadi evaṃ ``tena hānanda, vighāsādānaṃ pūvaṃ dehī''ti  ca (pāci0 269) ``tena hi tva, kaccāna, vighāsādānaṃ guḷaṃ  dehī''ti (mahāva0 284) ca vacanato vighāsādānaṃ dinnaṃ  mahapphalatarañca bhaveyya. evampi hi ``satthā attano diyyamānaṃ  ^a^M4.0221^ea^ dāpetī''ti. rājarājamahāmattādayopi attano āgataṃ paṇṇākāraṃ  hatthigopakādīnaṃ dāpenti, te rājādīhi mahantatarā bhaveyyuṃ. tasmā  mā evaṃ gaṇha -- <br/><br/>[21] ``nayimasmiṃ loke parasmiṃ vā pana, <br/><br/>[27] buddhena seṭṭho sadiso vā vijjati. <br/><br/>[26] yamāhuneyyānamaggataṃ gato, <br/><br/>[22] puññatthikānaṃ vipulaphalesina''nti.. --<br/><br/>[03] vacanato ^a^V4.0232^ea^ hi satthārā uttaritaro dakkhiṇeyyo nāma natthi.  evamassā cha cetanā ekato hutvā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya  bhavissantīti sandhāya yāvatatiyaṃ paṭibāhitvā saṅghassa dāpesi.<br/><br/>[03] pacchimāya janatāya saṅghe cittīkārajananatthaṃ cāpi evamāha.  evaṃ kirassa ahosi -- ``ahaṃ na ciraṭṭhitiko, mayhaṃ pana sāsanaṃ  bhikkhusaṅghe patiṭṭhahissati, pacchimā janatā saṅghe cittīkāraṃ  janetū''ti yāvatatiyaṃ paṭibāhitvā saṅghassa dāpesi. evañhi sati  -- ``satthā attano diyyamānampi saṅghassa dāpesi, saṅgho nāma  dakkhiṇeyyo''ti pacchimā janatā saṅghe cittīkāraṃ uppādetvā cattāro  paccaye dātabbe maññissati, saṅgho catūhi paccayehi akilamanto  buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā samaṇadhammaṃ karissati. evaṃ mama sāsanaṃ pañca  vassasahassāni ṭhassatīti. ``paṭiggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavā''ti  vacanatopi cetaṃ veditabbaṃ ``satthārā uttaritaro dakkhiṇeyyo nāma  natthī''ti. na hi ānandattherassa mahāpajāpatiyā āghāto vā veraṃ  vā atthi. na thero -- ``tassā dakkhiṇā mā mahapphalā  ahosī''ti icchati. paṇḍito hi thero bahussuto  sekkhapaṭisambhidāpatto ^a^P5.0069^ea^, so satthu dinnassa  mahapphalabhāve sampassamānova paṭiggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavāti gahaṇatthaṃ  yāci.<br/><br/>[03] puna vitaṇḍavādī āha -- ``saṅghe te dinne ahañceva pūjito  bhavissāmi saṅgho cā''ti vacanato satthā saṅghapariyāpanno vāti.  so vattabbo -- ``jānāsi pana tvaṃ kati saraṇāni, kati  aveccappasādā''ti jānanto tīṇīti vakkhati, tato vattabbo -- tava  laddhiyā satthu saṅghapariyāpannattā dveyeva honti. evaṃ sante ca --  ``anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi ^a^M4.0222^ea^ tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṃ  upasampada''nti (mahāva0 34) evaṃ anuññātā pabbajjāpi  upasampadāpi na ruhati. tato tvaṃ neva pabbajito asi, na gihi.  sammāsambuddhe ca gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinne bhikkhū uposathampi pavāraṇampi  saṅghakammānipi karonti, tāni satthu saṅghapariyāpannattā kuppāni  bhaveyyuṃ, na ca honti. tasmā na vattabbametaṃ ``satthā  saṅghapariyāpanno''ti. <br/><br/>[03] 377^b^.^eb^ ^b^āpādikā^eb^ti saṃvaḍḍhikā, tumhākaṃ  hatthapādesu hatthapādakiccaṃ asādhentesu hatthe ca pāde ^a^V4.0233^ea^ ca vaḍḍhetvā  paṭijaggikāti attho. ^b^posikā^eb^ti divasassa dve tayo vāre  nhāpetvā bhojetvā pāyetvā tumhe posesi. ^b^thaññaṃ pāyesī^eb^ti  nandakumāro kira bodhisattato katipāheneva daharo, tasmiṃ jāte  mahāpajāpati attano puttaṃ dhātīnaṃ datvā sayaṃ bodhisattassa dhātikiccaṃ  sādhayamānā attano thaññaṃ pāyesi. taṃ sandhāya thero evamāha.  iti mahāpajāpatiyā bahūpakārataṃ kathetvā idāni ^a^P5.0070^ea^  tathāgatassa bahūpakārataṃ dassento ^b^bhagavāpi, bhante^eb^tiādimāha.  tattha ^b^bhagavantaṃ, bhante, āgammā^eb^ti bhagavantaṃ paṭicca nissāya  sandhāya. <br/><br/>[03] 378^b^.^eb^ atha bhagavā dvīsu upakāresu atirekataraṃ  anumodanto ^b^evameta^eb^ntiādimāha. tattha ^b^yaṃ hānanda,  puggalo puggalaṃ āgammā^eb^ti yaṃ ācariyapuggalaṃ antevāsikapuggalo  āgamma. ^b^imassānanda, puggalassa iminā puggalenā^eb^ti imassa  ācariyapuggalassa iminā antevāsikapuggalena. ^b^na suppaṭikāraṃ  vadāmī^eb^ti paccūpakāraṃ na sukaraṃ vadāmi, abhivādanādīsu ācariyaṃ  disvā abhivādanakaraṇaṃ ^b^abhivādanaṃ^eb^ nāma. yasmiṃ vā  disābhāge ācariyo vasati, iriyāpathe vā kappento tadabhimukho  vanditvā gacchati, vanditvā nisīdati, vanditvā nipajjati,  ācariyaṃ pana dūratova disvā paccuṭṭhāya paccuggamanakaraṇaṃ ^b^paccuṭṭhānaṃ^eb^  nāma. ācariyaṃ pana disvā añjaliṃ paggayha sīse ṭhapetvā ācariyaṃ  namassati, yasmiṃ vā disābhāge so vasati, tadabhimukhopi tatheva  namassati, gacchantopi ṭhitopi nisinnopi añjaliṃ paggayha  namassatiyevāti idaṃ ^b^añjalikammaṃ^eb^ nāma. anucchavikakammassa  pana karaṇaṃ ^b^sāmīcikammaṃ^eb^ nāma. cīvarādīsu cīvaraṃ dento na  yaṃ vā taṃ vā deti, mahagghaṃ satamūlikampi pañcasatamūlikampi  sahassamūlikampi detiyeva ^a^M4.0223^ea^. piṇḍapātādīsupi eseva nayo. kiṃ  bahunā, catūhi paṇītapaccayehi cakkavāḷantaraṃ pūretvā sinerupabbatena kūṭaṃ  gahetvā dentopi ācariyassa anucchavikaṃ kiriyaṃ kātuṃ na  sakkotiyeva. <br/><br/>[03] 379^b^.^eb^ ^b^cuddasa kho panimā^eb^ti kasmā ārabhi?  idaṃ suttaṃ pāṭipuggalikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ ārabbha samuṭṭhitaṃ. ānandattheropi  ``paṭiggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavā''ti pāṭipuggalikadakkhiṇaṃyeva ^a^P5.0071^ea^  samādapeti, cuddasasu ca ṭhānesu dinnadānaṃ pāṭipuggalikaṃ  nāma hotīti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. ^b^ayaṃ paṭhamā^eb^ti ayaṃ  dakkhiṇā guṇavasenapi paṭhamā jeṭṭhakavasenapi. ayañhi paṭhamā aggā  jeṭṭhikā, imissā dakkhiṇāya pamāṇaṃ nāma natthi. dutiyatatiyāpi  ^a^V4.0234^ea^ paramadakkhiṇāyeva, sesā paramadakkhiṇabhāvaṃ na pāpuṇanti.  ^b^bāhirake kāmesu vītarāge^eb^ti kammavādikiriyavādimhi  lokiyapañcābhiññe. ^b^puthujjanasīlavante^eb^ti puthujjanasīlavā nāma  gosīladhātuko hoti, asaṭho amāyāvī paraṃ apīḷetvā dhammena samena  kasiyā vā vaṇijjāya vā jīvikaṃ kappetā.  ^b^puthujjanadussīle^eb^ti puthujjanadussīlā nāma kevaṭṭamacchabandhādayo  paraṃ pīḷāya jīvikaṃ kappetā.<br/><br/>[03] idāni pāṭipuggalikadakkhiṇāya vipākaṃ paricchindanto  ^b^tatrānandā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^tiracchānagate^eb^ti yaṃ  guṇavasena upakāravasena posanatthaṃ dinnaṃ, idaṃ na gahitaṃ. yampi  ālopāḍḍhāalopamattaṃ dinnaṃ, tampi na gahitaṃ. yaṃ pana  sunakhasūkarakukkuṭakākādīsu yassa kassaci sampattassa phalaṃ  paṭikaṅkhitvā yāvadatthaṃ dinnaṃ, idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ``tiracchānagate  dānaṃ datvā''ti. ^b^sataguṇā^eb^ti satānisaṃsā.  ^b^pāṭikaṅkhitabbā^eb^ti icchitabbā. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti -- ayaṃ  dakkhiṇā āyusataṃ vaṇṇasataṃ sukhasataṃ balasataṃ paṭibhānasatanti pañca  ānisaṃsasatāni deti, attabhāvasate ^a^P5.0072^ea^ āyuṃ deti,  vaṇṇaṃ, sukhaṃ, balaṃ, paṭibhānaṃ deti, nipparitasaṃ karoti. bhavasatepi  vutte ayameva attho. iminā upāyena sabbattha nayo netabbo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanne^eb^ti ettha  heṭṭhimakoṭiyā tisaraṇaṃ gato upāsakopi sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya  paṭipanno nāma, tasmiṃ dinnadānampi asaṅkhyeyyaṃ appameyyaṃ.  pañcasīle patiṭṭhitassa tato uttari mahapphalaṃ, dasasīle patiṭṭhitassa  tato ^a^M4.0224^ea^ uttari, tadahupabbajitassa sāmaṇerassa tato uttari,  upasampannabhikkhuno tato uttari, upasampannasseva vattasampannassa tato  uttari, vipassakassa tato uttari, āraddhavipassakassa tato uttari,  uttamakoṭiyā pana maggasamaṅgī sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno  nāma. etassa dinnadānaṃ tato uttari mahapphalameva.<br/><br/>[03] kiṃ pana maggasamaṅgissa sakkā dānaṃ dātunti? āma sakkā.  āraddhavipassako hi pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, tassa  gehadvāre ṭhitassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ pakkhipanti.  tasmiṃ khaṇe bhikkhuno maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, idaṃ dānaṃ maggasamaṅgino  dinnaṃ nāma hoti. atha vā panesa āsanasālāya nisinno hoti,  manussā gantvā ^a^V4.0235^ea^ patte khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ ṭhapenti, tasmiṃ khaṇe tassa  maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, idampi dānaṃ maggasamaṅgino dinnaṃ nāma. atha vā  panassa vihāre vā āsanasālāya vā nisinnassa upāsakā pattaṃ  ādāya attano gharaṃ gantvā khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ pakkhipanti, tasmiṃ  khaṇe tassa maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, idampi dānaṃ maggasamaṅgino dinnaṃ nāma.  tattha ^a^P5.0073^ea^ soṇḍiyaṃ udakassa viya  sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanne dinnadānassa asaṅkhyeyyatā  veditabbā. tāsu tāsu mahānadīsu mahāsamudde ca udakassa viya  sotāpannādīsu dinnadānassa uttaritaravasena asaṅkhyeyyatā veditabbā.  pathaviyā khayamaṇḍalamatte padese paṃsuṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva  mahāpathaviyā paṃsuno appameyyatāyapi ayamattho dīpetabbo. <br/><br/>[03] 380^b^.^eb^ ^b^satta kho panimā^eb^ti kasmā ārabhi?  ``saṅghe gotami dehi, saṅghe te dinne ahañceva pūjito bhavissāmi  saṅgho cā''ti hi vuttaṃ, tattha sattasu ṭhānesu dinnadānaṃ saṅghe dinnaṃ  nāma hotīti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. tattha ^b^buddhappamukhe  ubhatosaṅghe^eb^ti ekato bhikkhusaṅgho, ekato bhikkhunisaṅgho,  satthā majjhe nisinno hotīti ayaṃ buddhappamukho ubhatosaṅgho nāma.  ^b^ayaṃ paṭhamā^eb^ti imāya dakkhiṇāya samappamāṇā dakkhiṇā nāma  natthi. dutiyadakkhiṇādayo pana etaṃ paramadakkhiṇaṃ na pāpuṇanti.<br/><br/>[03] kiṃ ^a^M4.0225^ea^ pana tathāgate parinibbute buddhappamukhassa ubhatosaṅghassa  dānaṃ dātuṃ sakkāti? sakkā. kathaṃ? ubhatosaṅghassa hi pamukhe  sadhātukaṃ paṭimaṃ āsane ṭhapetvā ādhārakaṃ ṭhapetvā dakkhiṇodakaṃ ādiṃ  katvā sabbaṃ satthu paṭhamaṃ datvā ubhatosaṅghassa dātabbaṃ, evaṃ  buddhappamukhassa ubhatosaṅghassa dānaṃ dinnaṃ nāma hoti. tattha yaṃ  satthu dinnaṃ, taṃ kiṃ kātabbanti? yo satthāraṃ paṭijaggati  vattasampanno bhikkhu, tassa dātabbaṃ. pitusantakañhi puttassa  pāpuṇāti, bhikkhusaṅghassa dātumpi vaṭṭati, sappitelāni pana gahetvā  dīpā jalitabbā, sāṭakaṃ gahetvā paṭākā āropetabbāti.  ^b^bhikkhusaṅghe^eb^ti ^a^P5.0074^ea^  aparicchinnakamahābhikkhusaṅghe. bhikkhunisaṅghepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^gotrabhuno^eb^ti gottamattakameva anubhavamānā, nāmamattasamaṇāti  attho. ^b^kāsāvakaṇṭhā^eb^ti kāsāvakaṇṭhanāmakā. te kira ekaṃ  kāsāvakhaṇḍaṃ hatthe vā gīvāya vā bandhitvā vicarissanti ^a^V4.0236^ea^. gharadvāraṃ  pana tesaṃ puttabhariyā kasivaṇijjādikammāni ca pākatikāneva  bhavissanti. ^b^tesu dussīlesu saṅghaṃ uddissa dānaṃ dassantī^eb^ti  ettha dussīlasaṅghanti na vuttaṃ. saṅgho hi dussīlo nāma natthi.  dussīlā pana upāsakā tesu dussīlesu bhikkhusaṅghaṃ uddissa  saṅghassa demāti dānaṃ dassanti. iti bhagavatā buddhappamukhe saṅghe  dinnadakkhiṇāpi guṇasaṅkhāya asaṅkhyeyyāti vuttaṃ.  kāsāvakaṇṭhasaṅghe dinnadakkhiṇāpi guṇasaṅkhāyeva asaṅkhyeyyāti  vuttā. saṅghagatā dakkhiṇā hi saṅghe cittīkāraṃ kātuṃ sakkontassa  hoti, saṅghe pana cittīkāro dukkaro hoti.<br/><br/>[03] yo hi saṅghagataṃ dakkhiṇaṃ dassāmīti deyyadhammaṃ paṭiyādetvā  vihāraṃ gantvā, -- ``bhante, saṅghaṃ uddissa ekaṃ theraṃ dethā''ti  vadati, atha saṅghato sāmaṇeraṃ labhitvā ``sāmaṇero me laddho''ti  aññathattaṃ āpajjati, tassa dakkhiṇā saṅghagatā na hoti. mahātheraṃ  labhitvāpi ``mahāthero me laddho''ti somanassaṃ uppādentassāpi na  hotiyeva. yo pana sāmaṇeraṃ vā upasampannaṃ vā daharaṃ vā theraṃ vā  bālaṃ vā paṇḍitaṃ vā yaṃkiñci saṅghato labhitvā nibbematiko hutvā  saṅghassa demīti saṅghe cittīkāraṃ kātuṃ sakkoti, tassa dakkhiṇā  saṅghagatā nāma hoti. parasamuddavāsino ^a^P5.0075^ea^ kira  evaṃ karonti.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^a^M4.0226^ea^ hi eko vihārasāmi kuṭumbiko ``saṅghagataṃ dakkhiṇaṃ  dassāmī''ti saṅghato uddisitvā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ dethāti yāci. so  ekaṃ dussīlabhikkhuṃ labhitvā nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ opuñjāpetvā āsanaṃ  paññāpetvā upari vitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhadhūmapupphehi pūjetvā pāde  dhovitvā telena makkhetvā buddhassa nipaccakāraṃ karonto viya saṅghe  cittīkārena deyyadhammaṃ adāsi. so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ  vihārajagganatthāya kudālakaṃ dethāti gharadvāraṃ āgato, upāsako  nisinnova kudālaṃ pādena khipitvā ``gaṇhā''ti adāsi. tamenaṃ  manussā āhaṃsu -- ``tumhehi pātova etassa katasakkāro vattuṃ na  sakkā, idāni upacāramattakampi natthi, kiṃ nāmeta''nti. upāsako  -- ``saṅghassa so ayyā cittīkāro, na etassā''ti āha.  kāsāvakaṇṭhasaṅghassa dinnadakkhiṇaṃ pana ko sodhetīti?  sāriputtamoggallānādayo asīti mahātherā sodhentīti. apica therā  ciraparinibbutā, there ādiṃ katvā yāvajja dharamānā khīṇāsavā  sodhentiyeva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^na tvevāhaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0237^ea^, ^b^ānanda, kenaci pariyāyena saṅghagatāya  dakkhiṇāyā^eb^ti ettha atthi buddhappamukho saṅgho, atthi etarahi  saṅgho, atthi anāgate kāsāvakaṇṭhasaṅgho. buddhappamukho saṅgho  etarahi saṅghena na upanetabbo, etarahi saṅgho anāgate  kāsāvakaṇṭhasaṅghena saddhiṃ na upanetabbo. tena teneva samayena  kathetabbaṃ. saṅghato uddisitvā gahitasamaṇaputhujjano hi  pāṭipuggaliko sotāpanno, saṅghe cittīkāraṃ kātuṃ sakkontassa  puthujjanasamaṇe dinnaṃ mahapphalataraṃ. uddisitvā gahito sotāpanno  pāṭipuggaliko sakadāgāmītiādīsupi eseva nayo. saṅghe  cittīkāraṃ kātuṃ sakkontassa hi khīṇāsave dinnadānato uddisitvā  gahite dussīlepi dinnaṃ mahapphalatarameva ^a^P5.0076^ea^. yaṃ pana  vuttaṃ ``sīlavato kho, mahārāja, dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, no tathā  dussīle''ti, taṃ imaṃ nayaṃ pahāya ``catasso kho imānanda,  dakkhiṇā visuddhiyo''ti imasmiṃ catukke daṭṭhabbaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 381^b^.^eb^ ^b^dāyakato visujjhatī^eb^ti mahapphalabhāvena  visujjhati, mahapphalā hotīti attho. ^b^kalyāṇadhammo^eb^ti  sucidhammo, na pāpadhammo. ^b^dāyakato visujjhatī^eb^ti cettha  vessantaramahārājā kathetabbo. so hi jūjakabrāhmaṇassa dārake datvā  pathaviṃ kampesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^paṭiggāhakato^eb^ ^a^M4.0227^ea^ ^b^visujjhatī^eb^ti ettha  kalyāṇīnadīmukhadvāravāsikevaṭṭo kathetabbo. so kira  dīghasomattherassa tikkhattumpi piṇḍapātaṃ datvā maraṇamañce nipanno  ``ayyassa maṃ dīghasomattherassa dinnapiṇḍapāto uddharatī''ti āha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^neva dāyakato^eb^ti ettha vaḍḍhamānavāsiluddako kathetabbo.  so kira petadakkhiṇaṃ dento ekassa dussīlasseva tayo vāre  adāsi, tatiyavāre ``amanusso dussīlo maṃ vilumpatī''ti viravi,  ekassa sīlavantabhikkhuno datvā pāpitakāleyevassa pāpuṇi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dāyakato ceva visujjhatī^eb^ti ettha asadisadānaṃ kathetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^sā dakkhiṇā dāyakato visujjhatī^eb^ti ettha yathā nāma  cheko kassako asārampi khettaṃ labhitvā samaye kasitvā paṃsuṃ  apanetvā sārabījāni patiṭṭhapetvā rattindivaṃ ārakkhe ^a^P5.0077^ea^  pamādaṃ anāpajjanto ^a^V4.0238^ea^ aññassa sārakhettato adhikataraṃ dhaññaṃ  labhati, evaṃ sīlavā dussīlassa datvāpi phalaṃ mahantaṃ adhigacchatīti.  iminā upāyena sabbapadesu visujjhanaṃ veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vītarāgo vītarāgesū^eb^ti ettha ^b^vītarāgo^eb^ nāma  anāgāmī, arahā pana ekantavītarāgova, tasmā arahatā arahato  dinnadānameva aggaṃ. kasmā? bhavālayassa bhavapatthanāya abhāvato.  nanu khīṇāsavo dānaphalaṃ na saddahatīti? dānaphalaṃ saddahantā  khīṇāsavasadisā na honti. khīṇāsavena katakammaṃ pana  nicchandarāgattā kusalaṃ vā akusalaṃ vā na hoti, kiriyaṭṭhāne  tiṭṭhati, tenevassa dānaṃ aggaṃ hotīti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03] kiṃ pana sammāsambuddhena sāriputtattherassa dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, udāhu  sāriputtattherena sammāsambuddhassa dinnanti. sammāsambuddhena  sāriputtattherassa dinnaṃ mahapphalanti vadanti. sammāsambuddhañhi  ṭhapetvā añño dānassa vipākaṃ jānituṃ samattho nāma natthi.  dānañhi catūhi sampadāhi dātuṃ sakkontassa tasmiṃyeva attabhāve  vipākaṃ deti. tatrimā sampadā -- deyyadhammassa dhammena ^a^M4.0228^ea^ samena paraṃ  apīḷetvā uppannatā, pubbacetanādivasena cetanāya mahattatā,  khīṇāsavabhāvena guṇātirekatā, taṃdivasaṃ nirodhato vuṭṭhitabhāvena  vatthusampannatāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] dakkhiṇāvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] catutthavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 49
title: saḷāyatanavaggo^^^anāthapiṇḍikovādasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 383^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0239^ea^ ^a^M4.0229^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti anāthapiṇḍikovādasuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^bāḷhagilāno^eb^ti adhimattagilāno maraṇaseyyaṃ upagato.  ^b^āmantesī^eb^ti ^a^P5.0078^ea^ gahapatissa kira yāva pādā  vahiṃsu, tāva divase sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃ vā tikkhattuṃ vā buddhupaṭṭhānaṃ  akhaṇḍaṃ akāsi. yattakañcassa satthu upaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi, tattakaṃyeva  mahātherānaṃ. so ajja gamanapādassa pacchinnattā anuṭṭhānaseyyaṃ upagato  sāsanaṃ pesetukāmo aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi. ^b^tenupasaṅkamī^eb^ti  bhagavantaṃ āpucchitvā sūriyatthaṅgamanavelāya upasaṅkami. <br/><br/>[03] 384^b^.^eb^ ^b^paṭikkamantī^eb^ti osakkanti, tanukā bhavanti.  ^b^abhikkamantī^eb^ti abhivaḍḍhanti ottharanti, balavatiyo honti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati no paṭikkamo^eb^ti yasmiñhi samaye  māraṇantikā vedanā uppajjati, uparivāte jalitaggi viya hoti,  yāva usmā na pariyādiyati, tāva mahatāpi upakkamena na sakkā  vūpasametuṃ, usmāya pana pariyādinnāya vūpasammati. <br/><br/>[03] 385^b^.^eb^ athāyasmā sāriputto cintesi -- ``ayaṃ  mahāseṭṭhissa vedanā māraṇantikā, na sakkā paṭibāhituṃ, avasesā kathā  niratthakā, dhammakathamassa kathessāmī''ti. atha naṃ taṃ kathento  ^b^tasmātihā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^tasmā^eb^ti yasmā cakkhuṃ  tīhi gāhehi gaṇhanto uppannaṃ māraṇantikaṃ vedanaṃ paṭibāhituṃ samattho  nāma natthi, tasmā. ^b^na cakkhuṃ upādiyissāmī^eb^ti cakkhuṃ  ^a^V4.0240^ea^ tīhi gāhehi na gaṇhissāmi. ^b^na ca me cakkhunissitaṃ  viññāṇa^eb^nti viññāṇañcāpi me cakkhunissitaṃ na bhavissati.  ^b^na rūpa^eb^nti heṭṭhā āyatanarūpaṃ kathitaṃ, imasmiṃ ṭhāne sabbampi  kāmabhavarūpaṃ kathento evamāha. <br/><br/>[03] 386^b^.^eb^ ^b^na idhaloka^eb^nti vasanaṭṭhānaṃ vā ghāsacchādanaṃ  vā ^a^P5.0079^ea^ na upādiyissāmīti attho. idañhi  paccayesu aparitassanatthaṃ kathitaṃ. ^b^na paraloka^eb^nti ^a^M4.0230^ea^ ettha pana  manussalokaṃ ṭhapetvā sesā paralokā nāma. idaṃ --  ``asukadevaloke nibbattitvā asukaṭṭhāne bhavissāmi, idaṃ nāma  khādissāmi bhuñjissāmi nivāsessāmi pārupissāmī''ti evarūpāya  paritassanāya pahānatthaṃ vuttaṃ. tampi na upādiyissāmi, na ca me  tannissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ bhavissatīti evaṃ tīhi gāhehi parimocetvā  thero desanaṃ arahattanikūṭena niṭṭhapesi. <br/><br/>[03] 387^b^.^eb^ ^b^olīyasī^eb^ti attano sampattiṃ disvā  ārammaṇesu bajjhasi allīyasīti. iti āyasmā ānando --  ``ayampi nāma gahapati evaṃ saddho pasanno maraṇabhayassa bhāyati,  añño ko na bhāyissatī''ti maññamāno tassa gāḷhaṃ katvā ovādaṃ  dento evamāha. ^b^na ca me evarūpī dhammīkathā sutapubbā^eb^ti  ayaṃ upāsako -- ``satthu santikāpi me evarūpī dhammakathā na  sutapubbā''ti vadati, kiṃ satthā evarūpi sukhumaṃ gambhīrakathaṃ na  kathetīti? no na katheti. evaṃ pana cha ajjhattikāni  āyatanāni cha bāhirāni cha viññāṇakāye cha phassakāye cha  vedanākāye cha dhātuyo pañcakkhandhe cattāro arūpe idhalokañca  paralokañca dassetvā diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasena arahatte pakkhipitvā  kathitakathā etena na sutapubbā, tasmā evaṃ vadati.<br/><br/>[03] apicāyaṃ upāsako dānādhimutto dānābhirato buddhānaṃ santikaṃ  gacchanto ^a^P5.0080^ea^ tucchahattho na gatapubbo. purebhattaṃ  gacchanto yāgukhajjakādīni gāhāpetvā gacchati, pacchābhattaṃ  sappimadhuphāṇitādīni. tasmiṃ asati vālikaṃ gāhāpetvā  gandhakuṭipariveṇe okirāpeti, dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ rakkhitvā gehaṃ gato.  bodhisattagatiko kiresa upāsako, tasmā bhagavā catuvīsati  saṃvaccharāni upāsakassa yebhuyyena dānakathameva kathesi --  ``upāsaka, idaṃ dānaṃ nāma bodhisattānaṃ gatamaggo, mayhampi  gatamaggo, mayā satasahassakappādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni  ^a^V4.0241^ea^ dānaṃ  dinnaṃ, tvaṃ mayā gatamaggameva anugacchasī''ti. dhammasenāpatiādayo  mahāsāvakāpi attano attano santikaṃ āgatakāle dānakathamevassa  kathenti. tenevāha ^b^na kho gahapati gihīnaṃ odātavasanānaṃ  evarūpī dhammīkathā paṭibhātī^eb^ti. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti -- gahapati  gihīnaṃ nāma khettavatthuhiraññasuvaṇṇadāsīdāsaputtabhariyādīsu tibbo  ālayo tibbaṃ nikantipariyuṭṭhānaṃ ^a^M4.0231^ea^, tesaṃ -- ``ettha ālayo na  kātabbo, nikanti na kātabbā''ti kathā na paṭibhāti na ruccatīti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamī^eb^ti kasmā upasaṅkami?  tusitabhavane kirassa nibbattamattasseva tigāvutappamāṇaṃ suvaṇṇakkhandhaṃ  viya vijjotamānaṃ attabhāvaṃ uyyānavimānādisampattiñca disvā --  ``mahatī ayaṃ mayhaṃ sampatti, kiṃ nu kho me manussapathe kammaṃ  kata''nti olokento tīsu ratanesu adhikāraṃ disvā cintesi  ``pamādaṭṭhānamidaṃ devattaṃ nāma, imāya hi me sampattiyā modamānassa  satisammosopi siyā, handāhaṃ gantvā mama jetavanassa ceva  bhikkhusaṅghassa ca tathāgatassa ca ariyamaggassa ca sāriputtattherassa  ca vaṇṇaṃ kathetvā tato āgantvā sampattiṃ anubhavissāmī''ti. so  tathā ^a^P5.0081^ea^ akāsi. taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^atha kho  anāthapiṇḍiko^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^isisaṅghanisevita^eb^nti bhikkhusaṅghanisevitaṃ. evaṃ  paṭhamagāthāya jetavanassa vaṇṇaṃ kathetvā idāni ariyamaggassa vaṇṇaṃ  kathento ^b^kammaṃ vijjā cā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^kamma^eb^nti  maggacetanā. ^b^vijjā^eb^ti maggapaññā. ^b^dhammo^eb^ti  samādhipakkhiko dhammo. ^b^sīlaṃ jīvitamuttama^eb^nti sīle  patiṭṭhitassa jīvitaṃ uttamanti dasseti. atha vā ^b^vijjā^eb^ti  diṭṭhisaṅkappo. ^b^dhammo^eb^ti vāyāmasatisamādhayo. ^b^sīla^eb^nti  vācākammantājīvā. ^b^jīvitamuttama^eb^nti etasmiṃ sīle  patiṭṭhitassa jīvitaṃ nāma uttamaṃ. ^b^etena maccā sujjhantī^eb^ti  etena aṭṭhaṅgikena maggena sattā visujjhanti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^tasmā^eb^ti yasmā maggena sujjhanti, na gottadhanehi, tasmā.  ^b^yoniso vicine dhamma^eb^nti upāyena samādhipakkhiyaṃ dhammaṃ  vicineyya. ^b^evaṃ tattha visujjhatī^eb^ti evaṃ tasmiṃ ariyamagge  visujjhati ^a^V4.0242^ea^. atha vā ^b^yoniso vicine dhamma^eb^nti upāyena  pañcakkhandhadhammaṃ vicineyya. ^b^evaṃ tattha visujjhatī^eb^ti evaṃ  tesu catūsu saccesu visujjhati.<br/><br/>[03] idāni sāriputtattherassa vaṇṇaṃ kathento ^b^sāriputto  vā^eb^tiādimāha. tattha ^b^sāriputto vā^eb^ti avadhāraṇavacanaṃ.  etehi paññādīhi sāriputtova seyyoti vadati. ^b^upasamenā^eb^ti  kilesaupasamena. ^b^pāraṅgato^eb^ti ^a^M4.0232^ea^ nibbānaṃ gato. yo koci  nibbānaṃ patto bhikkhu, so etāvaparamo siyā, na therena uttaritaro  nāma atthīti vadati. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] anāthapiṇḍikovādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 50
title: ^^anāthapiṇḍikovādasuttavaṇṇanā^channovādasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 389^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0243^ea^ ^a^P5.0082^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  channovādasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^channo^eb^ti evaṃnāmako thero, na  abhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhantatthero. ^b^paṭisallānā^eb^ti phalasamāpattito.  ^b^gilānapucchakā^eb^ti gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma buddhavaṇṇitaṃ, tasmā  evamāha. ^b^sattha^eb^nti jīvitahārakasatthaṃ. ^b^nāvakaṅkhāmī^eb^ti  icchāmi. <br/><br/>[03] 390^b^.^eb^ ^b^anupavajja^eb^nti anuppattikaṃ appaṭisandhikaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 391^b^.^eb^ ^b^etaṃ mamā^eb^tiādīni  taṇhāmānadiṭṭhigāhavasena vuttāni. ^b^nirodhaṃ disvā^eb^ti khayavayaṃ  ñatvā. ^b^netaṃ mama nesohamasmi na meso attāti  samanupassāmī^eb^ti aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti samanupassāmi. <br/><br/>[03] 393^b^.^eb^ ^b^tasmā^eb^ti yasmā māraṇantikavedanaṃ  adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto satthaṃ āharāmīti vadati, tasmā. puthujjano  āyasmā, tena idampi manasi karohīti dīpeti.  ^b^niccakappa^eb^nti niccakālaṃ. ^b^nissitassā^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi  nissitassa. ^b^calita^eb^nti ^a^P5.0083^ea^ vipphanditaṃ hoti.  ^b^passaddhī^eb^ti kāyacittapassaddhi, kilesapassaddhi nāma hotīti  attho. ^b^natī^eb^ti taṇhānati. ^b^natiyā asatī^eb^ti bhavatthāya  ālayanikantipariyuṭṭhānesu asati. ^b^āgatigati na hotī^eb^ti  paṭisandhivasena āgati nāma na hoti, cutivasena gamanaṃ nāma na  hoti. ^b^cutūpapāto^eb^ti cavanavasena cuti, upapajjanavasena upapāto.  ^b^nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarenā^eb^ti nayidha loke, na  paraloke, na ubhayattha hoti. ^b^esevanto dukkhassā^eb^ti  vaṭṭadukkhakilesadukkhassa ayameva anto ayaṃ paricchedo ^a^M4.0233^ea^ parivaṭumabhāvo  hoti. ayameva hi ettha attho. ye pana ``na ubhayamantarenā''ti  vacanaṃ gahetvā antarābhavaṃ icchanti, tesaṃ uttaraṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. <br/><br/>[03] 394^b^.^eb^ ^b^satthaṃ āharesī^eb^ti jīvitahārakaṃ satthaṃ  āhari, kaṇṭhanāḷiṃ chindi. athassa tasmiṃ ^a^V4.0244^ea^ khaṇe maraṇabhayaṃ  okkami, gatinimittaṃ upaṭṭhāsi. so attano puthujjanabhāvaṃ ñatvā  saṃviggo vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā saṅkhāre pariggaṇhanto arahattaṃ patvā  samasīsī hutvā parinibbāyi. ^b^sammukhāyeva anupavajjatā  byākatā^eb^ti kiñcāpi idaṃ therassa puthujjanakāle byākaraṇaṃ hoti,  etena pana byākaraṇena anantarāyamassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi. tasmā  bhagavā tameva byākaraṇaṃ gahetvā kathesi. ^b^upavajjakulānī^eb^ti  ^a^P5.0084^ea^ upasaṅkamitabbakulāni. iminā thero, --  ``bhante, evaṃ upaṭṭhākesu ca upaṭṭhāyikāsu ca vijjamānāsu so bhikkhu  tumhākaṃ sāsane parinibbāyissatī''ti pucchati. athassa bhagavā  kulesu saṃsaggābhāvaṃ dīpento ^b^honti hete sāriputtā^eb^tiādimāha.  imasmiṃ kira ṭhāne therassa kulesu asaṃsaṭṭhabhāvo pākaṭo ahosi.  sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] channovādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 51
title: ^anāthapiṇḍikovādasuttavaṇṇanā^channovādasuttavaṇṇanā^puṇṇovādasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 395^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0245^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti puṇṇovādasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^paṭisallānā^eb^ti ekībhāvā. ^b^taṃ ce^eb^ti taṃ cakkhuñceva  rūpañca. ^b^nandīsamudayā dukkhasamudayo^eb^ti nandiyā taṇhāya  samodhānena pañcakkhandhadukkhassa samodhānaṃ hoti. iti chasu dvāresu  dukkhaṃ samudayoti dvinnaṃ saccānaṃ vasena vaṭṭaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā dassesi.  dutiyanaye nirodho maggoti dvinnaṃ saccānaṃ vasena vivaṭṭaṃ matthakaṃ  pāpetvā dassesi. ^b^iminā ca tvaṃ puṇṇā^eb^ti pāṭiyekko  anusandhi. evaṃ tāva vaṭṭavivaṭṭavasena desanaṃ arahatte pakkhipitvā  idāni puṇṇattheraṃ sattasu ṭhānesu sīhanādaṃ nadāpetuṃ ^b^iminā ca  tva^eb^ntiādimāha. <br/><br/>[03] 396^b^.^eb^ ^b^caṇḍā^eb^ti ^a^M4.0234^ea^ duṭṭhā kibbisā. ^b^pharusā^eb^ti  kakkhaḷā. ^b^akkosissantī^eb^ti ^a^P5.0085^ea^ dasahi  akkosavatthūhi akkosissanti. ^b^paribhāsissantī^eb^ti kiṃ samaṇo  nāma tvaṃ, idañca idañca te karissāmāti tajjessanti.  ^b^evametthā^eb^ti evaṃ mayhaṃ ettha bhavissati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^daṇḍenā^eb^ti catuhatthena daṇḍena vā ghaṭikamuggarena vā.  ^b^satthenā^eb^ti ekatodhārādinā. ^b^satthahārakaṃ pariyesantī^eb^ti  jīvitahārakaṃ satthaṃ pariyesanti. idaṃ thero tatiyapārājikavatthusmiṃ  asubhakathaṃ sutvā attabhāvena jigucchantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ  satthahārakapariyesanaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^damūpasamenā^eb^ti ettha  ^b^damo^eb^ti indriyasaṃvarādīnaṃ etaṃ nāmaṃ. ``saccena danto damasā  upeto, vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo''ti (saṃ0 ni0  1.195; su0  ni0 467) ettha hi indriyasaṃvaro damoti vutto. ``yadi saccā  damā cāgā, khantyā bhiyyodha vijjatī''ti (saṃ0 ni0  1.246;  su0 ni0 191) ettha paññā damoti vutto. ``dānena damena  saṃyamena saccavajjenā''ti (dī0 ni0 1.166; ma0 ni0 2.226)  ettha uposathakammaṃ damoti vuttaṃ. imasmiṃ pana sutte khanti damoti  veditabbā. ^b^upasamo^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 397^b^.^eb^ ^b^atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo^eb^ti ko panesa  puṇṇo, kasmā panettha gantukāmo ahosīti ^a^V4.0246^ea^. sunāparantavāsiko eva  eso, sāvatthiyaṃ pana asappāyavihāraṃ sallakkhetvā tattha gantukāmo  ahosi.<br/><br/>[03] tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā -- sunāparantaraṭṭhe ^a^P5.0086^ea^ kira  ekasmiṃ vāṇijakagāme ete dve bhātaro. tesu kadāci jeṭṭho pañca  sakaṭasatāni gahetvā janapadaṃ gantvā bhaṇḍaṃ āharati, kadāci kaniṭṭho.  imasmiṃ pana samaye kaniṭṭhaṃ ghare ṭhapetvā jeṭṭhabhātiko pañca  sakaṭasatāni gahetvā janapadacārikaṃ caranto anupubbena sāvatthiṃ patvā  jetavanassa nātidūre sakaṭasatthaṃ nivāsetvā bhuttapātarāso  parijanaparivuto phāsukaṭṭhāne nisīdi.<br/><br/>[03] tena ca samayena sāvatthivāsino bhuttapātarāsā uposathaṅgāni  adhiṭṭhāya suddhuttarāsaṅgā gandhapupphādihatthā yena buddho yena dhammo yena  saṅgho, tanninnā tappoṇā tappābbhārā hutvā dakkhiṇadvārena  nikkhamitvā jetavanaṃ ^a^M4.0235^ea^ gacchanti. so te disvā ``kahaṃ ime  gacchanti''ti ekamanussaṃ pucchi. kiṃ tvaṃ ayyo na jānāsi, loke  buddhadhammasaṅgharatanāni nāma uppannāni, iccesa mahājano satthu  santike dhammakathaṃ sotuṃ gacchatīti. tassa buddhoti vacanaṃ  chavicammādīni chinditvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca aṭṭhāsi. atha attano  parijanaparivuto tāya parisāya saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gantvā satthu  madhurassarena dhammaṃ desentassa parisapariyante ṭhito dhammaṃ sutvā  pabbajjāya cittaṃ uppādesi. atha tathāgatena kālaṃ viditvā parisāya  uyyojitāya satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā svātanāya nimantetvā  dutiyadivase maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā āsanāni paññapetvā buddhappamukhassa  saṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā bhuttapātarāso uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya  bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ pakkosāpetvā, ettakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ vissajjitaṃ, ettakaṃ na  vissajjitanti sabbaṃ ācikkhitvā -- ``imaṃ sāpateyyaṃ mayhaṃ  kaniṭṭhassa dehī''ti sabbaṃ niyyātetvā satthu santike pabbajitvā  kammaṭṭhānaparāyaṇo ahosi.<br/><br/>[03] athassa ^a^P5.0087^ea^ kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ  na upaṭṭhāti. tato cintesi -- ``ayaṃ janapado mayhaṃ asappāyo,  yaṃnūnāhaṃ satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā sakaṭṭhānameva gaccheyya''nti.  atha pubbaṇhasamaye piṇḍāya caritvā sāyanhasamaye paṭisallānā  vuṭṭhahitvā bhagavantaṃ ^a^V4.0247^ea^ upasaṅkamitvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathāpetvā satta sīhanāde  naditvā pakkāmi. tena vuttaṃ -- ``atha kho āyasmā  puṇṇo...pe0... viharatī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] kattha panāyaṃ vihāsīti? catūsu ṭhānesu vihāsi,  sunāparantaraṭṭhaṃ tāva pavisitvā ^b^ajjuhatthapabbate^eb^ nāma pavisitvā  vāṇijagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. atha naṃ kaniṭṭhabhātā sañjānitvā  bhikkhaṃ datvā, ``bhante, aññattha agantvā idheva vasathā''ti paṭiññaṃ  kāretvā tattheva vasāpesi.<br/><br/>[03] tato ^b^samuddagirivihāraṃ^eb^ nāma agamāsi. tattha  ayakantapāsāṇehi paricchinditvā katacaṅkamo atthi, taṃ koci  caṅkamituṃ samattho nāma natthi. tattha samuddavīciyo āgantvā  ayakantapāsāṇesu paharitvā mahāsaddaṃ karonti. theronaṃ --  ``kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontānaṃ phāsuvihāro hotū''ti samuddaṃ nissaddaṃ  katvā adhiṭṭhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] tato ^a^M4.0236^ea^ ^b^mātulagiriṃ^eb^ nāma agamāsi. tattha sakuṇasaṅgho  ussanno, rattiñca divā ca saddo ekābaddhova hoti, thero imaṃ ṭhānaṃ  aphāsukanti tato ^b^makulakārāmavihāraṃ^eb^ nāma gato. so  vāṇijagāmassa nātidūro naccāsanno gamanāgamanasampanno vivitto  appasaddo. thero imaṃ ṭhānaṃ phāsukanti tattha  rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānacaṅkamanādīni kāretvā vassaṃ upagacchi. evaṃ catūsu  ṭhānesu vihāsi.<br/><br/>[03] athekadivasaṃ ^a^P5.0088^ea^ tasmiṃyeva antovasse pañca  vāṇijasatāni parasamuddaṃ gacchāmāti nāvāya bhaṇḍaṃ pakkhipiṃsu.  nāvārohanadivase therassa kaniṭṭhabhātā theraṃ bhojetvā therassa santike  sikkhāpadāni gahetvā vanditvā gacchanto, -- ``bhante, mahāsamuddo  nāma appameyyo anekantarāyo, amhe āvajjeyyāthā''ti vatvā nāvaṃ  āruhi. nāvā uttamajavena gacchamānā aññataraṃ dīpakaṃ pāpuṇi.  manussā pātarāsaṃ karissāmāti dīpake otiṇṇā. tasmiṃ dīpe  aññaṃ kiñci natthi, candanavanameva ahosi.<br/><br/>[03] atheko vāsiyā rukkhaṃ ākoṭetvā lohitacandanabhāvaṃ ñatvā āha  -- ``bho mayaṃ lābhatthāya ^a^V4.0248^ea^ parasamuddaṃ gacchāma, ito ca uttari lābho  nāma natthi, caturaṅgulamattā ghaṭikā satasahassaṃ agghati,  hāretabbakayuttaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ hāretvā candanassa pūremā''ti. te tathā kariṃsu.  candanavane adhivatthā amanussā kujjhitvā -- ``imehi amhākaṃ  candanavanaṃ nāsitaṃ, ghātessāma ne''ti cintetvā -- ``idheva  ghātitesu sabbaṃ vanaṃ ekaṃ kuṇapaṃ bhavissati, samuddamajjhe nesaṃ nāvaṃ  osīdessāmā''ti āhaṃsu. atha tesaṃ nāvaṃ āruyha muhuttaṃ  gatakāleyeva uppādikaṃ uṭṭhapetvā sayampi te amanussā bhayānakāni  rūpāni dassayiṃsu. bhītā manussā attano attano devatā  namassanti. therassa kaniṭṭho cūḷapuṇṇakuṭumbiko -- ``mayhaṃ bhātā  avassayo hotū''ti therassa namassamāno aṭṭhāsi.<br/><br/>[03] theropi kira tasmiṃyeva khaṇe āvajjitvā tesaṃ byasanuppattiṃ  ^a^P5.0089^ea^ ñatvā vehāsaṃ uppatitvā sammukhe aṭṭhāsi.  amanussā theraṃ disvā ``ayyo puṇṇatthero etī''ti pakkamiṃsu,  uppādikaṃ sannisīdi. thero mā bhāyathāti te ^a^M4.0237^ea^ assāsetvā ``kahaṃ  gantukāmatthā''ti pucchi. bhante, amhākaṃ sakaṭṭhānameva gacchāmāti.  thero nāvaṃ phale akkamitvā ``etesaṃ icchitaṭṭhānaṃ gacchatū''ti  adhiṭṭhāsi. vāṇijā sakaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā taṃ pavattiṃ puttadārassa  ārocetvā ``etha theraṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmā''ti pañcasatā attano  pañcamātugāmasatehi saddhiṃ tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhāya upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesuṃ.  tato nāvāya bhaṇḍaṃ otāretvā therassa ekaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ katvā --  ``ayaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ koṭṭhāso''ti āhaṃsu. thero -- ``mayhaṃ  visuṃ koṭṭhāsakiccaṃ natthi, satthā pana tumhehi diṭṭhapubbo''ti. na  diṭṭhapubbo, bhanteti. tena hi iminā satthu maṇḍalamāḷaṃ karotha, evaṃ  satthāraṃ passissathāti. te sādhu, bhanteti tena ca koṭṭhāsena attano  ca koṭṭhāsehi maṇḍalamāḷaṃ kātuṃ ārabhiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] satthāpi kira āraddhakālato paṭṭhāya paribhogaṃ akāsi.  ārakkhamanussā rattiṃ obhāsaṃ disvā ``mahesakkhā devatā atthī''ti  saññaṃ kariṃsu. upāsakā maṇḍalamāḷañca bhikkhusaṅghassa ca  senāsanāni niṭṭhapetvā dānasambhāraṃ sajjetvā -- ``kataṃ, bhante,  amhehi attano kiccaṃ, satthāraṃ pakkosathā''ti therassa ārocesuṃ.  thero sāyanhasamaye iddhiyā sāvatthiṃ patvā, ``bhante,  vāṇijagāmavāsino tumhe daṭṭhukāmā, tesaṃ anukampaṃ karothā''ti  bhagavantaṃ yāci. bhagavā adhivāsesi. thero bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ  viditvā sakaṭṭhānameva paccāgato.<br/><br/>[03] bhagavāpi ^a^V4.0249^ea^ ānandatheraṃ āmantesi ^a^P5.0090^ea^, --  ``ānanda, sve sunāparante vāṇijagāme piṇḍāya carissāma, tvaṃ  ekūnapañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ salākaṃ dehī''ti. thero sādhu, bhanteti  bhikkhusaṅghassa tamatthaṃ ārocetvā nabhacārikā bhikkhū salākaṃ  gaṇhantūti āha. taṃdivasaṃ kuṇḍadhānatthero paṭhamaṃ salākaṃ aggahesi.  vāṇijagāmavāsinopi ``sve kira satthā āgamissatī''ti gāmamajjhe  maṇḍapaṃ katvā dānaggaṃ sajjayiṃsu. bhagavā pātova sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ  katvā gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdi.  sakkassa paṇḍukambalasilāsanaṃ uṇhaṃ ahosi. so kiṃ idanti  āvajjetvā ^a^M4.0238^ea^ satthu sunāparantagamanaṃ disvā vissakammaṃ āmantesi --  ``tāta ajja bhagavā timattāni yojanasatāni piṇḍācāraṃ karissati,  pañca kūṭāgārasatāni māpetvā jetavanadvārakoṭṭhamatthake gamanasajjāni  katvā ṭhapehī''ti. so tathā akāsi. bhagavato kūṭāgāraṃ catumukhaṃ  ahosi, dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ dvimukhāni, sesāni ekamukhāni.  satthā gandhakuṭito nikkhamma paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitakūṭāgāresu dhurakūṭāgāraṃ  pāvisi. dve aggasāvake ādiṃ katvā ekūnapañcabhikkhusatānipi  kūṭāgāraṃ gantvā nisinnā ahesuṃ. ekaṃ tucchakūṭāgāraṃ ahosi,  pañcapi kūṭāgārasatāni ākāse uppatiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] satthā ^a^P5.0091^ea^ saccabandhapabbataṃ nāma patvā kūṭāgāraṃ  ākāse ṭhapesi. tasmiṃ pabbate saccabandho nāma micchādiṭṭhikatāpaso  mahājanaṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ uggaṇhāpento lābhaggayasaggappatto hutvā vasati.  abbhantare cassa antocāṭiyaṃ padīpo viya arahattassa upanissayo  jalati. taṃ disvā dhammamassa kathessāmīti gantvā dhammaṃ desesi.  tāpaso desanāpariyosāne arahattaṃ pāpuṇi, maggenevāssa abhiññā  āgatā. ehibhikkhu hutvā iddhimayapattacīvaradharo hutvā kūṭāgāraṃ  pāvisi.<br/><br/>[03] bhagavā kūṭāgāragatehi pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ vāṇijagāmaṃ  gantvā kūṭāgārāni adissamānāni katvā vāṇijagāmaṃ pāvisi.  vāṇijā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā satthāraṃ  makulakārāmaṃ nayiṃsu. satthā maṇḍalamāḷaṃ pāvisi. mahājano yāva  satthā bhattadarathaṃ paṭipassambheti, tāva pātarāsaṃ katvā uposathaṅgāni  samādāya bahuṃ gandhañca pupphañca ādāya ^a^V4.0250^ea^ dhammassavanatthāya ārāmaṃ  paccāgamāsi. satthā dhammaṃ desesi. mahājanassa bandhanamokkho  jāto, mahantaṃ buddhakolāhalaṃ ahosi.<br/><br/>[03] satthā mahājanassa saṅgahatthaṃ katipāhaṃ tattheva vasi, aruṇaṃ pana  mahāgandhakuṭiyaṃyeva uṭṭhapesi. tattha katipāhaṃ vasitvā vāṇijagāme  piṇḍāya caritvā ``tvaṃ idheva vasāhī''ti puṇṇattheraṃ nivattetvā  antare nammadānadī ^a^M4.0239^ea^ nāma atthi, tassā tīraṃ agamāsi.  nammadānāgarājā satthu paccuggamanaṃ katvā nāgabhavanaṃ pavesetvā tiṇṇaṃ  ratanānaṃ sakkāraṃ akāsi. satthā ^a^P5.0092^ea^ tassa dhammaṃ  kathetvā nāgabhavanā nikkhami. so -- ``mayhaṃ, bhante, paricaritabbaṃ  dethā''ti yāci, bhagavā nammadānadītīre padacetiyaṃ dassesi. taṃ  vīcīsu āgatāsu pidhīyati, gatāsu vivarīyati, mahāsakkārappattaṃ  ahosi. satthā tato nikkhamma saccabandhapabbataṃ gantvā saccabandhaṃ  āha -- ``tayā mahājano apāyamagge otārito, tvaṃ idheva vasitvā  etesaṃ laddhiṃ vissajjāpetvā nibbānamagge patiṭṭhāpehī''ti. sopi  paricaritabbaṃ yāci. satthā ghanapiṭṭhipāsāṇe allamattikapiṇḍamhi  lañchanaṃ viya padacetiyaṃ dassesi, tato jetavanameva gato. etamatthaṃ  sandhāya ^b^tenevantaravassenā^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^parinibbāyī^eb^ti anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā  parinibbāyi. mahājano therassa satta divasāni sarīrapūjaṃ katvā  bahūni gandhakaṭṭhāni samodhānetvā sarīraṃ jhāpetvā dhātuyo ādāya  cetiyaṃ akāsi. ^b^sambahulā bhikkhū^eb^ti therassa āḷāhane  ṭhitabhikkhū. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] puṇṇovādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 52
title: anāthapiṇḍikovādasuttavaṇṇanā^channovādasuttavaṇṇanā^puṇṇovādasuttavaṇṇanā^nandakovādasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 398^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0251^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti nandakovādasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^tena kho pana samayenā^eb^ti bhagavā mahāpajāpatiyā yācito  bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ uyyojetvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā -- ``therā  bhikkhū vārena bhikkhuniyo ovadantū''ti saṅghassa bhāraṃ akāsi.  taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. tattha ^b^pariyāyenā^eb^ti vārena. ^b^na  icchatī^eb^ti attano vāre sampatte dūraṃ gāmaṃ vā gantvā  sūcikammādīni vā ārabhitvā ``ayaṃ nāmassa papañco''ti ^a^P5.0093^ea^  vadāpesi. imaṃ pana pariyāyena ovādaṃ bhagavā  nandakattherasseva kāraṇā akāsi. kasmā? imāsañhi bhikkhunīnaṃ  theraṃ disvā cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti ^a^M4.0240^ea^ pasīdati. tena tā tassa ovādaṃ  sampaṭicchitukāmā, dhammakathaṃ sotukāmā. tasmā bhagavā --  ``nandako attano vāre sampatte ovādaṃ dassati, dhammakathaṃ  kathessatī''ti vārena ovādaṃ akāsi. thero pana attano vāraṃ na  karoti, kasmāti ce? tā kira bhikkhuniyo pubbe therassa jambudīpe  rajjaṃ kārentassa orodhā ahesuṃ. thero pubbenivāsañāṇena taṃ kāraṇaṃ  ñatvā cintesi -- ``maṃ imassa bhikkhunisaṅghassa majjhe nisinnaṃ  upamāyo ca kāraṇāni ca āharitvā dhammaṃ kathayamānaṃ disvā añño  pubbenivāsañāṇalābhī bhikkhu imaṃ kāraṇaṃ oloketvā `āyasmā  nandako yāvajjadivasā orodhe na vissajjeti, sobhatāyamāyasmā  orodhaparivuto'ti vattabbaṃ maññeyyā''ti. etamatthaṃ sampassamāno  thero attano vāraṃ na karoti. imāsañca kira bhikkhunīnaṃ therasseva  desanā sappāyā bhavissatīti ñatvā ^b^atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ  nandakaṃ āmantesi^eb^.<br/><br/>[03] tāsaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ pubbe tassa orodhabhāvajānanatthaṃ idaṃ vatthuṃ --  pubbe kira bārāṇasiyaṃ pañca dāsasatāni pañca dāsisatāni cāti  jaṅghasahassaṃ ekatova kammaṃ katvā ekasmiṃ ṭhāne vasi. ayaṃ  nandakatthero tasmiṃ kāle jeṭṭhakadāso hoti ^a^P5.0094^ea^,  gotamī jeṭṭhakadāsī. sā jeṭṭhakadāsassa pādaparicārikā ahosi  paṇḍitā byattā. jaṅghasahassampi puññakammaṃ karontaṃ ekato karoti.  atha vassūpanāyikasamaye pañca paccekabuddhā nandamūlakapabbhārato  isipatane otaritvā nagare piṇḍāya caritvā isipatanameva gantvā --  ``vassūpanāyikakuṭiyā atthāya hatthakammaṃ ^a^V4.0252^ea^ yācissāmā''ti cīvaraṃ  pārupitvā sāyanhasamaye nagaraṃ pavisitvā seṭṭhissa gharadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu.  jeṭṭhakadāsī kuṭaṃ gahetvā udakatitthaṃ gacchantī paccekabuddhe nagaraṃ  pavisante addasa. seṭṭhi tesaṃ āgatakāraṇaṃ sutvā ``amhākaṃ okāso  natthi, gacchantū''ti āha.<br/><br/>[03] atha te nagarā nikkhamante jeṭṭhakadāsī kuṭaṃ gahetvā pavisantī  disvā kuṭaṃ otāretvā vanditvā onamitvā mukhaṃ pidhāya --  ``ayyā nagaraṃ paviṭṭhamattāva nikkhantā, kiṃ nu kho''ti pucchi.  vassūpanāyikakuṭiyā hatthakammaṃ yācituṃ āgamimhāti. laddhaṃ, bhanteti.  na laddhaṃ upāsiketi? kiṃ panesā kuṭi issareheva kātabbā,  duggatehipi sakkā kātunti. yena kenaci sakkāti? sādhu, bhante,  mayaṃ karissāma. sve mayhaṃ bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathāti nimantetvā  ^a^M4.0241^ea^ udakaṃ  netvā puna kuṭaṃ gahetvā āgamma titthamagge ṭhatvā āgatā  avasesadāsiyo ``ettheva hothā''ti vatvā sabbāsaṃ āgatakāle āha  -- ``amma kiṃ niccameva parassa dāsakammaṃ karissatha, udāhu  dāsabhāvato muccituṃ icchathā''ti? ajjeva muccitumicchāma ayyeti.  yadi evaṃ mayā pañca paccekabuddhā hatthakammaṃ alabhantā svātanāya  nimantitā, tumhākaṃ sāmikehi ekadivasaṃ hatthakammaṃ dāpethāti. tā  sādhūti sampaṭicchitvā sāyaṃ aṭavito āgatakāle sāmikānaṃ  ārocesuṃ. te sādhūti jeṭṭhakadāsassa gehadvāre sannipatiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03] atha ne jeṭṭhakadāsī sve tātā paccekabuddhānaṃ hatthakammaṃ dethāti  ānisaṃsaṃ ācikkhitvā yepi ^a^P5.0095^ea^ na kātukāmā, te  gāḷhena ovādena tajjetvā paṭicchāpesi. sā punadivase  paccekabuddhānaṃ bhattaṃ datvā sabbesaṃ dāsaputtānaṃ saññaṃ adāsi. te  tāvadeva araññaṃ pavisitvā dabbasambhāre samodhānetvā sataṃ sataṃ hutvā  ekekakuṭiṃ ekekacaṅkamanādiparivāraṃ katvā  mañcapīṭhapānīyaparibhojanīyabhājanādīni ṭhapetvā paccekabuddhe temāsaṃ  tattha vasanatthāya paṭiññaṃ kāretvā vārabhikkhaṃ paṭṭhapesuṃ. yo attano  vāradivase na sakkoti. tassa jeṭṭhakadāsī sakagehato āharitvā  deti. evaṃ temāsaṃ jaggitvā jeṭṭhakadāsī ekekaṃ dāsaṃ ekekaṃ sāṭakaṃ  vissajjāpesi. pañca thūlasāṭakasatāni ahesuṃ. tāni parivattāpetvā  pañcannaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ ticīvarāni katvā adāsi. paccekabuddhā  yathāphāsukaṃ agamaṃsu. tampi jaṅghasahassaṃ ekato kusalaṃ katvā  kāyassa bhedā devaloke nibbatti. tāni pañca mātugāmasatāni  kālena kālaṃ tesaṃ pañcannaṃ purisasatānaṃ gehe honti, kālena  ^a^V4.0253^ea^ kālaṃ  sabbāpi jeṭṭhakadāsaputtasseva gehe honti. atha ekasmiṃ kāle  jeṭṭhakadāsaputto devalokato cavitvā rājakule nibbatto. tāpi  pañcasatā devakaññā mahābhogakulesu nibbattitvā tassa rajje ṭhitassa  gehaṃ agamaṃsu. etena niyāmena saṃsarantiyo amhākaṃ bhagavato kāle  koliyanagare devadahanagare ca khattiyakulesu nibbattā.<br/><br/>[03] nandakattheropi pabbajitvā arahattaṃ patto, jeṭṭhakadāsidhītā vayaṃ  āgamma suddhodanamahārājassa aggamahesiṭṭhāne ṭhitā, itarāpi tesaṃ tesaṃ  ^a^M4.0242^ea^ rājaputtānaṃyeva gharaṃ gatā. tāsaṃ sāmikā pañcasatā rājakumārā  udakacumbaṭakalahe satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā pabbajitā, rājadhītaro tesaṃ  ukkaṇṭhanatthaṃ ^a^P5.0096^ea^ sāsanaṃ pesesuṃ. te ukkaṇṭhite bhagavā  kuṇāladahaṃ netvā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhapetvā mahāsamayadivase arahatte  patiṭṭhāpesi. tāpi pañcasatā rājadhītaro nikkhamitvā  mahāpajāpatiyā santike pabbajiṃsu. ayamāyasmā nandako ettāva tā  bhikkhuniyoti evametaṃ vatthu dīpetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^rājakārāmo^eb^ti pasenadinā kārito nagarassa  dakkhiṇadisābhāge thūpārāmasadise ṭhāne vihāro. <br/><br/>[03] 399^b^.^eb^ ^b^sammappaññāya sudiṭṭha^eb^nti hetunā kāraṇena  vipassanāpaññāya yāthāvasarasato diṭṭhaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 401^b^.^eb^ ^b^tajjaṃ tajja^eb^nti taṃsabhāvaṃ taṃsabhāvaṃ, atthato  pana taṃ taṃ paccayaṃ paṭicca tā tā vedanā uppajjantīti vuttaṃ hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 402^b^.^eb^ ^b^pagevassa chāyā^eb^ti mūlādīni nissāya  nibbattā chāyā paṭhamataraṃyeva aniccā. <br/><br/>[03] 413^b^.^eb^ ^b^anupahaccā^eb^ti anupahanitvā. tattha maṃsaṃ  piṇḍaṃ piṇḍaṃ katvā cammaṃ alliyāpento maṃsakāyaṃ upahanati nāma.  cammaṃ baddhaṃ baddhaṃ katvā maṃse alliyāpento maṃsakāyaṃ ^a^V4.0254^ea^ upahanati nāma.  evaṃ akatvā. ^b^vilimaṃsaṃ nhārubandhana^eb^nti sabbacamme  laggavilīpanamaṃsameva. ^b^antarākilesasaṃyojanabandhana^eb^nti sabbaṃ  antarakilesameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 414^b^.^eb^ ^b^satta kho panime^eb^ti kasmā āhāti? yā  hi esā paññā kilese chindatīti vuttā, sā na ekikāva attano  dhammatāya chindituṃ sakkoti. yathā pana kuṭhārī na ^a^P5.0097^ea^  attano dhammatāya chejjaṃ chindati, purisassa tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ  paṭicceva chindati, evaṃ na vinā chahi bojjhaṅgehi paññā kilese  chindituṃ sakkoti. tasmā evamāha. ^b^tena hī^eb^ti yena kāraṇena  tayā cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, cha bāhirāni ^a^M4.0243^ea^, cha viññāṇakāye,  dīpopamaṃ, rukkhopamaṃ, gāvūpamañca dassetvā sattahi bojjhaṅgehi  āsavakkhayena desanā niṭṭhapitā, tena kāraṇena tvaṃ svepi tā  bhikkhuniyo teneva ovādena ovadeyyāsīti. <br/><br/>[03] 415^b^.^eb^ ^b^sā sotāpannā^eb^ti yā sā guṇehi  sabbapacchimikā, sā sotāpannā. sesā pana  sakadāgāmianāgāminiyo ca khīṇāsavā ca. yadi evaṃ kathaṃ  paripuṇṇasaṅkappāti. ajjhāsayapāripūriyā. yassā hi bhikkhuniyā  evamahosi -- ``kadā nu kho ahaṃ ayyassa nandakassa dhammadesanaṃ  suṇantī tasmiṃyeva āsane sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikareyya''nti, sā  sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchākāsi. yassā ahosi ``sakadāgāmiphalaṃ  anāgāmiphalaṃ arahatta''nti, sā arahattaṃ sacchākāsi. tenāha bhagavā  ``attamanā ceva paripuṇṇasaṅkappā cā''ti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] nandakovādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 53
title: channovādasuttavaṇṇanā^puṇṇovādasuttavaṇṇanā^nandakovādasuttavaṇṇanā^rāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 416^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0255^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti rāhulovādasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^vimuttiparipācanīyā^eb^ti vimuttiṃ paripācentīti  vimuttiparipācanīyā. ^b^dhammā^eb^ti ^a^P5.0098^ea^ pannarasa  dhammā. te saddhindriyādīnaṃ visuddhikāraṇavasena veditabbā.  vuttañhetaṃ --<br/><br/>[02] ``assaddhe puggale parivajjayato, saddhe puggale sevato bhajato  payirupāsato pasādanīye suttante paccavekkhato imehi tīhākārehi  saddhindriyaṃ visujjhati. kusīte puggale parivajjayato āraddhavīriye  puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato sammappadhāne paccavekkhato imehi  tīhākārehi vīriyindriyaṃ visujjhati. muṭṭhassatī puggale  parivajjayato upaṭṭhitassatī puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato  satipaṭṭhāne paccavekkhato imehi tīhākārehi satindriyaṃ visujjhati  ^a^M4.0244^ea^.  asamāhite puggale parivajjayato samāhite puggale sevato bhajato  payirupāsato jhānavimokkhe paccavekkhato imehi tīhākārehi  samādhindriyaṃ visujjhati. duppaññe puggale parivajjayato paññavante  puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato gambhīrañāṇacariyaṃ paccavekkhato  imehi tīhākārehi paññindriyaṃ visujjhati. iti ime pañca puggale  parivajjayato pañca puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato pañca  suttantakkhandhe paccavekkhato imehi pannarasahi ākārehi imāni  pañcindriyāni visujjhantī''ti (paṭi0 ma0 1.185).<br/><br/>[03] aparepi pannarasa dhammā vimuttiparipācanīyā -- saddhādīni  pañcimāni indriyāni, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe  anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññāti, imā pañca nibbedhabhāgiyā  saññā, meghiyattherassa kathitā kalyāṇamittatādayo pañcadhammāti.  kāya pana velāya bhagavato etadahosīti. paccūsasamaye lokaṃ  volokentassa. <br/><br/>[03] 419^b^.^eb^ ^b^anekānaṃ devatāsahassāna^eb^nti āyasmatā  rāhulena padumuttarassa bhagavato pādamūle pālitanāgarājakāle patthanaṃ  ^a^P5.0099^ea^ paṭṭhapentena saddhiṃ patthanaṃ paṭṭhapitadevatāyeva. tāsu  pana kāci bhūmaṭṭhakā ^a^V4.0256^ea^ devatā, kāci antalikkhakā, kāci  cātumahārājikā, kāci devaloke, kāci brahmaloke nibbattā.  imasmiṃ pana divase sabbā ekaṭṭhāne andhavanasmiṃyeva sannipatitā.  ^b^dhammacakkhu^eb^nti upāliovāda- (ma0 ni0 2.69)  dīghanakhasuttesu (ma0 ni0 2.206) paṭhamamaggo dhammacakkhunti  vutto, brahmāyusutte (ma0 ni0 2.395) tīṇi phalāni, imasmiṃ sutte  cattāro maggā, cattāri ca phalāni dhammacakkhunti veditabbāni.  tattha hi kāci devatā sotāpannā ahesuṃ, kāci sakadāgāmī,  anāgāmī, khīṇāsavā. tāsañca pana devatānaṃ ettakāti gaṇanavasena  paricchedo natthi. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] rāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 54
title: puṇṇovādasuttavaṇṇanā^nandakovādasuttavaṇṇanā^rāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^chachakkasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 420^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0257^ea^ ^a^M4.0245^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti chachakkasuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^ādikalyāṇa^eb^ntiādimhi kalyāṇaṃ bhaddakaṃ niddosaṃ katvā  desessāmi. majjhapariyosānesupi eseva nayo. iti bhagavā  ariyavaṃsaṃ navahi, mahāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ sattahi, mahāassapuraṃ sattahiyeva  padehi thomesi. idaṃ pana suttaṃ navahi padehi thomesi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^veditabbānī^eb^ti ^a^P5.0100^ea^ sahavipassanena maggena  jānitabbāni. manāyatanena tebhūmakacittameva kathitaṃ, dhammāyatanena  bahiddhā tebhūmakadhammā ca, manoviññāṇena ṭhapetvā dve pañcaviññāṇāni  sesaṃ bāvīsatividhaṃ lokiyavipākacittaṃ. phassavedanā  yathāvuttavipākaviññāṇasampayuttāva. ^b^taṇhā^eb^ti vipākavedanāpaccayā  javanakkhaṇe uppannataṇhā. <br/><br/>[03] 422^b^.^eb^ ^b^cakkhu attā^eb^ti pāṭiyekko anusandhi.  heṭṭhā kathitānañhi dvinnaṃ saccānaṃ anattabhāvadassanatthaṃ ayaṃ desanā  āraddhā. tattha ^b^na upapajjatī^eb^ti na yujjati. ^b^vetī^eb^ti  vigacchati nirujjhati. <br/><br/>[03] 424^b^.^eb^ ^b^ayaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave^eb^ti ayampi  pāṭiyekko anusandhi. ayañhi desanā tiṇṇaṃ gāhānaṃ vasena vaṭṭaṃ  dassetuṃ āraddhā. dukkhaṃ samudayoti dvinnaṃ saccānaṃ vasena vaṭṭaṃ  dassetuntipi vadantiyeva. ^b^etaṃ mamā^eb^tiādīsu  taṇhāmānadiṭṭhigāhāva veditabbā. ^b^samanupassatī^eb^ti gāhattayavasena  passati.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā idāni tiṇṇaṃ gāhānaṃ paṭipakkhavasena,  nirodho maggoti imesaṃ vā dvinnaṃ saccānaṃ vasena vivaṭṭaṃ dassetuṃ  ^b^ayaṃ kho panā^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^netaṃ mamā^eb^tiādīni  taṇhādīnaṃ paṭisedhavacanāni. ^b^samanupassatī^eb^ti aniccaṃ  dukkhamanattāti passati. <br/><br/>[03] 425^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^V4.0258^ea^ vivaṭṭaṃ dassetvā idāni tiṇṇaṃ anusayānaṃ  vasena puna vaṭṭaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^cakkhuñca, bhikkhave^eb^tiādimāha. tattha  ^b^abhinandatī^eb^tiādīni taṇhādiṭṭhivaseneva vuttāni.  ^b^anusetī^eb^ti appahīno hoti. ^b^dukkhassā^eb^ti ^a^P5.0101^ea^  vaṭṭadukkhakilesadukkhassa. <br/><br/>[03] 426^b^.^eb^ evaṃ ^a^M4.0246^ea^ tiṇṇaṃ anusayānaṃ vasena vaṭṭaṃ kathetvā  idāni tesaṃ paṭikkhepavasena vivaṭṭaṃ dassento puna  cakkhuñcātiādimāha. ^b^avijjaṃ pahāyā^eb^ti vaṭṭamūlikaṃ avijjaṃ  pajahitvā. ^b^vijja^eb^nti arahattamaggavijjaṃ uppādetvā. <br/><br/>[03] 427^b^.^eb^ ^b^ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī^eb^ti ettakeneva kathāmaggena  vaṭṭavivaṭṭavasena desanaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā puna tadeva sampiṇḍetvā dassento  ^b^evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^saṭṭhimattānaṃ  bhikkhūna^eb^nti ettha anacchariyametaṃ, yaṃ sayameva tathāgate desente saṭṭhi  bhikkhū arahattaṃ pattā. imañhi suttaṃ dhammasenāpatimhi kathentepi  saṭṭhi bhikkhū arahattaṃ pattā, mahāmoggallāne kathentepi,  asītimahātheresu kathentesupi pattā eva. etampi anacchariyaṃ.  mahābhiññappattā hi te sāvakā.<br/><br/>[03] aparabhāge pana tambapaṇṇidīpe māleyyadevatthero nāma heṭṭhā  lohapāsāde idaṃ suttaṃ kathesi. tadāpi saṭṭhi bhikkhū arahattaṃ pattā.  yathā ca lohapāsāde, evaṃ thero mahāmaṇḍapepi idaṃ suttaṃ kathesi.  mahāvihārā nikkhamitvā cetiyapabbataṃ gato, tatthāpi kathesi. tato  sākiyavaṃsavihāre, kūṭālivihāre, antarasobbhe, muttaṅgaṇe,  vātakapabbate, pācinagharake, dīghavāpiyaṃ, lokandare, nomaṇḍalatale  kathesi. tesupi ṭhānesu saṭṭhi saṭṭhi ^a^P5.0102^ea^ bhikkhū  arahattaṃ pattā. tato nikkhamitvā pana thero cittalapabbataṃ gato.  tadā ca cittalapabbatavihāre atirekasaṭṭhivasso mahāthero, pokkharaṇiyaṃ  kuruvakatitthaṃ nāma paṭicchannaṭṭhānaṃ atthi, tattha thero nhāyissāmīti  otiṇṇo. devatthero tassa santikaṃ gantvā nhāpemi, bhanteti āha.  thero paṭisanthāreneva -- ``māleyyadevo nāma atthīti vadanti,  so ayaṃ bhavissatī''ti ñatvā tvaṃ devoti āha. āma, bhanteti.  saṭṭhivassaddhānaṃ me, āvuso, koci sarīraṃ hatthena phusituṃ nāma na  labhi, tvaṃ pana nhāpehīti uttaritvā tīre nisīdi.<br/><br/>[03] thero ^a^V4.0259^ea^ sabbampi hatthapādādiparikammaṃ katvā mahātheraṃ nhāpesi.  taṃ divasañca dhammassavanadivaso hoti. atha mahāthero -- ``deva  amhākaṃ dhammadānaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī''ti āha. thero sādhu, bhanteti  sampaṭicchi. atthaṅgate sūriye ^a^M4.0247^ea^ dhammassavanaṃ ghosesuṃ.  atikkantasaṭṭhivassāva saṭṭhi mahātherā dhammassavanatthaṃ agamaṃsu.  devatthero sarabhāṇāvasāne imaṃ suttaṃ ārabhi, suttantapariyosāne ca  saṭṭhi mahātherā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. tato tissamahāvihāraṃ gantvā  kathesi, tasmimpi saṭṭhi therā. tato nāgamahāvihāre kāḷakacchagāme  kathesi, tasmimpi saṭṭhi therā. tato kalyāṇiṃ gantvā tattha cātuddase  heṭṭhāpāsāde kathesi, tasmimpi saṭṭhi therā. uposathadivase  uparipāsāde kathesi, tasmimpi saṭṭhi therāti evaṃ devatthereyeva idaṃ  suttaṃ kathente saṭṭhiṭṭhānesu saṭṭhi saṭṭhi janā arahattaṃ pattā.<br/><br/>[03] ambilakāḷakavihāre pana tipiṭakacūḷanāgatthere ^a^P5.0103^ea^  imaṃ suttaṃ kathente manussaparisā gāvutaṃ ahosi, devaparisā  yojanikā. suttapariyosāne sahassabhikkhū arahattaṃ pattā, devesu pana  tato tato ekekova puthujjano ahosīti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] chachakkasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 55
title: nandakovādasuttavaṇṇanā^rāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^chachakkasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāsaḷāyatanikasuttavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 428^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0260^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti mahāsaḷāyatanikasuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^mahāsaḷāyatanika^eb^nti mahantānaṃ channaṃ āyatanānaṃ jotakaṃ  dhammapariyāyaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 429^b^.^eb^ ^b^ajāna^eb^nti sahavipassanena maggena  ajānanto. ^b^upacayaṃ gacchantī^eb^ti vuḍḍhiṃ gacchanti, vasibhāvaṃ  gacchantīti attho. ^b^kāyikā^eb^ti pañcadvārikadarathā.  ^b^cetasikā^eb^ti manodvārikadarathā. ^b^santāpādī^eb^supi eseva  nayo. <br/><br/>[03] 430^b^.^eb^ ^b^kāyasukha^eb^nti pañcadvārikasukhaṃ.  ^b^cetosukha^eb^nti manodvārikasukhaṃ. ettha ca pañcadvārikajavanena  samāpajjanaṃ vā vuṭṭhānaṃ vā natthi, uppannamattakameva hoti.  manodvārikena sabbaṃ hoti. ayañca maggavuṭṭhānassa paccayabhūtā  balavavipassanā, sāpi manodvārikeneva hoti. <br/><br/>[03] 431^b^.^eb^ ^b^tathābhūtassā^eb^ti ^a^M4.0248^ea^  kusalacittasampayuttacetosukhasamaṅgībhūtassa. ^b^pubbeva kho  panassā^eb^ti assa bhikkhuno vācākammantājīvā pubbasuddhikā nāma  ādito paṭṭhāya parisuddhāva ^a^P5.0104^ea^ honti.  diṭṭhisaṅkappavāyāmasatisamādhisaṅkhātāni pana pañcaṅgāni  sabbatthakakārāpakaṅgāni nāma. evaṃ lokuttaramaggo aṭṭhaṅgiko vā  sattaṅgiko vā hoti.<br/><br/>[03] vitaṇḍavādī pana ``yā yathābhūtassa diṭṭhī''ti imameva suttapadesaṃ  gahetvā ``lokuttaramaggo pañcaṅgiko''ti vadati. so --  ``evamassāyaṃ ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchatī''ti  iminā anantaravacaneneva paṭisedhitabbo. uttari ca evaṃ  saññāpetabbo -- lokuttaramaggo pañcaṅgiko nāma natthi, imāni pana  pañca sabbatthakakārāpakaṅgāni maggakkhaṇe virativasena pūrenti.  ``yā catūhi vacīduccaritehi ārati viratī''ti evaṃ vuttaviratīsu  hi micchāvācaṃ pajahati, sammāvācaṃ bhāveti, evaṃ sammāvācaṃ  ^a^V4.0261^ea^ bhāventassa imāni pañcaṅgikāni na vinā, saheva viratiyā pūrenti.  sammākammantājīvesupi eseva nayo. iti vacīkammādīni  ādito paṭṭhāya parisuddhāneva vaṭṭanti. imāni pana pañca  sabbatthakakārāpakaṅgāni virativasena paripūrentīti pañcaṅgiko maggo  nāma natthi. subhaddasuttepi (dī0 ni0 2.214) cetaṃ vuttaṃ --  ``yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo''ti.  aññesu ca anekesu suttasatesu aṭṭhaṅgikova maggo āgatoti. <br/><br/>[03] 433^b^.^eb^ ^b^cattāropi satipaṭṭhānā^eb^ti maggasampayuttāva  cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. sammappadhānādīsupi eseva nayo.  ^b^yuganandhā^eb^ti ekakkhaṇikayuganandhā. etehi aññasmiṃ khaṇe  samāpatti, aññasmiṃ vipassanāti. evaṃ nānākhaṇikāpi honti,  ariyamagge pana ekakkhaṇikā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vijjā ca vimutti cā^eb^ti arahattamaggavijjā ca phalavimutti  ca. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] mahāsaḷāyatanikasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 56
title:
  rāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā^chachakkasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāsaḷāyatanikasuttavaṇṇanā^nagaravindeyyasuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 435^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0262^ea^ ^a^P5.0105^ea^  ^a^M4.0249^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti  nagaravindeyyasuttaṃ. tattha ^b^samavisamaṃ carantī^eb^ti kālena samaṃ  caranti, kālena visamaṃ. ^b^samacariyampi heta^eb^nti samacariyampi  hi etaṃ. <br/><br/>[03] 437^b^.^eb^ ^b^ke ākārā^eb^ti kāni kāraṇāni? ^b^ke  anvayā^eb^ti kā anubuddhiyo? ^b^natthi kho pana tatthā^eb^ti kasmā  āha, nanu araññe haritatiṇacampakavanādivasena atimanuññā rūpādayo  pañca kāmaguṇā atthīti? no natthi. na panetaṃ vanasaṇḍena  kathitaṃ, itthirūpādīni pana sandhāyetaṃ kathitaṃ. tāni hi purisassa  cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti. yathāha -- ``nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ  ekarūpampi samanupassāmi, yaṃ evaṃ purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya  tiṭṭhati, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, itthirūpaṃ. itthirūpaṃ, bhikkhave,  purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī''ti (a0 ni0  1.1)  vitthāretabbaṃ. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] nagaravindeyyasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 57
title:
  chachakkasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāsaḷāyatanikasuttavaṇṇanā^nagaravindeyyasuttavaṇṇanā^piṇḍapātapārisuddhisuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 438^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0263^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti piṇḍapātapārisuddhisuttaṃ.  tattha ^b^paṭisallānā^eb^ti phalasamāpattito.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vippasannānī^eb^ti okāsavasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. phalasamāpattito hi  vuṭṭhitassa pañcahi pasādehi patiṭṭhitokāso vippasanno hoti,  chavivaṇṇo parisuddho. tasmā evamāha. ^b^suññatavihārenā^eb^ti  suññataphalasamāpattivihārena. ^b^mahāpurisavihāro^eb^ti ^a^P5.0106^ea^  buddhapaccekabuddhatathāgatamahāsāvakānaṃ mahāpurisānaṃ vihāro.  ^b^yena cāhaṃ maggenā^eb^tiādīsu vihārato paṭṭhāya yāva gāmassa  indakhīlā esa paviṭṭhamaggo nāma, antogāmaṃ pavisitvā  gehapaṭipāṭiyā caritvā yāva nagaradvārena nikkhamanā esa  caritabbapadeso nāma, bahi indakhīlato paṭṭhāya yāva vihārā esa  paṭikkantamaggo nāma. ^b^paṭighaṃ vāpi cetaso^eb^ti citte  paṭihaññanakilesajātaṃ ^a^M4.0250^ea^ kiñci atthi natthīti.  ^b^ahorattānusikkhinā^eb^ti divasañca rattiñca anusikkhantena. <br/><br/>[03] 440^b^.^eb^ ^b^pahīnā nu kho me pañca  kāmaguṇā^eb^tiādīsu ekabhikkhussa paccavekkhaṇā nānā, nānābhikkhūnaṃ  paccavekkhaṇā nānāti. kathaṃ? eko hi bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ  piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā vivittokāse nisinno  paccavekkhati ``pahīnā nu kho me pañcakāmaguṇā''ti. so  ``appahīnā''ti ñatvā vīriyaṃ paggayha anāgāmimaggena  pañcakāmaguṇikarāgaṃ samugghāṭetvā maggānantaraṃ phalaṃ phalānantaraṃ maggaṃ  tato vuṭṭhāya paccavekkhanto ``pahīnā''ti pajānāti.  nīvaraṇādīsupi eseva nayo. etesaṃ pana arahattamaggena pahānādīni  honti, evaṃ ekabhikkhussa nānāpaccavekkhaṇā hoti. etāsu pana  paccavekkhaṇāsu añño bhikkhu ekaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ paccavekkhati, añño  ekanti evaṃ nānābhikkhūnaṃ nānāpaccavekkhaṇā hoti. sesaṃ sabbattha  uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] piṇḍapātapārisuddhisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 35
item: 58
title:
  mahāsaḷāyatanikasuttavaṇṇanā^nagaravindeyyasuttavaṇṇanā^piṇḍapātapārisuddhisuttavaṇṇanā^indriyabhāvanāsuttavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 453^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V4.0264^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ. tattha  ^b^gajaṅgalāya^eb^nti evaṃnāmake nigame. ^b^suveḷuvane^eb^ti ^a^P5.0107^ea^  suveḷu nāma ekā rukkhajāti, tehi sañchanno  mahāvanasaṇḍo, tattha viharati. ^b^cakkhunā rūpaṃ na passati,  sotena saddaṃ na suṇātī^eb^ti cakkhunā rūpaṃ na passitabbaṃ, sotena  saddo na sotabboti evaṃ desetīti adhippāyena vadati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^aññathā ariyassa vinaye^eb^ti iminā bhagavā attano sāsane  asadisāya indriyabhāvanāya kathanatthaṃ ālayaṃ akāsi. athāyasmā  ānando -- ``satthā ālayaṃ dasseti, handāhaṃ imissaṃ parisati  bhikkhusaṅghassa indriyabhāvanākathaṃ kāremī''ti satthāraṃ yācanto  ^b^etassa^eb^ ^a^M4.0251^ea^ ^b^bhagavā^eb^tiādimāha. athassa bhagavā indriyabhāvanaṃ  kathento ^b^tena hānandā^eb^tiādimāha. <br/><br/>[03] 454^b^.^eb^ tatha ^b^yadidaṃ upekkhā^eb^ti yā esā  vipassanupekkhā nāma, esā santā esā paṇītā, atappikāti attho.  iti ayaṃ bhikkhu cakkhudvāre rūpārammaṇampi iṭṭhe ārammaṇe manāpaṃ,  aniṭṭhe amanāpaṃ, majjhatte manāpāmanāpañca cittaṃ, tassa rajjituṃ vā  dussituṃ vā muyhituṃ vā adatvāva pariggahetvā vipassanaṃ majjhatte  ṭhapeti. ^b^cakkhumā^eb^ti sampannacakkhuvisuddhanetto.  cakkhābādhikassa hi uddhaṃ ummīlananimmīlanaṃ na hoti, tasmā so  na gahito. <br/><br/>[03] 456^b^.^eb^ ^b^īsakaṃpoṇe^eb^ti rathīsā viya uṭṭhahitvā ṭhite. <br/><br/>[03] 461^b^.^eb^ ^b^paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī^eb^tiādīsu  paṭikūle mettāpharaṇena vā dhātuso upasaṃhārena vā appaṭikūlasaññī  viharati. appaṭikūle asubhapharaṇena vā aniccato upasaṃhārena vā  paṭikūlasaññī viharati. sesapadesupi eseva nayo. tadubhayaṃ  abhinivajjetvāti ^a^V4.0265^ea^ majjhatto hutvā viharitukāmo ^a^P5.0108^ea^  kiṃ karotīti? iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu āpāthagatesu neva somanassiko na  domanassiko hoti. vuttañhetaṃ --<br/><br/>[02] ``kathaṃ paṭikūle appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? aniṭṭhasmiṃ  vatthusmiṃ mettāya vā pharati, dhātuto vā upasaṃharati, evaṃ paṭikūle  appaṭikūlasaññī viharati. kathaṃ appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī viharati?  iṭṭhasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ asubhāya vā pharati, aniccato vā upasaṃharati,  evaṃ appaṭikūle paṭikūlasaññī viharati. kathaṃ paṭikūle ca  appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī viharati? aniṭṭhasmiñca iṭṭhasmiñca  vatthusmiṃ mettāya vā pharati, dhātuto vā upasaṃharati. evaṃ paṭikūle  ca appaṭikūle ca appaṭikūlasaññī viharati. kathaṃ appaṭikūle ca  paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī viharati? iṭṭhasmiñca aniṭṭhasmiñca  vatthusmiṃ asubhāya vā pharati, aniccato vā upasaṃharati, evaṃ  appaṭikūle ca paṭikūle ca paṭikūlasaññī viharati ^a^M4.0252^ea^. kathaṃ paṭikūle  ca appaṭikūle ca tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako viharati sato  sampajāno? idha bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti  na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno...pe0... manasā  dhammaṃ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati  sato sampajāno. evaṃ paṭikūle ca appaṭikūle ca tadubhayaṃ  abhinivajjetvā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno''ti.<br/><br/>[03] imesu ca tīsu nayesu paṭhamanaye manāpaṃ amanāpaṃ manāpāmanāpanti  saṃkilesaṃ vaṭṭati, nikkilesaṃ vaṭṭati. dutiyanaye saṃkilesaṃ, tatiyanaye  saṃkilesanikkilesaṃ vaṭṭati. puna vuttaṃ -- ``paṭhamaṃ saṃkilesaṃ vaṭṭati,  dutiyaṃ saṃkilesampi nikkilesampi, tatiyaṃ nikkilesameva vaṭṭatī''ti.  sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] indriyabhāvanāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] pañcamavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] uparipaṇṇāsaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03] yo ^a^V4.0266^ea^ ^a^P5.0109^ea^ cāyaṃ ``sabbadhammamūlapariyāyaṃ vo,  bhikkhave, desissāmī''ti āraddhattā ^b^ādikalyāṇo,^eb^ majjhe  ``suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ  vedalla''nti vacanato ^b^majjhekalyāṇo,^eb^ sanniṭṭhāne ``ariyo  bhāvitindriyo''ti vacanato ^b^pariyosānakalyāṇo^eb^ti  tividhakalyāṇo majjhimanikāyo ``mahāvipassanā nāmāya''nti  vutto, so vaṇṇanāvasena samatto hoti. 


volume: 35
item: 59
title: nigamanakathā^^^^
content:
  [03] ettāvatā ^a^M4.0253^ea^ ca -- <br/><br/>[21] āyācito sumatinā therena ^b^bhadantabuddhamittena,^eb^ <br/><br/>[22] pubbe mayūradūtapaṭṭanamhi saddhiṃ nivasantena.. <br/><br/>[21] paravādavidhaṃsanassa ^b^majjhimanikāyaseṭṭhassa,^eb^ <br/><br/>[22] yamahaṃ ^b^papañcasūdanimaṭṭhakathaṃ^eb^ kātumārabhiṃ.. <br/><br/>[21] sā hi mahāaṭṭhakathāya sāramādāya niṭṭhitā esā, <br/><br/>[22] sattuttarasatamattāya pāḷiyā bhāṇavārehi.. <br/><br/>[21] ekūnasaṭṭhimatto visuddhimaggopi bhāṇavārehi, <br/><br/>[22] atthappakāsanatthāya āgamānaṃ kato yasmā.. <br/><br/>[21] tasmā tena sahā'yaṃ gāthāgaṇanānayena aṭṭhakathā, <br/><br/>[22] samadhikachasaṭṭhisatamiti viññeyyā bhāṇavārānaṃ.. <br/><br/>[21] samadhikachasaṭṭhisatapamāṇamiti bhāṇavārato esā, <br/><br/>[22] samayaṃ pakāsayantī mahāvihārādhivāsīnaṃ.. <br/><br/>[21] mūlaṭṭhakathāsāraṃ ^a^V4.0267^ea^ ^a^P5.0110^ea^ ādāya mayā imaṃ  karontena, <br/><br/>[22] yaṃ paññamupacitaṃ tena hotu loko sadā sukhitoti..<br/><br/>[03] paramavisuddhasaddhābuddhivīriyappaṭimaṇḍitena  sīlācārajjavamaddavādiguṇasamudayasamuditena  sakasamayasamayantaragahanajjhogāhanasamatthena paññāveyyattiyasamannāgatena  tipiṭakapariyattippabhede sāṭṭhakathe satthu sāsane appaṭihatañāṇappabhāvena  mahāveyyākaraṇena  karaṇasampattijanitasukhaviniggatamadhurodāravacanalāvaṇṇayuttena  yuttamuttavādinā vādīvarena mahākavinā pabhinnapaṭisambhidāparivāre  chaḷabhiññādippabhedaguṇappaṭimaṇḍite uttarimanussadhamme suppatiṭṭhitabuddhīnaṃ  theravaṃsappadīpānaṃ therānaṃ mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ vaṃsālaṅkārabhūtena  vipulavisuddhabuddhinā ^b^buddhaghoso^eb^ti garūhi gahitanāmadheyyena therena  katā ayaṃ ^b^papañcasūdanī^eb^ nāma majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathā -- <br/><br/>[21] tāva ^a^M4.0254^ea^ tiṭṭhatu lokasmiṃ, lokanittharaṇesinaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] dassentī kulaputtānaṃ, nayaṃ diṭṭhivisuddhiyā.. <br/><br/>[21] buddhoti nāmampi, suddhacittassa tādino. <br/><br/>[22] lokamhi lokajeṭṭhassa, pavattati mahesinoti.. <br/><br/>[06] papañcasūdanī nāma  <br/><br/>[06] majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathā sabbākārena niṭṭhitā.


volume: 36
item: 0
title: devadahavaggo^^devadahasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^1^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dibbanti ^a^V2.0001^ea^^a^M2.0211^ea^ kāmaguṇehi kīḷanti, laḷanti, tesu vā viharanti, vijayasamatthatāyogena paccatthike vijetuṃ icchanti; issariyaṭṭhānādisakkāradānaggahaṇaṃ taṃtaṃatthānusāsanañca karontā voharanti, puññānubhāvappattāya jutiyā jotenti vāti ^b^devā vuccanti rājāno^eb^. Tathā hi te catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi janaṃ rañjayantā sayaṃ yathāvuttehi visesehi rājanti dibbanti sobhantīti ca, ^b^‘‘rājāno’’^eb^ti vuccanti. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ nigamadese. ^b^Sā^eb^ti pokkharaṇī. ^b^Ta^eb^nti taṃ, ‘‘devadaha’’nti laddhanāmaṃ pokkharaṇiṃ upādāya, tassa adūrabhavattāti keci. ^b^Sabbaṃ^eb^ sukhādibhedaṃ vedayitaṃ. ^b^Pubbe^eb^ti purimajātiyaṃ. ^b^Katakammapaccayā^eb^ti katassa kammassa paccayabhāvato jātaṃ kammaṃ paṭicca. Tena sabbāpi vedanā kammaphalabhūtā eva anubhavitabbāti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iminā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Aniyametvā vutta^eb^nti, ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino’’ti evaṃ ime nāmāti avisesetvā vuttamatthaṃ. ^b^Niyametvā^eb^ti, ‘‘evaṃvādino, bhikkhave, nigaṇṭhā’’ti evaṃ visesetvā dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kalisāsana^eb^nti ^a^V2.0002^ea^ parājayaṃ. Kalīti hi anattho vuccati, kalīti sasati vippharatīti ^b^kalisāsanaṃ,^eb^ parājayo. Kalīti vā kodhamānādikilesajāti, tāya pana ayuttavāditā ^b^kalisāsanaṃ^eb^. Taṃ ^b^āropetukāmo^eb^ vibhāvetukāmo ^a^M2.0212^ea^. ^b^Ye^eb^ kammaṃ kataṃ akataṃ vāti ^b^na jānanti, te kathaṃ^eb^ taṃ edisanti ^b^jānissanti^eb^. Ye ca kammaṃ pabhedato na jānanti, te kathaṃ tassa vipākaṃ jānissanti; vipākapariyositabhāvaṃ jānissanti, ye ca pāpassa kammassa paṭipakkhameva na jānanti; te kathaṃ tassa pahānaṃ kusalakammassa ca sampādanavidhiṃ jānissantīti imamatthaṃ dassento, ^b^‘‘uttari pucchāyapi eseva nayo’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^2^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kiñcāpi ^b^cūḷadukkhakkhandhepi,^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.180) ^b^‘‘evaṃ sante’’^eb^ti iminā tesaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ ajānanabhāvo eva ujukaṃ pakāsito heṭṭhā desanāya tathā pavattattā. Tathā hi ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.180) vuttaṃ – ‘‘evaṃ santeti tumhākaṃ evaṃ ajānanabhāve satī’’ti, tathāpi tattha uparidesanāya sambaddho evamattho vuccamāno yujjati, na aññathāti dassetuṃ idha, ^b^‘‘mahānigaṇṭhassa vacane sacce santeti attho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ettakassa ṭhānassā^eb^ti yathāvuttassa pañcaparimāṇassa kāraṇassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^3^eb^^b^.^eb^ Anekavāraṃ visarañjanaṃ idha gāḷhāpalepanaṃ, na sāṭakassa viya littatāti āha – ^b^‘‘bahalūpa…pe… littena viyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vuttameva,^eb^ na puna vattabbaṃ, tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Imesaṃ nigaṇṭhānaṃ tādisassa tesaṃ abhāvato, ^b^‘‘jānanakālo siyā’’^eb^ti parikappavasena vadati. Tena evaṃ jānituṃ tehi sakkā siyā, tesañca dassanaṃ saccaṃ siyā. Yasmā tesaṃ dassanaṃ asaccaṃ, tasmā te na jāniṃsūti dasseti. ^b^Catūsu kālesū^eb^ti vaṇamukhassa parikantanakālo, sallassa esanakālo, abbuhanakālo, vaṇamukhe agadaṅgāraodahanakāloti imesu catūsu kālesu. ^b^Suddhante^eb^ti suddhakoṭṭhāse, dukkhassa anavasesato nijjīraṇaṭṭhena niddukkhabhāveti attho. ^b^Ekāya upamāyā^eb^ti, ‘‘sallena viddhassa hi viddhakāle vedanāya pākaṭakālo viyā’’ti imāya ekāya upamāya. ^b^Tayo atthā^eb^ti pubbe ahuvamhā vā no vā, pāpakammaṃ akarimhā vā no vā, evarūpaṃ vā pāpakammaṃ akarimhāti ime tayo atthā. ^b^Catūhi upamāhī^eb^ti vaṇamukhaparikantanādīhi catūhi upamāhi. ^b^Eko attho^eb^ti, ‘‘ettakaṃ dukkhaṃ nijjiṇṇa’’ntiādinā ^a^M2.0213^ea^ vutto eko attho. So hi dukkhanijjīraṇabhāvasāmaññā eko atthoti vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^4^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ime^eb^^a^V2.0003^ea^^b^pana^eb^ nigaṇṭhā. Āsaṅkāya ^b^viddhosmīti saññaṃ uppādetvā. Paccāharitu^eb^nti paccāvattituṃ, pariharitunti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^5^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Atītavādaṃ saddahantāna^eb^nti, ‘‘atthi kho, bho, nigaṇṭhā pubbe pāpakammaṃ kata’’nti evaṃ atītaṃsaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ mahānigaṇṭhassa vādaṃ saddahantānaṃ. ^b^Bhūtattā^eb^ti yathābhūtattā kiṃ aviparītameva atthaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattāti pucchati. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Saha dhammenāti sahadhammo, so eva ^b^sahadhammiko^eb^ yathā ‘‘venayiko’’ti (a. ni. 8.11; pārā. 8). ‘‘Dhammo’’ti ettha kāraṇaṃ adhippetanti āha – ^b^‘‘sahetukaṃ sakāraṇa’’^eb^nti. Paṭiharati paṭivattetīti paṭihāro, vādo eva paṭihāro ^b^vādapaṭihāro;^eb^ taṃ, uttaranti attho. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘paccāgamanakavāda’’^eb^nti, codanaṃ parivattetvā paṭipākatikakaraṇanti attho. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti idaṃ āvuttivasena gahetabbaṃ, ‘‘tesaṃ saddhāchedakavādaṃ nāma tesaṃ dassetī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^6^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Avijjā aññāṇā sammohā^eb^ti pariyāyavacanametaṃ. ^b^Avijjā^eb^ti vā avijjāya karaṇabhūtāya. ^b^Aññāṇenā^eb^ti ajānanena. ^b^Sammohenā^eb^ti sammuyhanena mahāmuḷhatāya. Sāmaṃyeva opakkamikā etarahi attano upakkamahetu dukkhavedanaṃ vediyamānaṃ – ‘‘yaṃkiñcāyaṃ…pe… pubbekatahetū’’ti ^b^viparītato saddahatha^eb^. Pubbekatahetuvādasaññitaṃ ^b^vipallāsaggāhaṃ gaṇhatha^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^7^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Diṭṭhadhammo vuccati^eb^ paccakkhabhūto, tattha veditabbaṃ phalaṃ ^b^diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ^eb^. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘imasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākadāyaka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Payogenā^eb^ti kāyikena payogena vā vācasikena vā payogena. ^b^Padhānenā^eb^ti padahanena cetasikena ussāhanena. Āsanne bhavantare vipācetuṃ na sakkā, pageva dūreti dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘dutiye vā tatiye vā attabhāve’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Nibbattakabhāvato sukhavedanāya hitanti ^b^sukhavedanīyaṃ^eb^. Sā pana vipākavedanābhāvato ekantato iṭṭhārammaṇā eva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘iṭṭhārammaṇavipākadāyaka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Viparīta^eb^nti ^a^M2.0214^ea^ aniṭṭhārammaṇavipākadāyakaṃ. ^b^Nipphanne^eb^ti saddhiṃ aññena kammena nibbatte. ^b^Samparāyavedanīyassā^eb^ti upapajjavedanīyassa aparāpariyavedanīyassa. ^b^Evaṃ santepī^eb^ti kāmaṃ paripakkavedanīyanti diṭṭhadhammavedanīyameva vuccati, tathāpi atthettha atisayo diṭṭhadhammavisesabhāvato paripakkavedanīyassāti dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘ayametthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmiṃ divase kataṃ, tato ^b^sattadivasabbhantare^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ paripakkavedanīyakammassa sattadivasabbhantare vipākadāne. ^b^Ekavāraṃ kasitvā nisīdi^eb^ chātajjhatto hutvā. ^b^Āgacchantī āha^eb^ – ‘‘ussūre bhattaṃ āharīyitthā’’ti domanassaṃ ^a^V2.0004^ea^ anuppādetvā yathā katapuññaṃ anumodati. ^b^Vijjotamānaṃ disvā,^eb^ ‘‘kiṃ nu kho idampi tappakāro, mama cittavikappamattaṃ, udāhu suvaṇṇamevā’’ti vīmaṃsanto ^b^yaṭṭhiyā paharitvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Vāḷayakkhasañcaraṇattā rājagahūpacārassa ^b^nagare sahassabhaṇḍikaṃ cāresuṃ^eb^. Uppannarāgo ^b^cūḷāya ḍaṃsi. Rañño ācikkhitvā^eb^ti taṃ pavattiṃ rañño ācikkhitvā. ^b^Mallikāya vatthu^eb^ dhammapadavatthumhi (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2ṃallikādevīvatthu) āgatena nayena kathetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maraṇasantikepi kataṃ,^eb^ pageva tato puretaraṃ atītattabhāvesu ca kataṃ. ^b^Idha nibbattitavipākoti vutto^eb^ avassaṃbhāvibhāvato. ^b^Samparāyavedanīyameva^eb^ bhavantare vipākadāyakabhāvato. ^b^Idha nibbattitaguṇotveva vutto,^eb^ na idha nibbattitavipākoti vimuttibhāvato. ^b^Paripakkavedanīyanti veditabbaṃ^eb^ heṭṭhā vuttaparipakkavedanīyalakkhaṇānativattanato. ^b^Sabbalahuṃ phaladāyikā^eb^ti etena phaluppādanasamatthatāyogena kammassa paripakkavedanīyatāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Catuppañcakkhandhaphalatāya ^b^saññābhavūpagaṃ^eb^ kammaṃ ^b^bahuvedanīya^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Ekakhandhaphalattā ^b^asaññābhavūpagaṃ^eb^ kammaṃ ^b^appavedanīyaṃ^eb^. Keci pana, ‘‘arūpāvacarakammaṃ bahukālaṃ veditabbaphalattā bahuvedanīyaṃ, itaraṃ appavedanīyaṃ. Rūpārūpāvacarakammaṃ vā bahuvedanīyaṃ, parittakammaṃ appavedanīya’’nti vadanti. ^b^Savipākaṃ kamma^eb^nti paccayantarasamavāye vipākuppādanasamatthaṃ, na āraddhavipākameva. ^b^Avipākaṃ kamma^eb^nti paccayavekallena vipaccituṃ asamatthaṃ ahosikammādibhedaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^8^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādīna^eb^nti ^a^M2.0215^ea^ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādīnaṃ dasannaṃ kammānaṃ upakkamena kammānaṃ aññāthābhāvassa anāpādanīyattā yathāsabhāveneva kammāni tiṭṭhanti. Tattha nigaṇṭhānaṃ upakkamo nippayojanoti āha ^b^‘‘aphalo’’^eb^ti. Nigaṇṭhānaṃ padahanassa micchāvāyāmassa nipphalabhāvappavedano ^b^padhānacchedakavādo. Parehi vuttakāraṇehī^eb^ti yehi kāraṇehi nigaṇṭhānaṃ vādesu dosaṃ dassenti. Tehi parehi vuttakāraṇehi. Na hi lakkhaṇayuttena hetunā vinā paravādesu dosaṃ dassetuṃ sakkā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sakāraṇā hutvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nigaṇṭhānaṃ vādā ca anuvādā cā^eb^ti nigaṇṭhehi vuccamānā sakasakasamayappavedikā vādāceva sāvakehi vuccamānā tesaṃ anuvādā ca. ^b^Viññūhi garahitabbaṃ kāraṇaṃ āgacchantī^eb^ti, ‘‘ayamettha doso’’ti tattha tattha viññūhi paṇḍitehi garahārahaṃ kāraṇaṃ upagacchanti, pāpuṇantīti attho. ^b^Tassattho^eb^tiādīsu ayaṃ saṅkhepattho ^a^V2.0005^ea^, ‘‘vuttanayena parehi vuttena kāraṇena sakāraṇā hutvā dosadassanavasena nigaṇṭhānaṃ vādā anuppattā, tato eva taṃ vādaṃ appasādanīyabhāvadassanena sosentā hetusampattivohārasukkhanena milāpentā dukkaṭakammakārinotiādayo dasa gārayhāpadesā upagacchantī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^9^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṅgatibhāvahetū^eb^ti tattha tattha yadicchāya samuṭṭhitasaṅgatinimittaṃ. Sā pana saṅgati niyatilakkhaṇāti āha ^b^‘‘niyatibhāvakāraṇā’’^eb^ti. Acchejjasuttāvutābhejjamaṇi viya hi paṭiniyatatā niyatipavattīti. ^b^Chaḷabhijātihetū^eb^ti kaṇhābhijāti nīlābhijāti lohitābhijāti haliddābhijāti sukkābhijāti paramasukkābhijātīti imāsu abhijātīsu jātinimittaṃ. ^b^Pāpasaṅgatikā^eb^ti nihīnasaṅgatikā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^10^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anaddhabhūta^eb^nti ettha adhi-saddena samānattho ^b^addha^eb^-saddoti āha – ^b^‘‘anaddhabhūtanti anadhibhūta’’^eb^nti. Yathā āpāyiko attabhāvo mahatā dukkhena abhibhuyyati, na tathā ayanti āha – ^b^‘‘dukkhena anadhibhūto nāma manussattabhāvo vuccatī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Acelako hotī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.394) vuttāya ^b^nānappakārāya dukkarakārikāya^eb^ kilamathena. Yadi evaṃ ^a^M2.0216^ea^ kathaṃ dhutaṅgadharāti āha ^b^‘‘ye panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Niyyānikasāsanasmiñhi vīriya^eb^nti vivaṭṭasannissitaṃ katvā pavattiyamānaṃ vīriyaṃ sarīraṃ khedantampi ^b^sammāvāyāmo nāma hoti^eb^ ñāyāraddhabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Thero^eb^ti ettha āgatamahārakkhitatthero. ^b^Tisso sampattiyo^eb^ manussadevanibbānasampattiyo, sīlasamādhipaññāsampattiyo vā. ^b^Khuraggeyevā^eb^ti khure sīsagge eva, khure sīsaggato apanīte evāti adhippāyo. ^b^Aya^eb^nti, ‘‘issarakule nibbatto’’tiādinā vutto. Na sabbe eva sakkārapubbakaṃ pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇantīti āha ^b^‘‘yo dāsikucchiya’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Rajatamuddika^eb^nti rajatamayaṃ aṅgulimuddikaṃ. ^b^Gorakapiyaṅgumattenapī^eb^ti kapitthachallikaṅgupupphagandhamattenapi.<br/><br/>[03]Dhammena ñāyena āgatasukhaṃ dhammasukhanti āha – ^b^‘‘saṅghato vā…pe… paccayasukha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Amucchito^eb^ti anajjhāpanno. Idāni taṃ anajjhāpannataṃ tassa ca phalaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dhammikaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Imassā^eb^ti samudayassa. So hi pañcakkhandhassa dukkhassa kāraṇabhūtattā āsanno paccakkho katvā vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paccuppannāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Saṅkhāra^eb^nti yathāraddhāya sātisayaṃ karaṇato saṅkhāranti laddhanāmaṃ balavavīriyaṃ ussoḷhiṃ. ^b^Padahato^eb^ti payuñjantassa pavattentassa. ^b^Maggena virāgo hotī^eb^ti ariyamaggena dukkhanidānassa virajjanā ^a^V2.0006^ea^ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Iminā sukhāpaṭipadā khippābhiññā kathitā^eb^ akasireneva sīghataraṃ maggapajānatāya bodhitattā. ^b^Majjhattatākāro^eb^ti vīriyūpekkhamāha. ^b^Saṅkhāraṃ tattha padahatī^eb^ti padhānasaṅkhāraṃ tattha dukkhanidānassa virajjananimittaṃ virajjanatthaṃ padahati. Kathaṃ? ^b^Maggappadhānena^eb^ catukiccappadhāne ariyamagge vāyāmena ^b^padahati^eb^ vāyamati. ^b^Ajjhupekkhato^eb^ti vīriyassa anaccāraddhanātisithilatāya vīriyasamatāyojane byāpārākaraṇena ajjhupekkhato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘upekkhaṃ bhāventassā’’^eb^ti. Upekkhābhāvanā ca nāmettha tathāpavattā ariyamaggabhāvanā evāti āha – ^b^‘‘maggabhāvanāya bhāvetī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca evaṃ pāḷiyā padayojanā veditabbā, – ‘‘so evaṃ pajānāti. Kathaṃ? Saṅkhāraṃ me padahato saṅkhārapadahanā imassa dukkhanidānassa virāgo hoti ^a^M2.0217^ea^, ajjhupekkhato me upekkhanā imassa dukkhanidānassa virāgo hotī’’ti. Paṭipajjamānassa cāyaṃ pubbabhāgavīmaṃsassāti gahetabbaṃ. Tattha ^b^saṅkhārappadhānā^eb^ti sammasanapadena sukheneva khippataraṃ bhāvanāussukkāpanavīriyaṃ dassitanti sukhāpaṭipadā khippābhiññā dassitā. ^b^Ajjhupekkhato^eb^ti ettha kassaci nātidaḷhaṃ katvā pavattitavīriyenapi dukkhanidānassa virāgo hoti vipassanamanuyuñjatīti dassitaṃ. Ubhayatthāpi catutthīyeva paṭipadā vibhāvitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Idāni, ‘‘yassa hi khvāssa…pe… upekkhaṃ tattha bhāvetī’’ti vārehi tāsaṃyeva paṭipadānaṃ vasena tesaṃ puggalānaṃ paṭipatti dassitā. Vaṭṭadukkhanidānassa parijiṇṇaṃ imehi vārehi dukkhakkhayo vibhāvito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^11^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Baddhacitto^eb^ti sambaddhacitto. ^b^Bahalacchando^eb^ti bahalataṇhāchando. ^b^Aticaritvā^eb^ti atikkamitvā. Naṭasatthavidhinā naccanakā ^b^naṭā, naccakā^eb^ itare. ^b^Somanassaṃ uppajjati,^eb^ ‘‘īdisaṃ nāma itthiṃ pariccaji’’nti. ^b^Chijjā^eb^ti dvidhā hotu. ^b^Bhijjā^eb^ti bhijjatu. ‘‘Chijja vā bhijjavā’’ti padadvayenapi vināsameva vadati. ^b^Ñatvā^eb^ti pubbabhāgañāṇena jānitvā. ^b^Tadubhaya^eb^nti saṅkhārapadahanaupekkhābhāvanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^12^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pesentassā^eb^ti vāyamantassa. ^b^Taṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti dukkhāya paṭipadāya niyyānataṃ sandhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Usukāro viya yogī^eb^ tejanassa viya cittassa ujukaraṇato. Gomutta^b^vaṅkaṃ,^eb^ candalekhā^b^kuṭilaṃ,^eb^ naṅgalakoṭi^b^jimhaṃ^eb^ cittaṃ. ^b^Alātā viya vīriyaṃ^eb^ ātāpana-paritāpanato. ^b^Kañcikatelaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0007^ea^^b^viya saddhā^eb^ sinehanato. ^b^Namanadaṇḍako viya lokuttaramaggo^eb^ nibbānārammaṇe cittassa nāmanato. ^b^Lokuttaramaggena^eb^ cittassa ^b^ujukaraṇaṃ^eb^ bhāvanābhisamayato daṭṭhabbaṃ. Antadvayavajjitā majjhimā paṭipattīti katvā ^b^kilesagaṇavijjhanaṃ^eb^ pahānābhisamayo. Itarā pana paṭipadā dandhābhiññāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ^b^imāsu dvīsu^eb^ yathāvuttāsu khippābhiññāsu ^b^kathitāsu, itarāpi kathitāva honti^eb^ lakkhaṇahāranayena paṭipadāsāmaññato. ^b^Sahāgamanīyāpi vā paṭipadā kathitāva,^eb^ ‘‘na heva anaddhabhūtaṃ atthāna’’ntiādinā pubbabhāgapaṭipadāya kathitattā. ‘‘Āgamanīyapaṭipadā pana na kathitā’’ti ^a^M2.0218^ea^ idaṃ savisesaṃ ajjhupekkhassa akathitataṃ sandhāya vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Nikkhamanadesana^eb^nti nikkhamanupāyaṃ desanaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Devadahasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 1
title: ^devadahasuttavaṇṇanā^pañcattayasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^21^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Eke^eb^ti ^a^V2.0008^ea^ ettha eka-saddo aññattho, na gaṇanādiatthoti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘ekacce’’^eb^ti āha. Yaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘santī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tena tesaṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ vijjamānatāya avicchinnatā; tato ca nesaṃ micchāgahaṇato sithilakaraṇavivecanehi attano desanāya kiccakāritā avitathatā ca dīpitā hoti. Paramatthasamaṇabrāhmaṇesu aparantakappikatāya lesopi natthīti āha ^b^‘‘paribbajupagatabhāvenā’’^eb^tiādi. Sassatādivasena aparantaṃ kappentīti aparantakappino, te eva ^b^aparantakappikā^eb^. Yasmā tehi aparantaṃ purimatarasiddhehi taṇhādiṭṭhikappehi kappetvā āsevanabalavatāya ca vikappetvā aparabhāgasiddhehi abhinivesabhūtehi taṇhādiṭṭhiggāhehi gaṇhanti abhinivisanti parāmasanti; tasmā vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘aparantaṃ kappetvā vikappetvā gaṇhantī’’^eb^ti. Taṇhupādānavasena kappanagahaṇāni veditabbāni. Taṇhāpaccayā hi upādānaṃ. ^b^Vuttampi cetaṃ^eb^ mahāniddese ^b^uddānato^eb^ saṅkhepato. ^b^Taṇhādiṭṭhivasenā^eb^ti taṇhāya diṭṭhiyā ca vasena. Diṭṭiyā vā upanissayabhūtāya sahajātāya abhinandanakāya ca taṇhāya sassatādiākārena abhinivisantassa micchāgāhassa ca vasena. Anāgatadhammavisayāya adhippetattā anāgatakālavācako idha ^b^apara^eb^-saddo. Rūpādikhandhavinimuttassa kappanavatthuno abhāvā ^b^anta^eb^-saddo bhāgavācakoti āha – ^b^‘‘anāgataṃ khandhakoṭṭhāsa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kappetvā^eb^ti ca tasmiṃ aparante taṇhāya nābhinivesānaṃ samattanaṃ pariniṭṭhāpanamāha. ^b^Ṭhitā^eb^ti tassā laddhiyā avijahanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anugatā^eb^ti ārammaṇakaraṇavasena anu anu gatā aparante pavattā. ^b^Ārabbhā^eb^ti ālambitvā. Visayo hi tassā diṭṭhiyā aparanto. Visayabhāvato ^a^M2.0219^ea^ eva hi so tassā āgamanaṭṭhānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayo cāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘āgamma paṭiccā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Adhivacanapadānī^eb^ti paññattipadāni, dāsādīsu sirivaḍḍhakādisaddo viya vacanamattameva adhikāraṃ katvā pavattiyā adhivacanaṃ paññatti. Atha vā adhi-saddo uparibhāve, vuccatīti vacanaṃ, upari vacanaṃ ^b^adhivacanaṃ,^eb^ upādānabhūtarūpādīnaṃ upari paññāpiyamānā upādāpaññattīti attho, tasmā paññattidīpakapadānīti attho. Paññattimattañhetaṃ vuccati, yadidaṃ, ‘‘attā loko’’ti ca, na rūpavedanādayo viya paramattho. Adhikavuttitāya vā ^b^adhimuttiyoti diṭṭhiyo vuccanti^eb^. Adhikañhi sabhāvadhammesu sassatādiṃ pakatiādiṃ drabyādiṃ jīvādiṃ kāyādiñca abhūtamatthaṃ ajjhāropetvā ^a^V2.0009^ea^ diṭṭhiyo pavattantīti. ^b^Abhivadantī^eb^ti, ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti abhinivisitvā vadanti, ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo’’tiādinā vivadanti. Abhivadanakiriyāya ajjāpi avicchedabhāvadassanatthaṃ vattamānakālavacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Saññā etassa atthīti saññīti āha ^b^‘‘saññāsamaṅgī’’^eb^ti. Natthi etassa rogo bhaṅgoti ^b^arogo^eb^ti arogasaddassa niccapariyāyatā veditabbā. Rogarahitatāsīsena vā nibbikāratāya niccataṃ paṭijānāti diṭṭhigatikoti āha ^b^‘‘arogoti nicco’’^eb^ti. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti, ‘‘saññī attā arogo paraṃ maraṇā’’ti iminā vacanena. ^b^Soḷasa saññīvādā^eb^ti – rūpīcatukkaṃ, arūpīcatukkaṃ, antavācatukkaṃ, ekantasukhīcatukkanti – imesaṃ catunnaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena soḷasa saññīvādā kathitā. Imesuyeva purimānaṃ dvinnaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena aṭṭha saññīvādā aṭṭha ca nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā veditabbā. ^b^Satta ucchedavādā^eb^ti manussattabhāve kāmāvacaradevattabhāve rūpāvacaradevattabhāve catubbidhāruppattabhāve cavitvā sattassa ucchedapaññāpanavasena satta ucchedavādā kathitā. Asato vināsāsambhavato atthibhāvanibandhano ucchedavādoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘satoti vijjamānassā’’^eb^ti. Yāvāyaṃ attā na ucchijjati, tāva vijjati evāti gahaṇato nirudayavināso idha ucchedoti adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘upaccheda’’^eb^nti. Visesena nāso ^b^vināso,^eb^ abhāvo, so pana maṃsacakkhu-paññācakkhu-dassanapathātikkamovāti āha ^b^‘‘adassana’’^eb^nti. Adassane ^a^M2.0220^ea^ hi nāsa-saddo loke niruḷho. ^b^Bhavavigama^eb^nti sabhāvāpagamanaṃ yo hi nirudayavināsavasena ucchijjati, na so attano sabhāveneva tiṭṭhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañca diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādā^eb^ti pañcakāmaguṇasukhamanubhogavasena catubbidharūpajjhānasukhaparibhogavasena ca diṭṭhadhamme nibbānappattipaññāpanavādā. ^b^Diṭṭhadhammo^eb^ti dassanabhūtena ñāṇena upaladdhadhammo. Tattha yo anindriyavisayo, sopi supākaṭabhāvena indriyavisayo viya hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammoti paccakkhadhammo vuccatī’’^eb^ti. Teneva ca, ^b^‘‘tattha tattha paṭiladdhāttabhāvassetaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Saññīti ādivasena tīhākārehi santa^eb^nti saññī asaññī nevasaññīnāsaññīti imehi ākārehi vijjamānaṃ, sadā upalabbhamānaṃ sassatanti attho. ^b^Saññī attā^eb^tiādīni tīṇi dassanāni. ^b^Santātthavasena eka^eb^nti sassatassa attano vasena ekaṃ dassanaṃ. ^b^Itarāni dve^eb^ti ucchedavāda-diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādasaññitāni dve dassanāni. ^b^Tīṇi hutvā pañca hontī^eb^ti idaṃ, ‘‘santātthavasena eka’’nti saṅgahavasena vuttassa saññīti ādivibhāgavasena vuttattā suviññeyyanti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ na uddhaṭaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^22^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rūpīṃ^eb^^a^V2.0010^ea^^b^vā^eb^ti ettha (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.76-77) yadi rūpaṃ assa atthīti rūpīti ayamattho adhippeto. Evaṃ sati rūpavinimuttena attanā bhavitabbaṃ saññāya viya rūpassapi attaniyattā. Na hi saññī attāti ettha saññā attā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^sumaṅgalavilāsiniyaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.76-77) ‘‘tattha pavattasaññañcassa saññāti gahetvāti vutta’’nti. Evaṃ sante, ‘‘kasiṇarūpaṃ attāti gaṇhātī’’ti idaṃ kathanti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ – ‘‘rūpaṃ assa atthīti rūpī’’ti, atha kho ‘‘ruppanasīlo rūpī’’ti. Ruppanañcettha rūpasarikkhatāya kasiṇarūpassa vaḍḍhitāvaḍḍhitakālavasena visesāpatti, sā ca natthīti na sakkā vattuṃ parittavipulatādivisesasabbhāvato. Yadi evaṃ imassa vādassa sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho na yujjatīti? No na yujjati kāyabhedato uddhaṃ attano nibbikāratāya tena adhippetattā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘arogo paraṃ maraṇā’’^eb^ti. Atha vā ‘‘rūpaṃ assa atthīti rūpī’’ti vuccamānepi na doso. Kappanāsiddhenapi hi bhedena sāminiddesadassanato yathā ‘‘silāputtakassa sarīra’’nti ^a^M2.0221^ea^. Ruppanaṃ vā ruppanasabhāvo rūpaṃ, taṃ etassa atthīti ^b^rūpī,^eb^ attā ‘‘rūpino dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 11 dukamātikā) viya. Evañca katvā rūpasabhāvattā attano ‘‘rūpaṃ attā’’ti vacanaṃ ñāyāgatamevāti ^b^‘‘kasiṇarūpaṃ attāti gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Arūpi^eb^nti ettāpi vuttanayānusārena yathārahaṃ attho vattabbo. Santasukhumaṃ muñcitvā tabbiparītassa gahaṇe kāraṇaṃ natthīti lābhī, ‘‘kasiṇarūpaṃ attā’’ti gaṇhātīti lābhitakkino ṭhapetvā, sesatakkī lābhiggahaṇeneva gahitā. Anussutitakkikopi suddhatakkikopi vā niraṅkusattā takkanassa kasiṇarūpampi attāti kadācipi gaṇheyyāti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘ubhopi rūpāni gaṇhātiyevā’’^eb^ti. Suddhatakkikassa ubhayaggahaṇaṃ na kataṃ, tasmā sāsaṅkavacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kasiṇugghāṭimākāsa-paṭhamāruppaviññāṇa-natthibhāvāakiñcaññāyatanāni ^b^arūpasamāpattinimittaṃ. Ṭhapetvā saññākkhandha^eb^nti idaṃ saññāya attaniyataṃ hadaye katvā vuttaṃ. ‘‘Rūpiṃ vā’’ti ettha vuttanayena pana atthe vuccamāne saññākkhandhaṃ bahiddhā akatvā ^b^‘‘arūpadhamme’’^eb^icceva vattabbaṃ siyā. ^b^Missakaggāhavasenā^eb^ti rūpārūpasamāpattīnaṃ nimittāni ekajjhaṃ katvā, ‘‘eko attā’’ti, tattha pavattasaññañcassa, ‘‘saññā’’ti gahaṇavasena. Ayañhi diṭṭhigatiko rūpārūpasamāpattilābhitāya taṃnimittaṃ rūpabhāvena arūpabhāvena ca gahetvā upatiṭṭhati, tasmā, ‘‘rūpī arūpī cā’’ti abhinivesaṃ janeti ajjhattavādino viya takkamatteneva vā rūpārūpadhamme missakavasena gahetvā, ‘‘rūpī ca arūpīca attā hotī’’ti. ^b^Takkagāhenevā^eb^ti saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvappattadhammā viya ca accantasukhumabhāvapattiyā sakiccasādhanāsamatthatāya ^a^V2.0011^ea^ thambhakuṭṭahatthapādānaṃ saṅghāto viya neva rūpī, rūpasabhāvānativattanato na arūpīti evaṃ pavattatakkagāhena. Lābhivasenapi vā antānantikacatutthavāde vakkhamānanayena aññamaññapaṭipakkhavasena attho veditabbo. Kevalaṃ pana tattha desakālabhedavasena tatiyacatutthavādā icchitā; idha kālavatthu bhedavasenāti ayameva viseso. Kālabhedavasena cettha tatiyavādassa pavatti rūpārūpanimittānaṃ saha anupaṭṭhānato; catutthavādassa pana vatthubhedavasena ^a^M2.0222^ea^ pavatti rūpārūpadhammānaṃ samūhato, ‘‘eko attā’’ti takkavasenāti tattha vakkhamānanayānusārena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yadipi aṭṭhasamāpattilābhino diṭṭhigatikassa vasena samāpattibhedena saññānānattasambhavato dutiyadiṭṭhipi samāpannakavasena labbhati; tathāpi samāpattiyaṃ ekarūpeneva saññāya upaṭṭhānato, ^b^‘‘paṭhamadiṭṭhi samāpannakavārena kathitā’’^eb^ti āha. Tenevettha samāpannakaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Ekasamāpattilābhino eva vā vasena attho veditabbo. Samāpatti bhedena saññābhedasambhavepi bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe saññānānattena oḷārikena nānattasaññīti, ^b^‘‘dutiyadiṭṭhi asamāpannakavārenā’’^eb^ti āha. Avaḍḍhitakasiṇavasena parittasaññitaṃ, vaḍḍhitakasiṇavasena appamāṇasaññitaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘tatiyadiṭṭhi suppamattena vā sarāvamattena vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aṅguṭṭhappamāṇo vā attā yavappamāṇo, aṇumatto vā attā’’tiādidassanavasena (udā. aṭṭha. 54; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.76-77) paritto saññīti ^b^parittasaññī^eb^. Kapilakaṇādādayo (vibha. anuṭī. 189) viya attano sabbagatabhāvapaṭijānanavasena appamāṇo saññīti ^b^appamāṇasaññī^eb^ti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eta^eb^nti, ‘‘rūpiṃ vā’’tiādinā yathāvuttāttavādaṃ. ^b^Ekesa^eb^nti ekaccānaṃ. ^b^Upātivattata^eb^nti atikkamantānaṃ. Niddhāraṇe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Viññāṇakasiṇameke abhivadantīti yojanā. Tenāha – ‘‘saññaṃ…pe… abhivadantī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘saññaṃ ṭhapetvā sesāni tīṇī’’ti idaṃ saññāya catukkampi paripuṇṇameva gahetvā, ^b^apare aṭṭhakanti vadanti. Tadubhaya^eb^nti taṃ saññāaṭṭhakanti vuttaṃ ubhayaṃ. ^b^Parato āvi bhavissatī^eb^ti, ‘‘catasso rūpasaññī’’tiādinā upari pakāsessati. Vakkhati hi – ‘‘koṭṭhāsato aṭṭha, atthato pana satta saññā hontī’’ti (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.22). ^b^Etthā^eb^ti, ‘‘etaṃ vā panā’’ti etasmiṃ vākye. ^b^Samatikkamituṃ sakkonti^eb^ tattha ādīnavadassanena taduddhaṃ ānisaṃsadassanena ca brūhitasaddhādi guṇattā, vipariyāyena asakkuṇanaṃ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Ye sakkonti, teva gahitā^eb^ tesaṃyeva vasena vakkhamānassa visesassa vattuṃ sakkuṇeyyattā. Sakkontānañca nesaṃ upātivattanaṃ ^a^V2.0012^ea^ attano ñāṇabalānurūpanti imamatthaṃ upamāya dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘tesaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^appamāṇa^eb^nti appamāṇārammaṇo ^a^M2.0223^ea^, appamāṇārammaṇatā cassa āgamanavasena veditabbā anantārammaṇato vā. Na hi ārammaṇe anantanti paramānantassa pamāṇaṃ vā gaṇhāti. Sukhadukkhehi aniñjanato rūpavirāgabhāvanāvisesatāya ca āneñjaṃ patvā tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ no attāti abhivadantā tiṭṭhanti. ^b^Viññāṇakasiṇameke^eb^ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ eke diṭṭhigatikā attāti vadanti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ tāva dassetu’’^eb^nti. Tassa pana ārammaṇabhūtaṃ kasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattaviññāṇanti apare. Tañhi kasiṇaṃ manasikāravasena, ‘‘viññāṇakasiṇa’’nti, viññāṇañca taṃ ārammaṇaṭṭhena āyatanañcāti, ‘‘viññāṇañcāyatana’’nti ca vuccati. ^b^Ākiñcaññāyatanameke^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tayida^eb^nti ya-kāro padasandhikaroti āha ^b^‘‘taṃ ida’’^eb^nti. ^b^Diṭṭhigata^eb^nti yathā vuttaṃ ‘‘saññī attā’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ diṭṭhiṃ. Diṭṭhiyeva hi ^b^diṭṭhigataṃ^eb^ ‘‘muttagataṃ (ma. ni. 2.119; a. ni. 9.11), saṅkhāragata’’ntiādīsu (mahāni. 41) viya. Gantabbābhāvato vā diṭṭhiyā gatamattaṃ ^b^diṭṭhigataṃ,^eb^ diṭṭhiyā gahaṇamattanti attho. Diṭṭhipakāro vā ^b^diṭṭhigataṃ^eb^. Lokiyā hi vidhayuttagatapakārasadde samānatthe icchanti. ^b^Diṭṭhipaccayo^eb^ diṭṭhikāraṇaṃ, avijjādi diṭṭhiṭṭhānanti attho. Tattha avijjāpi hi ^b^diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ upanissayādibhāvato. Yathāha – ‘‘assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido’’tiādi (dha. sa. 1007). ^b^Phassopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Yathāha ‘‘tadapi phassapaccayā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.118-124). ^b^Saññāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Yathāha ‘‘saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhā’’ti (su. ni. 880; mahāni. 109). ^b^Vitakkopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Yathāha – ‘‘takkañca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā, saccaṃ musāti dvayadhammamāhū’’ti (su. ni. 892; mahāni. 121). ^b^Ayonisomanasikāropi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Yathāha – ‘‘tassevaṃ manasikaroto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi uppajjati, atthi me attāti tassa saccato thetato diṭṭhi uppajjatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.19). ^b^Diṭṭhārammaṇa^eb^nti diṭṭhiārammaṇabhūtaṃ upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.130). Rūpavedanādivinimuttassa diṭṭhiyā ārammaṇassa abhāvato anādiyitvā idameva ^a^M2.0224^ea^ dasseti – ^b^‘‘iminā paccayena idaṃ nāma dassanaṃ gahita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Iminā paccayenā^eb^ti vā ettha paccayaggahaṇena ārammaṇampi gahitamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tadevā^eb^ti diṭṭhigatañceva diṭṭhipaccayañca. ^b^Rūpasaññāna^eb^nti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho. ^b^Evaṃ^eb^-saddo pakārattho, ^b^‘‘yadi rūpasaññāna’’^eb^ntiādinā pakārena vuttasaññānanti attho. ^b^Nirupakkilesā^eb^^a^V2.0013^ea^ nīvaraṇādi upakkilesavimuttito. Uttamā paṇītabhāvappattito, tato eva ^b^seṭṭhā,^eb^ seṭṭhattā eva uttaritarābhāvato ^b^anuttariyā. Akkhāyatī^eb^ti upaṭṭhāti. Ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāya visuṃ vuccamānattā catutthāruppasaññāya ca imasmiṃ saññīvāde anotaraṇato, ^b^‘‘yadi āruppasaññānanti iminā ākāsānañcāyatana-viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. ^b^Itarehi pana dvīhī^eb^ti, ‘‘yadi ekattasaññānaṃ, yadi nānattasaññāna’’nti imehi dvīhi padehi. ^b^Samāpannakavāro ca^eb^ tathā idha kathitoti adhippāyo. ^b^Koṭṭhāsato aṭṭha saññā^eb^ catukkadvayasaṅgahato. Ekattasaññīpadaṃ ṭhapetvā ^b^atthato pana satta saññā honti^eb^ aggahitaggahaṇenāti adhippāyo. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘samāpannaka…pe… saṅgahitoyevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saññāgata^eb^nti saññāvasena gataṃ, saññāsaṅgahaṃ gataṃ vā. Tassa pana adiṭṭhigatassapi upalabbhamānattā, ^b^‘‘saddhiṃ diṭṭhigatenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Paccayehi samāgantvā kata^eb^nti saha kāraṇabhūtehi paccayehi teneva saha kāraṇabhāvena samāgantvā nibbattitaṃ; paṭiccasamuppannanti attho. ^b^Saṅkhatattā oḷārikaṃ^eb^ uppādavayaññathattasabbhāvato. Yassa hi uppādo paññāyati, vayo paññāyati, ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyati, taṃ khaṇe khaṇe bhijjanasabhāvato passantassa pākaṭabhūtavikāraṃ oḷārikaṃ siyā. Na cettha maggaphaladhammā nidassetabbā tesaṃ tathā ananupassitabbato; tesampi saṅkhatabhāvena itarehi samānayogakkhamatāya dunnivārayabhāvato. Tathā hi ‘‘asesavirāganirodhā’’ti (udā. 3) vacanato maggassapi nissaraṇabhāvena ^b^‘‘atthi kho pana saṅkhārānaṃ nirodho’’^eb^ti nibbānamevettha paṭiyogabhāvena uddhaṭaṃ ‘‘nirujjhanti etthā’’ti katvā. ^b^Nirodhasaṅkhātaṃ nibbānaṃ nāma atthī^eb^ti ettha, – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ajātaṃ ^a^M2.0225^ea^ abhūtaṃ asaṅkhata’’nti suttapadaṃ (udā. 73) ānetvā vattabbaṃ. ^b^Nibbānadassī^eb^ti sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena nibbānadassī, tato eva itarābhisamayatthasiddhiyā ^b^taṃ saṅkhataṃ atikkanto^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^23^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aṭṭhasu asaññīvādesū^eb^ti idaṃ brahmajāle (dī. ni. 1.78-80) āgatanayena vuttameva hi sandhāya heṭṭhā, ‘‘saññīti iminā aṭṭha asaññīvādā kathitā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idha pana cattāro vādā eva uddhaṭā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘asaññī’’^eb^tiādi. Esa nayo parato ^b^‘‘aṭṭhasu nevasaññīnāsaññīvādesū’’^eb^ti etthāpi. Saññāya sati tāya vedanāgāhasabbhāvato ^b^‘‘ābādhanaṭṭhena saññā rogo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Dukkhatāsūlayogato kilesāsucipaggharaṇato uppādajarābhaṅgehi uddhumātapakkapabhijjanato ca ^b^saññā gaṇḍo;^eb^ svāyamattho dosaduṭṭhatāya eva hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘sadosaṭṭhena gaṇḍo’’^eb^ti. Pīḷājananato antotudanato duruddharaṇato ca saññā sallaṃ; svāyamattho ^a^V2.0014^ea^ attabhāvaṃ anupavisitvā avaṭṭhānenāti āha ^b^‘‘anupaviṭṭhaṭṭhena salla’’^eb^nti. Paṭisandhiggahaṇe viññāṇaṃ kutoci āgataṃ viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paṭisandhivasena āgati’’^eb^nti. ^b^Gati^eb^nti pavattiṃ. Sā pana tāsu tāsu gatīsu vutti hotīti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘cutivasena gati’’^eb^nti; vaḍḍhanavasena ghanapabandhavasenāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aparāpara’’^eb^nti. Aparāparañhi pabandhavasena pavattamānaṃ viññāṇaṃ nandūpasecanaṃ; itaraṃ khandhattayaṃ vā nissāya abhivuddhiṃ patiṭṭhaṃ mahantañca pāpuṇātīti. Pavaḍḍhavasena vā gatiṃ, nikkhepavasena cutiṃ, tato aparāparañca rūpapavattanavasena upapattiṃ, indriyaparipākavasena vuḍḍhiṃ tassa tassa kammassa katūpacitabhāvena viruḷhiṃ; tassa kammassa phalanibbattiyā vepullanti yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāmañcā^eb^tiādinā ‘‘aññatra rūpā’’tiādikā codanā lakkhaṇavasena vuttāti dassetvā ayañca nayo codanāya avisiṭṭhavisayatāya siyā; visiṭṭhavisayā panāyaṃ codanāti dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘ayaṃ pana pañho’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ettake khandhe^eb^ti yathāvutte rūpavedanādike cattāro khandhe. ^b^Aññatra rūpā^eb^ti iminā yattha katthaci rūpena vinā viññāṇassa pavatti natthīti dīpitaṃ hoti. Bhavavisesacodanāya sabhāvato ^a^M2.0226^ea^ eva viññāṇena vinā rūpassapi pavatti natthīti dīpitaṃ hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘arūpabhavepi rūpaṃ, asaññābhave ca viññāṇaṃ atthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nirodhasamāpannassā^eb^ti saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassapi viññāṇaṃ atthi. ^b^Byañjanacchāyāya ce atthaṃ paṭibāhasī^eb^ti yadi saddatthameva gahetvā adhippāyaṃ na gaṇhasi neyyatthaṃ suttanti. Ettha ca asaññabhave nibbattasattavasena paṭhamavādo; saññaṃ attato samanupassatīti ettha vuttanayena saññaṃyeva attāti gahetvā tassa kiñcanabhāvena ṭhitāya aññāya saññāya abhāvato asaññīti pavatto dutiyavādo; tathā saññāya saha rūpadhamme sabbe eva vā rūpārūpadhamme attāti gahetvā pavatto tatiyavādo; takkaggāhavaseneva pavatto catutthavādo. Tesu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Nevasaññīnāsaññīvādepi asaññabhave nibbattassa sattassa cutipaṭisandhīsu; sabbattha vā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthāya sukhumāya saññāya atthibhāvapaṭijānanavasena paṭhamavādo; asaññīvāde vuttanayena sukhumāya saññāya vasena sañjānanasabhāvatāpaṭijānanavasena ca dutiyavādādayo pavattāti. Evamettha etesaṃ vādānaṃ sabbhāvo veditabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^24^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yattha na saññā, tattha ñāṇassa sambhavo eva natthīti āha – ^b^‘‘asaññā sammoho’’^eb^ti, asaññabhāvo nāma sammohappavattīti attho. Yathā niyyantīti niyyāniyāti bahulaṃ vacanato kattusādhano niyyāniyasaddo, evaṃ idha viññātabbasaddoti āha – ^b^‘‘vijānātīti^eb^^a^V2.0015^ea^^b^viññātabba’’^eb^nti, vijānanaṃ viññāṇanti attho. Tena ^b^diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbamattenā^eb^ti diṭṭhasutamutaviññāṇappamāṇenāti attho daṭṭhabbo. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘pañcadvārikasaññāpavattimattenā’’^eb^ti, nibbikappabhāvato pañcadvārikasaññāpavattisamena bhāvanābhinīhārenāti attho. ^b^Oḷārikasaṅkhārappavattimattenā^eb^ti oḷārikānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ pavattiyā. ^b^Oḷārikasaṅkhārā^eb^ti cettha ākiñcaññāyatanapariyosānā samāpattidhammā adhippetā. ^b^Upasampada^eb^nti ye saññāya, asaññibhāve ca dosaṃ disvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ vaṇṇentāpi rūpajjhānapaṭilābhamattena tassa sampādanaṃ paṭilābhaṃ adhigamaṃ paññapenti, tesaṃ tassa byasanaṃ akkhāyati anupāyabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vināso’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vuṭṭhāna^eb^nti sadisasamāpajjanapubbakaṃ parivuṭṭhānaṃ. Samāpatti eva tesaṃ natthi anadhigatattā. ^b^Oḷārikasaṅkhārappavattiyā^eb^ antamaso ākiñcaññāyatanasaṅkhārappavattiyāpi ^b^pattabbanti na akkhāyati^eb^^a^M2.0227^ea^ tepi samatikkamitvā pattabbato. ^b^Saṅkhārāna^eb^nti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Avasesā^eb^ti ito paraṃ sukhumabhāvo nāma natthīti sukhumabhāvāpattiyā avasesā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘bhāvanāvasena sabbasukhumabhāvaṃ pattā saṅkhārā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Eta^eb^nti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, ^b^pattabbaṃ nāma hoti^eb^ tādisasaṅkhārappattiyaṃ tabbohārato. ^b^Saṅkhataṃ^eb^ samecca sambhuyya paccayehi katattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^25^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapentī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.25) vakkhamānattā sabuddhiyaṃ viparivattamāne ekajjhaṃ gahetvā, ‘‘tatrā’’ti bhagavatā vuttanti āha – ^b^‘‘tatrāti sattasu ucchedavādesu bhumma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Uddhaṃ sara^eb^nti uddhaṃ gataṃ sarantāti taṃ dassento āha ^b^‘‘uddhaṃ vuccatī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sarantā^eb^ti yattha patthenti na labhanti, taṃ jānantā. ^b^Āsatti^eb^nti āsīsanaṃ. ^b^Peccā^eb^ti paraloke. ^b^Vāṇijūpamā viyā^eb^ti bhavapariyāpannaphalavisesāpekkhāya paṭipajjanato. ^b^Sakkāyassa bhayā^eb^ti santo kāyoti sakkāyo, paramatthato vijjamāno dhammasamūhoti katvā upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ, tato bhāyanena. ^b^Mā khīyi mā^eb^ parikkhayaṃ agamāsi. ^b^Mā osīdi^eb^ mā heṭṭhā bhassi. ^b^Abbha^eb^nti ākāsaṃ ^b^mā undriyi^eb^ mā bhijjitvā pati. Gaddulena baddho ^b^gaddulabaddho. Daḷhathambho viya khīlo viya ca^eb^ sakkāyo dummocanīyato. ^b^Sā viya diṭṭhigatiko^eb^ tassa anuparivattanato. ^b^Daṇḍako viya diṭṭhi^eb^ chedanakaraṇāya asamatthabhāvakaraṇato. ^b^Rajju viya taṇhā^eb^ bandhanato ca, ārammaṇakaraṇavasena samannāgamanavasena ca sambaddhabhāvato. Tena vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘diṭṭhidaṇḍake pavesitāya taṇhārajjuyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^26^eb^^b^.^eb^ Bhagavā attano desanāvilāsena veneyyajjhāsayavasena (catucattārīsa aparantakappikavādā tattha tattha antogadhāti) uddesavasena pañceva saṅgahetvā yathuddesaṃ nigamento, ^b^‘‘imāneva^eb^^a^V2.0016^ea^^b^pañcāyatanānī’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0228^ea^ āha. Tattha dukkhassa nimittabhāvato diṭṭhigatānaṃ kāraṇaṭṭhena āyatanatthoti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘imāneva pañca kāraṇānī’’^eb^ti. Saññīādivasena tīṇi ucchedavādoti ^b^cattāri bhājitāni^eb^. Itaraṃ pana ^b^diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ kuhiṃ paviṭṭhaṃ^eb^? Sarūpato abhājitattā yathābhājitesu vādesu kattha antogadhanti pucchati. Uddese pana sarūpato gahitameva, ‘‘diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vā paneke abhivadantī’’ti. Itaro ekattasaññīvāde nānattasaññīvāde antogadhanti dassento ^b^‘‘ekatta…pe… veditabba’’^eb^nti āha yathāsukhañcetaṃ vuttaṃ. Paṭhamo hi diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādo nānattasaññīvāde antogadho, itare cattāro ekattasaññīvāde.<br/><br/>[03]^b^27^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Atītakoṭṭhāsasaṅkhāta^eb^nti atītaṃ khandhakoṭṭhāsasaṅkhātaṃ pubbantaṃ. Pubbe nivutthadhammavisayā kappanā idhādhippetā, tasmā atītakālavācako idha pubbasaddo, rūpādikhandhavinimuttañca kappanāvatthu natthi, antasaddo ca koṭṭhāsavācako. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘atītakoṭṭhāsasaṅkhātaṃ pubbantaṃ kappetvā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Kappetvā’’ti ca tasmiṃ pubbante taṇhāyanābhinivisānaṃ samatthanaṃ pariniṭṭhāpanaṃ vadati. ^b^Sesampī^eb^ti ‘‘pubbantānudiṭṭhī’’ti evamādikaṃ. ^b^Pubbe vuttappakāra^eb^nti ‘‘aparantānudiṭṭhino’’tiādīsu vuttappakāraṃ. Ekekasmiñca ^b^attā^eb^ti āhito ahaṃmāno etthāti katvā, ^b^loko^eb^ti lokiyanti ettha puññapāpāni tabbipākā cāti katvā, taṃ taṃ gahaṇavisesaṃ upādāya paññāpanaṃ hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘rūpādīsu aññataraṃ attāti ca lokoti ca gahetvā’’^eb^ti. Sabbadābhāvena ^b^sassato. Amaro nicco dhuvo^eb^ti tasseva vevacanāni. Maraṇābhāvena ^b^amaro,^eb^ uppādābhāvena sabbakālaṃ vattanato ^b^nicco,^eb^ thiraṭṭhena vikārābhāvena ^b^dhuvo, yathāhā^eb^tiādinā yathāvuttamatthaṃ niddesapaṭisambhidāpāḷīhi vibhāveti. Ayañca attho ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.130-131) imissā pañcavidhāya sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vasena vutto. ‘‘Rūpavanta’’ntiādikāya (paṭi. ma. 1.130-131) pana pañcadasavidhāya sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā vasena cattāro cattāro khandhe, ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā tadaññaṃ – ‘‘loko’’ti paññapentīti ayampi attho labbhati, tathā ekaṃ khandhaṃ, ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā tadaññe ‘‘loko’’ti paññapentīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti iminā yathā ‘‘rūpādīsu aññataraṃ attāti ^a^M2.0229^ea^ ca lokoti ca gahetvā sassato…pe… dhuvo’’ti attho vutto; evaṃ asassato anicco adhuvo ucchijjati vinassati na hoti paraṃ maraṇā; nicco ca anicco ca nevanicco nāniccoti evamādimatthaṃ atidisati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cattāro sassatavādā^eb^ti lābhīvasena tayo, takkīvasena ekoti evaṃ cattāro. Pubbenivāsañāṇalābhī ^a^V2.0017^ea^ titthiyo mandapañño anekajātisatasahassamattaṃ anussarati, majjhimapañño dasa saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappāni, tikkhapañño cattārīsa saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappāni, na tato paraṃ. So evaṃ anussaranto attā ca loko cāti abhivadati. Takkī pana takkapariyāhataṃ vīmaṃsānucaritaṃ sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ sassato attā ca loko cāti abhivadati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘lābhīvasena tayo, takkīvasena ekoti evaṃ cattāro sassatavādā’’ti. Eteneva ca adhiccasamuppattikavādo viya sassatavādo kasmā duvidhena na vibhattoti ce? Paṭikkhittattāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca, ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti vāde ayamayuttatāvibhāvanā – yadi hi parena parikappito attā, loko vā sassato siyā, tassa nibbikāratāya purimarūpāvijahanato kassaci visesādhānassa kātuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya ahitato nivattanatthaṃ hite ca paṭipattiatthaṃ upadeso eva nippayojano siyā sassatavādino. Kathaṃ vā so upadeso pavattīyati vikārābhāvato; evañca attano ajaṭākāsassa viya dānādikiriyā hiṃsādikiriyā ca na sambhavati; tathā sukhassa dukkhassa ca anubhavananibandho eva sassatavādino na yujjati kammabaddhābhāvato, jātiādīnaṃ asambhavato kuto vimokkho. Atha pana dhammamattaṃ tassa uppajjati ceva vinassati ca, yassa vasenāyaṃ kiriyādivohāroti vadeyya. Evampi purimarūpāvijahanena avaṭṭhitassa attano dhammamattanti na sakkā sambhāvetuṃ; te vā panassa dhammā avatthābhūtā tato aññe vā siyuṃ anaññe vā, yadi aññe, na tāhi tassa uppannāhipi koci viseso atthi. Yo hi karoti paṭisaṃvedeti cavati upapajjati cāti icchitaṃ. Tasmā tadavattho eva yathāvuttadoso, kiñca dhammakappanāpi niratthakā siyā. Atha anaññe, uppādavināsavantīhi avatthāhi ^a^M2.0230^ea^ anaññassa attano tāsaṃ viya uppādavināsasambhavāpattito kuto niccatāvakāso. Tāsampi vā attano viya niccatāti bandhanavimokkhānaṃ asambhavo evāti na yujjati eva sassatavādo; na cettha koci vādī dhammānaṃ sassatabhāve parisuddhaṃ yuttiṃ vattuṃ samattho atthi; yuttirahitañca vacanaṃ na paṇḍitānaṃ cittamārādhetīti viññūhi chaḍḍito evāyaṃ sassatavādoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Satta ucchedavādā^eb^ti ettha te sarūpamattato heṭṭhā dassitā eva, tattha dve janā ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhanti lābhī ca alābhī ca. Tattha lābhī nāma dibbacakkhuñāṇalābhī dibbena cakkhunā arahato cutiṃ disvā upapattiṃ apassanto. Yo vā puthujjanānampi cutimattameva daṭṭhuṃ sakkoti, pubbayogābhāvena parikammākaraṇena vā upapātaṃ daṭṭhuṃ na sakkoti. So ‘‘tattha tattheva ^a^V2.0018^ea^ attā ucchijjatī’’ti ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti. Alābhī – ‘‘ko paralokaṃ jānāti, ettako jīvavisayo, yāva indriyagocaro’’ti attano dhītuyā hatthaggaṇhanakarājā viya kāmasukhagiddhatāya vā, ‘‘yathā rukkhapaṇṇāni rukkhato patitāni na paṭisandhiyanti, evaṃ sabbepi sattā appaṭisandhikamaraṇameva gacchanti, jalabubbuḷakūpamā sattā’’ti takkamattavasena vā ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti. Tattha yaṃ heṭṭhā vuttaṃ – ‘‘manussattabhāve kāmāvacaradevattabhāve rūpāvacaradevattabhāve catubbidhārūpattabhāve cavitvā sattassa ucchedapaññāpanavasena satta ucchedavādā kathitā’’ti. Tattha yuttaṃ tāva purimesu tīsu vādesu ‘‘kāyassa bhedā’’ti vuttaṃ; pañcavokārabhavapariyāpannaṃ attabhāvaṃ ārabbha pavattattā tesaṃ vādānaṃ, na yuttaṃ catuvokārabhavapariyāpannaṃ attabhāvaṃ nissāya pavattesu catutthādīsu catūsu vādesu, ‘‘kāyassa bhedā’’ti vuttaṃ. Na hi arūpīnaṃ kāyo atthīti? Saccametaṃ, rūpabhave pavattavohāreneva diṭṭhigatiko arūpabhavepi kāyavohāramāropetvā āha ‘‘kāyassa bhedā’’ti. Yathā diṭṭhigatikehi diṭṭhiyo paññattā, tatheva bhagavā dassesīti. Arūpakāyabhāvato vā phassādidhammasamūhabhūte arūpattabhāve kāyaniddeso daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Etthāha – ‘‘kāmāvacaradevattabhāvādiniravasesavibhavapatiṭṭhāpakānaṃ dutiyavādādīnaṃ yutto aparantakappikabhāvo anāgataddhavisayattā tesaṃ ^a^M2.0231^ea^ vādānaṃ; na pana diṭṭhigatika-paccakkhabhūta-manussattabhāva-samucchedapatiṭṭhāpakassa paṭhamavādassa paccuppannavisayattā’’ti. Yadi evaṃ yathā hi dutiyādivādānaṃ, purimapurimavādasaṅgahitasseva attano uttaruttarabhavopapattiyā samucchedanato yujjati aparantakappikatā, tathā ca ‘‘no ca kho, bho, ayaṃ attā ettāvatā sammā samucchinno hotī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Evaṃ anāgatasseva manussattabhāvasamucchedassa adhippetattā paṭhamavādassapi aparantakappikatā yujjati. Evaṃ sabbassapi pubbantato āgatassa ucchedapaññāpanavasena idha pubbantakappikesu desanā gatā. Ete ucchedavādā heṭṭhā aparantakappikesu desanā gatā. Ete ucchedavādā heṭṭhā aparantakappikesu tattha tattheva ucchijjati, na tato uddhaṃ pavatti atthīti dassanatthaṃ vuttā. Jalabubbuḷakūpamā hi sattāti tassa laddhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idhā^eb^ti pubbantakappikesu. ^b^Idheva^eb^ manussattabhāvādike ^b^ucchijjati^eb^ vinaṭṭhavināsavasena. Evaṃ anāgate anuppattidassanaparānaṃ ucchedavādānaṃ aparantakappikesu gahaṇaṃ; pubbantato pana āgatassa attano idheva ucchedadassanaparānaṃ pubbantakappikesu gahaṇaṃ. ^b^Ito paraṃ na gacchatī^eb^ti pana idaṃ atthato āpannassa atthassa dassanaṃ. Sattesu saṅkhāresu ca ekaccasassatanti pavatto ekaccasassatavādo ^a^V2.0019^ea^. So pana brahmakāyika-khiḍḍāpadosika-manopadosikattabhāvato cavitvā idhāgatānaṃ takkino ca uppajjanavasena catubbidhoti āha ^b^‘‘cattāro ekaccasassatavādā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Saṅkhārekaccasassatikā’’ti idaṃ tehi sassatabhāvena gayhamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ yathāsabhāvadassanavasena vuttaṃ, na panekaccasassatikamatadassanavasena. Tassa hi sassatābhimataṃ asaṅkhatamevāti laddhi. Tathā hi vuttaṃ (dī. ni. 1.49) ^b^brahmajāle^eb^ – ‘‘cittanti vā manoti vā viññāṇanti vā ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatī’’ti. Na hi yassa bhāvassa paccayehi abhisaṅkhatabhāvaṃ paṭijānāti; tasseva niccadhuvādibhāvo anummattakena na sakkā paṭiññātuṃ. Etena, ‘‘uppādavayadhuvatāyuttabhāvā siyā niccā, siyā aniccā, siyā na vattabbā’’tiādinā pavattassa sattabhaṅgavādassa ayuttatā vibhāvitā hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Tatthāyaṃ ^a^M2.0232^ea^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.38) ayuttatāvibhāvanā – yadi, ‘‘yena sabhāvena yo dhammo atthīti vuccati, teneva sabhāvena so dhammo natthī’’tiādinā vucceyya, siyā anekantavādo; atha aññena, siyā na anekantavādo; na cettha desantarādisambaddhabhāvo yutto vattuṃ tassa sabbalokasiddhattā vivādābhāvato. Ye pana vadanti – ‘‘yathā suvaṇṇaghaṭe makuṭe kate ghaṭabhāvo nassati, makuṭabhāvo uppajjati, suvaṇṇabhāvo tiṭṭhatiyeva, evaṃ sabbabhāvānaṃ koci dhammo nassati, koci uppajjati, sabhāvo pana tiṭṭhatī’’ti. Te vattabbā – kiṃ taṃ suvaṇṇaṃ, yaṃ ghaṭe makuṭe ca avaṭṭhitaṃ? Yadi rūpādi, so saddo viya anicco, atha rūpādisamūho, samūho nāma sammutimattaṃ. Tassa vohāramattassa atthitā natthitā niccatā vā na vattabbā. Tassa paramatthasabhāvena anupalabbhanatoti anekantavādo na siyā. Dhammā ca dhammito aññe vā siyuṃ anaññe vā. Yadi aññe, na tesaṃ aniccatāya dhammī anicco aññattā. Na hi rūpā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ aññattā, na ca rūpe cakkhuviññāṇasaddo hoti; kiñca dhammakappanāpi niratthikā siyā dhammino niccāniccatāya asijjhanato atha anaññe; uppādavināsavantehi anaññassa dhammino tesaṃ viya uppādavināsasabbhāvato kuto niccatāvakāso, tesampi vā dhammino viya niccatāpatti siyā. Apica niccāniccanavattabbarūpo attā ca loko ca paramatthato vijjamānatāpaṭijānanato yathā niccādīnaṃ aññataraṃ rūpaṃ, yathā vā dīpādayo. Na hi dīpādīnaṃ udayabbayasabhāvānaṃ niccāniccanavattabbasabhāvatā sakkā vattuṃ jīvassa niccādīsu aññataraṃ rūpaṃ viyāti evaṃ sattabhaṅgassa viya sesabhaṅgānampi asambhavoyevāti sattabhaṅgavādassa ayuttatā veditabbāti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ^a^V2.0020^ea^ ca, ‘‘issaro nicco, aññe sattā aniccā’’ti evaṃ pavattavādā sattekaccasassatavādā; seyyathāpi issaravādādayo. ‘‘Paramāṇavo niccā dhuvā, dviaṇukādayo aniccā’’ti evaṃ pavattavādā saṅkhārekaccasassatavādā; seyyathāpi kaṇādavādādayo. Nanu ca ‘‘ekacce dhammā sassatā, ekacce ^a^M2.0233^ea^ asassatā’’ti; etasmiṃ vāde cakkhādīnaṃ asassatatāsanniṭṭhānaṃ yathāsabhāvāvabodho eva, tayidaṃ kathaṃ micchādassananti, ko evamāha – ‘‘cakkhādīnaṃ asassatabhāvasanniṭṭhānaṃ micchādassana’’nti? Asassatesuyeva pana kesañci dhammānaṃ sassatabhāvābhiniveso idha micchādassanaṃ; tena pana ekavāre pavattamānena cakkhādīnaṃ asassatabhāvāvabodho vidūsito saṃsaṭṭhabhāvato; visasaṃsaṭṭho viya sappimaṇḍo sakiccakāraṇāsamattatāya sammādassanapakkhe ṭhapetabbataṃ nārahati. Atha vā asassatabhāvena nicchitāpi cakkhuādayo samāropitajīvasabhāvā eva diṭṭhigati kehi gayhantīti tadavabodhassa micchādassanabhāvo na sakkā nivāretuṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ^b^brahmajāle^eb^ (dī. ni. 1.49) – ‘‘cakkhunti vā…pe… kāyoti vā ayaṃ me attā’’tiādi. Evañca katvā asaṅkhatāya saṅkhatāya ca dhātuyā vasena yathākkamaṃ ekacce dhammā sassatā; ekacce asassatāti evaṃ pavatto vibhajjavādopi ekaccasassatavādo āpajjatīti evaṃpakārā codanā anokāsā hoti aviparītadhammasabhāvasampaṭipattibhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]Na maratīti amarā. Kā sā? ‘‘Evantipi me no’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.62) nayena pariyantarahitā diṭṭhigatikassa diṭṭhi ca vācā ca, amarāya diṭṭhiyā vācāya vividho khepoti amarāvikkhepo. So etassa atthīti ^b^amarāvikkhepo^eb^. Atha vā amarāti ekā macchajāti, sā ummujjananimmujjanādivasena udake sandhāvamānā gāhaṃ na gacchati; evamevaṃ ayampi vādo ito cito ca sandhāvati, gāhaṃ nāgacchatīti amarāvikkhepo, so eva ^b^amarāvikkhepiko^eb^. Svāyaṃ vādo musāvādānuyogachandarāgamohahetukatāya catudhā pavattoti āha – ^b^‘‘cattāro amarāvikkhepikā vuttā’’^eb^ti. Nanu cettha (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.65-66) catubbidhopi amarāvikkhepiko kusalādike dhamme paralokattikādīni ca yathābhūtaṃ anavabujjhamāno, tattha tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭho pucchāya vikkhepanamattaṃ āpajjatīti tassa kathaṃ diṭṭhigatikabhāvo. Na hi avattukāmassa viya pucchitamatthaṃ ajānantassa vikkhepakaraṇamattena diṭṭhigatikatā yuttāti? Na hevaṃ pucchāvikkhepakaraṇamattena tassa diṭṭhigatikatā icchitā, atha kho micchābhinivesena. Sassatavasena micchābhiniviṭṭhoyeva hi mandabuddhitāya kusalādidhamme paralokattikādīni ^a^M2.0234^ea^ ca, yāthāvato appaṭipajjamāno attanā aviññātassa atthassa paraṃ viññāpetuṃ asamatthatāya musāvādādibhayena ca vikkhepaṃ āpajjatīti. Tathā hissa ^a^V2.0021^ea^ vādassa sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho vutto. Atha vā puññapāpānaṃ, tabbipākānañca anavabodhena, asaddahanena ca, ‘‘tabbisayāya pucchāya vikkhepakaraṇaṃyeva yuttaṃ sundarañcā’’ti, khantiṃ ruciṃ uppādetvā abhinivisantassa uppannā visuṃyevekā esā diṭṭhi sattabhaṅgadiṭṭhi viyāti daṭṭhabbā. Tathā ceva vuttaṃ – ‘‘pariyantarahitā diṭṭhigatikassa diṭṭhi ceva vācā cā’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.61). Kathaṃ panassā sassatadiṭṭhisaṅgaho? Ucchedavasena anabhinivesato. ‘‘Natthi koci dhammānaṃ yathābhūtavedī vivādabahulattā lokassa; ‘evameva’nti pana saddantarena dhamme nijjhānanā anādikālikā loke’’ti gāhavasena sassatalesopettha labbhatiyeva.<br/><br/>[03]Amati gacchati ettha sabhāvo osānanti anto, mariyādo, so etassa atthīti ^b^antavā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sapariyanto’’^eb^ti. Avaḍḍhitakasiṇassa puggalassa evaṃ hotīti yojanā. ^b^Dutiyavādo^eb^ ‘‘anantavā loko’’ti vādo. ^b^Tatiyavādo^eb^ ‘‘antavā ca anantavā cā’’ti vādo. ^b^Catutthavādo^eb^ ‘‘nevantavā nānantavā’’ti vādo. Ete eva cattāro vādino sandhāya ^b^brahmajāle^eb^ (dī. ni. 1.53) – ‘‘antānantikā antānantaṃ lokassa paññapenti catūhi vatthūhī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.53) yuttaṃ tāva purimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vādīnaṃ antattañca anantattañca antānantattañca ārabbha pavattavādattā antānantikattaṃ. Pacchimassa pana tadubhayapaṭisedhavasena pavattavādattā kathamantānantikattanti? Tadubhayapaṭisedhavasena pavattavādattā eva. Yasmā paṭisedhavādopi antānantavisayo eva taṃ ārabbha pavattattā. Apare āhu – ‘‘yathā tatiyavāde sambhedavasena etasseva antavantatā anantatā ca sambhavati, evaṃ takkīvādepi kālabhedavasena ubhayasambhavato aññamaññapaṭisedhena ubhayaññeva vuccati. Kathaṃ? Antavantatāpaṭisedhena hi anantatā vuccati, anantatāpaṭisedhena ca antavantatā, antānantānañca tatiyavādabhāvo kālabhedassa adhippetattā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti yasmā ayaṃ lokasaññito attā jhāyīhi adhigatavisesehi ananto kadāci sakkhi diṭṭho anusuyyati; tasmā nevantavā. Yasmā pana tehi ^a^M2.0235^ea^ eva kadāci antavā sakkhi diṭṭho anusuyyati, tasmā na pana anantavā’’ti. Yathā ca anussutitakkīvasena, evaṃ jātissaratakkiādīnañca vasena yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Ayañhi takkiko avaḍḍhitabhāvapubbakattā paṭibhāganimittānaṃ vaḍḍhitabhāvassa vaḍḍhitakālavasena apaccakkhakāritāya anussavādimatte ṭhatvā – ‘‘nevantavā’’ti paṭikkhipati, avaḍḍhitakālavasena pana ‘‘nānanto’’ti. Na pana antavantatānantatānaṃ accantamabhāvena yathā taṃ ‘‘nevasaññīnāsaññī’’ti, avassañca etaṃ evaṃ viññātabbaṃ, aññathā vikkhepapakkhaṃyeva bhajeyya catutthavādo. Na hi antavantatānantatātadubhayavinimutto attano ^a^V2.0022^ea^ pakāro atthi, takkīvādī ca yuttimaggako, kālabhedavasena ca tadubhayampi ekasmiṃ na na yujjatīti. ^b^Anantaracatukka^eb^nti ekattasaññīti āgatasaññīcatukkaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekantasukhī^eb^ti ekanteneva sukhī. Taṃ panassa sukhaṃ dukkhena avomissaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘nirantarasukhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ekantasukhamevā^eb^ti idaṃ sukhabahulataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Atītāsu sattasu jātīsū^eb^ti idaṃ tato paraṃ jātissarañāṇena anussarituṃ na sakkāti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Tādisamevā^eb^ti sukhasamaṅgimeva attabhāvaṃ. ‘‘Evaṃ sukhasamaṅgī’’ti taṃ ^b^anussarantassa jātissarassa^eb^ atītajātiyampi idha viya dukkhaphuṭṭhassa taṃ anussarantassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbesampī^eb^ti lābhīnaṃ takkīnampi. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘sabbesampī’’ti idaṃ padaṃ ākaḍḍhati. Kāmāvacaraṃ nāma adukkhamasukhaṃ anuḷāraṃ avibhūtanti āha ^b^‘‘catutthajjhānavasenā’’^eb^ti. Catutthajjhānaṃ kāraṇabhūtaṃ etassa atthi, tena vā nibbattanti ^b^catutthajjhānikaṃ. Majjhattassā^eb^ti majjhattabhūtassa majjhattavedanābahulassa. ^b^Majjhattabhūtaṭṭhānameva^eb^ attano majjhattatāpattameva bhūtapubbaṃ anussarantassa. ^b^Ekaccasassatikā^eb^ti ekaccasassatavādino vuttā. Puggalādhiṭṭhānena hi ekaccasassatikā. Esa nayo sesesupi. Adhiccasamuppannavādo sassatavādasamuddiṭṭhoti katvā ^b^‘‘dve adhiccasamuppannikā’’^eb^ti ca vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^28^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Diṭṭhuddhāra^eb^nti yathāvuttānaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aniyyānikabhāvadassanavasena paduddharaṇaṃ. ^b^Paccattaṃyeva ñāṇa^eb^nti aparappaccayaṃ attaniyeva ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ pana attapaccakkhaṃ ^a^M2.0236^ea^ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘paccakkhañāṇa’’^eb^nti. Suvaṇṇassa viya dosāpagamena upakkilesavigamena ñāṇassa visuddhanti āha ^b^‘‘parisuddhanti nirupakkilesa’’^eb^nti. Kilesandhakāravigamato sappabhāsamujjalameva hotīti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘pariyodātanti pabhassara’’^eb^nti ^b^bāhirasamayasmimpi honti^eb^ jhānassa samijjhanato. ^b^Mayamidaṃ jānāmā^eb^ti ‘‘sassato attā ca loko ca idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti ca micchāgāhavasena aññāṇabhāgameva paribrūhetvā tato eva yathāgahitaṃ gāhaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘mayamidaṃ atthaṃ tattha jānāmā’’ti ^b^evaṃ tattha^eb^ micchāgāhe avijjamānaṃ ^b^ñāṇakoṭṭhāsaṃ otārentiyeva^eb^ anuppavesentiyeva. ^b^Na taṃ ñāṇaṃ, micchādassanaṃ nāmetaṃ,^eb^ kiṃ pana taṃ micchādassanaṃ nāma? Sassato attā ca loko cātiādinā micchābhinivesabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tadapi…pe… attho’’^eb^ti. Yaṃ taṃ diṭṭhiyā upanissayabhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha – ^b^‘‘jānanamattalakkhaṇattā ñāṇabhāgamattamevā’’^eb^ti. Ñāṇampi hi diṭṭhiyā upanissayo hotiyeva lābhino itarassa ca tathā tathā micchābhinivesato. ^b^Anupātivattanato^eb^ anatikkamanato. Asādhāraṇato na upātivattanti etenāti ^a^V2.0023^ea^ anupātivattanaṃ, tato. ^b^Upādānapaccayato^eb^ti upādānassa paccayabhāvato. Etena phalūpacāreneva upādānamāha. Yadi brahmajāle āgatā sabbāpi diṭṭhiyo idha kathitā honti, evaṃ sante idaṃ suttaṃ brahmajālasuttena ekasadisanti āha – ^b^‘‘brahmajāle panā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Aññatra rūpaṃ aññatra vedanā sakkāyaṃyeva anuparidhāvantī’’ti vacanato idha sakkāyadiṭṭhi āgatā. ^b^Brahmajālaṃ kathitameva hoti^eb^ tattha āgatānaṃ dvāsaṭṭhiyāpi diṭṭhīnaṃ idhāgatattā. Sassatucchedābhiniveso attābhinivesapubbako, ‘‘attā sassato attā ucchedo’’ti pavattanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^30^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dvāsaṭṭhi…pe… dassetu^eb^nti kathaṃ panāyamattho ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, ekacco’’tiādipāḷiyā dassito hotīti? Appahīnasakkāyadiṭṭhikassa pubbantāparantadiṭṭhiupādiyanajotanato. ^b^Pariccāgenā^eb^ti vikkhambhanena. ^b^Catutthajjhānanirodhā tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī^eb^ti ettha na parihīnacatutthajjhānassa tatiyajjhānaṃ bhavati, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhitassa pana catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhitassa ca tatiyaṃ paṭilomanayena sambhavati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0237^ea^^b^panetthā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Evaṃsampadamidaṃ veditabba^eb^nti ‘‘pavivekā pīti nirujjhatī’’ti idaṃ, ‘‘nirāmisasukhassanirodhā’’ti ettha viya vuṭṭhānanirodhavasena vuttanti veditabbanti attho. ^b^Hīnajjhānapariyādānakadomanassa^eb^nti nīvaraṇasahagatadomanassamāha. Tañhi jhānapariyādānakaraṃ. ^b^Kammanīyabhāvo^eb^ti samāpattiṃ patto viya samāpattisamāpajjanabhāve kammakkhamabhāvo. Somanassavidhurattā domanassaṃ viyāti domanassanti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Uppajjati pavivekā pītī’’ti puna vuttā pīti ^b^jhānadvayapīti. Yaṃ ṭhānaṃ chāyā jahatī^eb^ti yaṃ padesaṃ ātapena abhibhuyyamānaṃ chāyā jahati. Tattha ātape chāyāti padesena ātapasaññitānaṃ bhūtasaṅkhatānaṃ pahānaṭṭhānamāha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yasmiṃ ṭhāne’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^31^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nirāmisaṃ sukhanti tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ^eb^ dūrasamussāritakāmāmisattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^32^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Adukkhamasukhanti catutthajjhānavedanaṃ,^eb^ na yaṃ kiñci upekkhāvedanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^33^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Niggahaṇo^eb^ti mamaṃkārabhāvena kiñcipi agaṇhanto. ^b^Nibbānassa sappāya^eb^nti nibbānādhigamassa, nibbānasseva vā avilomavasena ekantikupāyatāya sappāyaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘upakārabhūta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti sabbesu tebhūmakadhammesu. ^b^Eta^eb^nti etaṃ yathāvuttasamathabhāvanāya kilesānaṃ vikkhambhanaṃ. Sabbattha nikantiyā asukkhāpitattā kathaṃ nibbānassa ^b^upakārapaṭipadā nāma jātaṃ^eb^? Na jāyate vātyadhippāyo. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti pubbantānudiṭṭhiādike sabbasmiṃ. ^b^Aggaṇhanavasenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0024^ea^ taṇhāgāhena aggahaṇavasena. Yattha hi taṇhāgāho vimocito, tattha diṭṭhimānaggāhā sukkhā viya honti tadekaṭṭhabhāvato. Tādisassa nibbānagāminī paṭipadā eva āsanne, na dūre. Tena vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘upakārapaṭipadā nāma jāta’’^eb^nti. Tādisassa ca santohamasmītiādikā samanupassanā adhimānapakkhe tiṭṭhatīti āha – ^b^‘‘abhivadatīti abhimānena upavadatī’’^eb^ti. Idameva upādiyatīti niyamābhāvato ^b^‘‘aṭṭhārasavidhampī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sesapadepi eseva nayo. Diṭṭhupādāne sati sesaupādānasambhavo avuttasiddhoti tadeva uddhaṭaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Se āyatane veditabbe^eb^ti nirodhassa kāraṇaṃ nibbānaṃ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Dvinnaṃ āyatanāna^eb^nti cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ dvinnaṃ āyatanānaṃ. ^b^Paṭikkhepena nibbānaṃ dassitaṃ^eb^ veneyyajjhāsayavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na^eb^^a^M2.0238^ea^^b^gādhatī^eb^ti na patiṭṭhāti. ^b^Ato^eb^ti asmā nibbānā. ^b^Sarā^eb^ti taṇhā. ^b^Saṅkhārapaṭikkhepenā^eb^ti saṅkhārekadesabhūtānaṃ catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ paṭikkhepena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Viññāṇa^eb^nti visiṭṭhena ñāṇena jānitabbaṃ. Tato eva ^b^anidassanaṃ^eb^ acakkhuviññeyyaṃ anindriyagocaraṃ. ^b^Ananta^eb^nti antarahitaṃ, niccanti attho. ^b^Sabbato pabha^eb^nti kilesandhakārābhāvato ca samantato pabhassaraṃ. ‘‘Sabbato papa’’nti vā pāṭho, sabbato patatitthanti attho. Cattārīsakammaṭṭhānasaṅkhātehi titthehi otaritvā anupavisitabbaṃ amatasaranti vuttaṃ hoti. Anupādā kañci dhammaṃ aggahetvā vimuccanti etthāti ^b^anupādāvimokkho,^eb^ nibbānaṃ. Anupādā vimuccati etenāti ^b^anupādāvimokkho,^eb^ aggamaggo. Anupādāvimokkhantikatāya pana arahattaphalaṃ ^b^anupādāvimokkho^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcattayasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 2
title: devadahasuttavaṇṇanā^pañcattayasuttavaṇṇanā^kintisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^34^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhavo^eb^ti ^a^V2.0025^ea^ paritto. ^b^Abhavo^eb^ti mahanto. Vuddhiattho hi ayaṃ a-kāro, ‘‘saṃvarāsaṃvaro, phalāphala’’ntiādīsu viya, tasmā ^b^bhavābhavahetū^eb^ti khuddakassa mahantassa vā bhavassa hetu, taṃ paccāsīsamānoti attho. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ tasmiṃ bhave sukhaṃ vedissāmī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^35^eb^^b^.^eb^ Lokuttarabodhipakkhiyadhamme uddissa puthujjanānaṃ vivādo sambhavatīti āha – ^b^‘‘lokiyalokuttarāva kathitā’’^eb^ti. Lokiyāpi hi bodhipakkhiyadhammā lokuttaradhammādhigamassa āsannakāraṇattā visesakāraṇanti yāva aññehi lokiyadhammehi abhivisiṭṭhoti katvā, ^b^‘‘imesu sattatiṃsabodhipakkhiyadhammesū’’^eb^ti avisesena vuttaṃ. ^b^Atthato nānaṃ hotī^eb^ti atthato bhedo hoti bodhipakkhiyadhammānaṃ samadhigatattā. Na hi kāyādayo bhāvetabbā, satiyeva pana bhāvetabbāti. ^b^Byañjanato nānaṃ^eb^ bhedaṃ. ^b^Imināpi kāraṇenā^eb^ti imāyapi yuttiyā. Idāni taṃ yuttiṃ dassento – ^b^‘‘atthañca byañjanañcā’’^eb^tiādimāha ^a^M2.0239^ea^. Tattha ^b^samānetvā^eb^ti suttantarato samānetvā, suttantarapadehi ca samānetvā. ^b^Aññathā^eb^ti aññato, bhūtato apagataṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Micchā ropitabhāvo^eb^ti ayāthāvato ṭhapitabhāvo. ^b^Atthañca byañjanañca viññāpanakāraṇamevā^eb^ti aviparītatthassa saddassa ca bujjhanahetutāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^37^eb^^b^.^eb^ Idha dhammavinayaṭṭhāne ^b^satiyeva satipaṭṭhānanti gahitā,^eb^ atthato sameti nāma yāthāvato atthassa gahitattā. Asabhāvaniruttibhāvato byañjanato nānattanti taṃ liṅgabhedena vacanabhedena ca dassento, ^b^‘‘satipaṭṭhānoti vā satipaṭṭhānāti vā micchā ropethā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Appamattaka^eb^nti aṇumattaṃ sallahukaṃ, na garutaraṃ adhanitaṃ katvā vattabbampi ^b^dhanitaṃ^eb^ ghosavantaṃ ^b^katvā ropite^eb^ vuttadosābhāvatoti tenāha – ^b^‘‘nibbutiṃ pattuṃ sakkā hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Byañjanassa micchāropanaṃ na visesantarāyakaraṃ hotīti ñāpanatthaṃ, ^b^catusu maggesu pañhaṃ kathetvāva parinibbuto. Suttantabyañjanaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ^eb^ – ‘‘appamattakaṃ kho panā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^38^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Atha catutthavāre vivādo kasmā^eb^ jāto? Yāvatā nesaṃ vacanaṃ atthato ceva sameti byañjanato cāti adhippāyo. ^b^Saññāya vivādo^eb^ti kiñcāpi sameti atthato ceva byañjanato ^a^V2.0026^ea^ ca, saññā pana nesaṃ avisuddhā, tāya saññāya vasena vivādo jātoti dassento ^b^‘‘aha’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Ahaṃ satipaṭṭhānanti vadāmi, ayaṃ satipaṭṭhānoti vadatīti evaṃ tesaṃ ñāṇaṃ hotīti imamatthaṃ, ^b^‘‘eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā atidisati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^39^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na codanatthāya vegāyitabba^eb^nti sīghaṃ sīghaṃ na codanā kātabbāti attho. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā ekacco kodhanabhāvena evaṃ paṭipphari, tasmā. ^b^Anādānadiṭṭhī^eb^ti ādiyitvā anabhinivisanato anādānadiṭṭhī adaḷhaggāhī. ^b^Pakkhipanto viyā^eb^ti gilitvā pakkhipanto viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upaghāto^eb^ti cittappaghāto pharasupaghāto viya. ^b^Vaṇaghaṭṭitassa viyā^eb^ti vaṇe ghaṭṭitassa viya ^b^dukkhuppatti^eb^ cittadukkhuppatti. ^b^Dve vāre vatvāpi visajjetī^eb^ti suppaṭinissaggī evaṃ pageva coditamatte vissajjeti ceti adhippāyo ^a^M2.0240^ea^. Kathanavasena ca ^b^kāyacittakilamatho. Evarūpo^eb^ti sahasā avissajjentena codakassa vihesāvādo hutvāpi akkodhanādisabhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upekkhā^eb^ti sakena kammena paññāyissatīti tasmiṃ puggale ajjhupekkhaṇā. ^b^Upekkhaṃ atimaññati nāma^eb^ tassa anācārassa anajjhupekkhaṇato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^40^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vacanasañcāro^eb^ti pesuññavasena aññathāvacanupasaṃhāro. ^b^Diṭṭhipaḷāso^eb^ti yugaggāhavasena laddhi. Sā pana ^b^cittassa anārādhaniyabhāvo^eb^ satthucittassa anārādhakabhāvo. ^b^Kalaho^eb^ti adhikaraṇuppādavasena pavatto viggaho bhaṇḍanassa pubbabhāgo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yena kāraṇenā^eb^ti yena dhammena satthusāsanena. Tameva hi sandhāya vadati – ^b^‘‘dhammoti sāraṇīyadhammo adhippeto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘dhammassa cānudhamma’’nti ettha. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti sambuddhassa tassa tathā pavattaṃ byākaraṇaṃ yathā vivādāpannā saññattiṃ gacchanti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ saññattikaraṇa’’^eb^nti. Tadeva byākaraṇaṃ anudhammoti bhikkhunā vuccamāno anupavatto dhammo. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘tadeva byākaroti nāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kocī^eb^ti yo koci. ^b^Sahadhammiko^eb^ sakāraṇo. Aññattho ayaṃ kiṃ saddoti āha ^b^‘‘añño’’^eb^ti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti vuttanayena paṭipannabhikkhuno, tassa paṭipatti na kenaci garahaṇīyā hotīti attho. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Kintisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 3
title: pañcattayasuttavaṇṇanā^kintisuttavaṇṇanā^sāmagāmasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^41^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dvedhikajātā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0027^ea^ jātadvedhikā sañjātabhedā. ^b^Dvejjhajātā^eb^ti duvidhabhāvaṃ pattā. Bhaṇḍanti paribhāsanti etenāti ^b^bhaṇḍanaṃ,^eb^ viruddhacittatā. ^b^Ta^eb^nti bhaṇḍanaṃ. ^b^Dhammavinaya^eb^nti pāvacanaṃ. ^b^Vitujjantā^eb^ mukhasattīhi. ^b^Sahitaṃ me^eb^ti mayhaṃ vacanaṃ sahitaṃ siliṭṭhaṃ pubbāparasambandhaṃ atthayuttaṃ. Tenāha ^a^M2.0241^ea^^b^‘‘atthasaṃhita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Adhiciṇṇa^eb^nti āciṇṇaṃ. ^b^Viparāvatta^eb^nti virodhadassanavasena parāvattitaṃ, parāvattaṃ dūsitanti attho. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘cirakālavasena…pe… nivatta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pariyesamāno cara,^eb^ tattha tattha gantvā sikkhāhīti attho. ^b^Sace sakkosi,^eb^ idānimeva mayā veṭhitadosaṃ nibbeṭhehi. ^b^Maraṇamevā^eb^ti aññamaññaghātavasena maraṇameva.<br/><br/>[03]Nāṭaputtassa imeti ^b^nāṭaputtiyā^eb^. Te pana tassa sissāti āha ^b^‘‘antevāsikesū’’^eb^ti. Purimapaṭipattito paṭinivattanaṃ paṭivānaṃ, taṃ rūpaṃ sabhāvo etesanti ^b^paṭivānarūpā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nivattanasabhāvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kathanaṃ^eb^ atthassa ācikkhanaṃ. ^b^Pavedanaṃ^eb^ tassa hetudāharaṇāni āharitvā bodhanaṃ. Na upasamāya saṃvattatīti anupasamasaṃvattanaṃ, tadeva ^b^anupasamasaṃvattanikaṃ,^eb^ tasmiṃ. Samussitaṃ hutvā patiṭṭhāhetubhāvato ^b^thūpaṃ^eb^ patiṭṭhāti āha – ^b^‘‘bhinnathūpeti bhinnapatiṭṭhe’’^eb^ti. ^b^Thūpo^eb^ti vā dhammassa niyyānabhāvo veditabbo, aññadhamme abhibhuyya samussitaṭṭhena. ^b^So^eb^ nigaṇṭhassa samaye kehici abhinnasammatopi ^b^bhinno^eb^ vinaṭṭhoyeva sabbena sabbaṃ abhāvatoti bhinnathūpo. So eva niyyānabhāvo vaṭṭadukkhato muccitukāmānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ, taṃ ettha natthīti appaṭisaraṇo, tasmiṃ ^b^bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇe^eb^ti evamettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ācariyappamāṇa^eb^nti ācariyamuṭṭhi hutvā pamāṇabhūtaṃ. ^b^Nānānīhārenā^eb^ti nānākārena. ‘‘Vivādo na uppajjī’’ti vatvā tassa anuppattikāraṇaṃ dassento, ^b^‘‘satthā hi…pe… avivādakāraṇaṃ katvāva parinibbāyī’’^eb^ti vatvā taṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavatā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Patiṭṭhā ca avassayo ca,^eb^ ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’’nti vinicchayane mahāpadesā, pañhabyākaraṇāni ca, yasmā tesu patiṭṭhāya te avassāya dhammavinayadharā ca nicchayaṃ gacchanti. Tathā hi suttantamahāpadesato vinaye kenaci pucchito attho catunnaṃ pañhabyākaraṇānaṃ vasena suvinicchitarūpo, tasmā dhammavinayo idha satthu kiccaṃ kātuṃ sakkotīti āha – ^b^‘‘tenevā’’^eb^tiādi, tasmā uḷārāya desanāya bhājananti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^42^eb^^b^.^eb^ Paṭipaviṭṭhaṃ ^a^V2.0028^ea^ katvā āharitabbato, saccaṃ kāritabbato pābhataṃ mūlanti āha – ^b^‘‘kathāpābhata’’^eb^nti, dhammakathāya mūlakāraṇanti attho. Yesaṃ ^a^M2.0242^ea^ vasena vivādo uppanno, teyeva adhammavādino, tesaṃ tāva so ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattatu, tato aññesaṃ devamanussānaṃ kathanti, codanā paramparāya saṃkilesavatthubhāvatoti parihāro. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘kosambakakkhandhake viyā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^43^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhiññā desitā^eb^ti abhivisiṭṭhāya paññāya jānitvā bodhitā. ^b^Patissayamānarūpā^eb^ti apadissa patissayamānā garukavasena nissayamānasabhāvā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘upanissāya viharantī’’^eb^ti, garutaraṃ nissayaṃ katvā viharantīti attho. ^b^Parivāre paññattānī^eb^ti, ‘‘ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā’’ti, evaṃ niddhāretvā ^b^parivārapāḷiyaṃ^eb^ (pari. 336) āsaṅkaravasena ṭhapitāni. ‘‘Evañca pana, bhikkhave, imaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ uddiseyyā’’ti (pārā. 39, 42, 43) vibhaṅgapāṭhavaseneva hi tāni bhagavatā paññattāni. ^b^Tāni ṭhapetvā sesāni sabbasikkhāpadāni adhipātimokkhaṃ nāmā^eb^ti, idaṃ gobalībaddañāyena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ tesampi adhipātimokkhabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrāyaṃ nayo^eb^ti tasmiṃ suppajahanāya appamattakabhāve ayaṃ vakkhamāno. ^b^Tānī^eb^ti paṇītabhojanāni. ^b^Yo kocī^eb^ti bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā. ^b^Dukkaṭavatthuka^eb^nti ^b^yaṃ kiñci^eb^ dukkaṭāpattivatthukaṃ. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti suppajahanabhāvena mūlāpattivītikkamassa aṇumattatāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pubbabhāgamagga^eb^nti lokiyamaggaṃ. ^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ pubbabhāgamaggaṃ nissāya vivāduppāde. ^b^Obhāsañāṇa^eb^nti obhāsassa uppattihetubhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Tattha pana so maggasaññibhāvena maggo ca catubbidhoti sutattā, ^b^‘‘paṭṭhamamaggo nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Eva^eb^nti evaṃ asandiddhaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ pariccattaṃ katvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetuṃ na sakkoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cetiyaṃ na diṭṭha^eb^nti tassa kataṃ thūpaṃ vadati. Nindiye puthujjanabhāve ṭhitaṃ pāsaṃsaṃ ariyabhāvaṃ āropetvā taṃ micchāladdhiṃ abhinivissa paggayha voharaṇato ^b^saggopi maggopi vāritoyevā^eb^ti. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Yo ^a^V2.0029^ea^ nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati, taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo;<br/><br/>[22]Vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ, kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindatī’’ti. (su. ni. 663; saṃ. ni. 1.180-181; a. ni. 4.3; netti. 92);<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Khaṇeneva ^a^M2.0243^ea^ arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samatthakammaṭṭhānakathaṃ ācikkhissāmī’’ti hi iminā tattha kohaññampi dissati; itaresu pana vattabbameva natthi. ^b^Uppāṭetvā^eb^ti uddharitvā. ‘‘Atha te bhikkhū’’tiādi ^b^sesaṃ^eb^ nāma. ‘‘Amataṃ te paribhuñjanti, ye kāyagatāsatiṃ paribhuñjantī’’ti (a. ni. 1.600) vacanaṃ duggahitaṃ gaṇhāpetvā, ^b^‘‘ettāvatā vo amataṃ paribhuttaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^44^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Eva^eb^nti ākāralakkhaṇametaṃ, na ākāraniyamanaṃ. Tena imināva kāraṇena ca yo vivādo uppajjeyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Garusmiṃ garūti pavattaṃ cittaṃ garuvisayattā taṃsahacaritattā garu, tassa bhāvo gāravaṃ, garukaraṇaṃ, taṃ ettha natthīti ^b^agāravo^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gāravavirahito’’^eb^ti. Garussa gāravavasena patissayanaṃ patissoti vuccati nīcavuttitā, tappaṭipakkhato ^b^appatisso^eb^ti āha – ^b^‘‘appatissayo anīcavuttī’’^eb^ti. Ettha yathāyaṃ puggalo satthari agāravo nāma hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘ettha panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^tīsukālesu upaṭṭhānaṃ na yātī^eb^tiādi samudāyakittanānavasesadassanaṃ, avayavato pana agāravasiddhi yathā taṃ sāmaññato sikkhāpadasamādānaṃ tabbiseso bhedo. Esa nayo sesesupi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakkaccaṃ na gacchatī^eb^ti ādaravasena na gacchati. ^b^Saṅghe katoyeva hoti^eb^ saṅghapariyāpannattā tassa, yathā saṅghaṃ uddissa dinnaṃ ekena bhikkhunā paṭiggahitaṃ saṅghassa dinnameva hoti. ^b^Aparipūrayamānova^eb^ sikkhāya agāravo. Tenāha bhagavā – ^b^‘‘sikkhāya na paripūrakārī’’^eb^ti (ma. ni. 2.135). Attano parisāya uppannaṃ vivādamūlaṃ visesato attanā vūpasametabbato attano ca anatthāvahato ^b^‘‘ajjhatta’’^eb^ntveva vuttaṃ. Esa nayo ^b^bahiddhā^eb^ti etthāpi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^46^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Chaṭhānānī^eb^ti chamūlāni. Yathā samanavasena samathānaṃ vivādādīsu adhikattubhāvo, evaṃ vivādādīnaṃ tehi adhikattabbatāpīti āha – ^b^‘‘vūpasamanatthāya…pe… adhikaraṇānī’’^eb^ti. Tena adhikaraṇasaddassa kammatthataṃ āha. Samathā vā samanavasena adhikarīyanti etthāti ^b^adhikaraṇāni,^eb^ vivādādayo.<br/><br/>[03]Vivādo ^a^V2.0030^ea^^a^M2.0244^ea^ uppannamattova hutvā parato kakkhaḷatthāya saṃvattanato yaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya paṭhamaṃ uppanno vivādānusārena mūlakaṃ viya anubandharogo tameva tadaññaṃ vā vatthuṃ katvā pavaḍḍhanto vivādādhikaraṇaṃ patvā upari vaḍḍhati nāma, anuvādāpattikiccādhikaraṇaṃ patvā vivādassa ca vaḍḍhanaṃ pākaṭameva. Tena vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘cattāri adhikaraṇāni patvā upari vaḍḍhanto so vivādo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uppannānaṃ uppannāna^eb^nti (dī. ni. ṭī. 3.331) uṭṭhitānaṃ uṭṭhitānaṃ. ^b^Samathattha^eb^nti samanatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhī^eb^ti lakkhaṇavacanametaṃ yathā ‘‘yadi me byādhī dāheyyuṃ. Dātabbamidamosadha’’nti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.3.39-42; kaṅkhā. abhi. ṭī. adhikaraṇasamathavaṇṇanā), tasmā tesu aññatarena vivadantā, ‘‘aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhi vivadantī’’ti vuccanti. ^b^Upavadanā^eb^ti akkoso. ^b^Codanā^eb^ti anuyogo.<br/><br/>[03]Adhikaraṇassa sammukhāva vinayanato ^b^sammukhāvinayo^eb^. Sannipatitaparisāya dhammavādīnaṃ yebhuyyatāya yebhuyyasikakammassa karaṇaṃ ^b^yebhuyyasikā. Kārakasaṅghassa sāmaggivasena sammukhībhāvo,^eb^ na yathā tathā kārakapuggalānaṃ sammukhatāmattaṃ. ^b^Bhūtatā^eb^ti tacchatā. Saccapariyāyo hi idha dhamma-saddo ‘‘dhammavādī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.9) viya. Vineti etenāti vinayo, tassa tassa adhikaraṇassa vūpasamāya bhagavatā vuttavidhi, tassa vinayassa sammukhatā ^b^vinayasammukhatā^eb^. Vivādavatthusaṅkhāte atthe paccatthikā atthapaccatthikā, tesaṃ ^b^atthapaccatthikānaṃ. Saṅghasammukhatā parihāyati^eb^ sammatapuggaleheva vūpasamanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na^eb^nti vivādādhikaraṇaṃ. ‘‘Na chandāgatiṃ gacchatī’’tiādinā (pari. 383) vuttaṃ ^b^pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ^eb^. Guḷhakādīsu alajjussannāya parisāya guḷhako ^b^salākaggāho^eb^ kātabbo; lajjussannāya ^b^vivaṭako,^eb^ bālussannāya ^b^sakaṇṇajappako^eb^. Yassā kiriyāya dhammavādino bahutarā, sā yebhuyyasikāti āha – ^b^‘‘dhammavādīnaṃ yebhuyyatāyā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ vinicchita^eb^nti āpattiṃ dassetvā ropanavasena vinicchitaṃ, paṭikammaṃ pana āpattādhikaraṇasamathe parato āgamissati. Na samaṇasāruppaṃ ^b^assāmaṇakaṃ,^eb^ samaṇehi akātabbaṃ, tasmiṃ. ^b^Ajjhācāre^eb^ vītikkamesati. ^b^Paṭicarato^eb^ti ^a^M2.0245^ea^ paṭicchādentassa. Pāpussannatāya pāpiyo, puggalo, tassa kātabbakammaṃ ^b^tassapāpiyasikaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sammukhāvinayeneva vūpasamo natthi^eb^ paṭiññāya, tathārūpāya khantiyā vā vinā avūpasamanato ^a^V2.0031^ea^. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti āpattidesanāyaṃ. Paṭiññāte āpannabhāvādike karaṇakiriyā, ‘‘āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti, parivāsadānādivasena ca pavattaṃ vacīkammaṃ ^b^paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathānurūpa^eb^nti ‘‘dvīhi catūhi tihi ekenā’’ti evaṃ vuttanayena yathānurūpaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sutte, etasmiṃ vā samathavicāre. ^b^Vinicchayanayo^eb^ti vinicchaye nayamattaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vitthāro panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^47^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṅkhepatova vutto,^eb^ na samathakkhandhake viya vitthārato. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘dhammā’’ti padaṃ ākaḍḍhati, ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, evamādinā iminā pakārenāti vāti vuttaṃ hoti. Bodhipakkhiyadhammānaṃ ekantānavajjabhāvato natthi adhammabhāvo, bhagavato desitākāraṃ hāpetvā vaḍḍhetvā vā kathanaṃ yathādhammaṃ akatanti katvā adhammabhāvoti dassento āha – ^b^‘‘tayo satipaṭṭhānā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niyyānika^eb^nti sapāṭihīraṃ appaṭivānaṃ hutvā pavattati. ^b^Tathevā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘evaṃ amhāka’’ntiādinā vuttamatthaṃ ākaḍḍhati. ^b^Bhūtena…pe… kātabbakammaṃ dhammo nāma^eb^ yathādhammaṃ karaṇato, vuttavipariyāyato ito paraṃ ^b^adhammo. Ayaṃ vinayo nāma^eb^ rāgādīnaṃ saṃvaraṇato pahānato paṭisaṅkhānato ca. ^b^Ayaṃ avinayo nāma^eb^ rāgādīnaṃ avinayanato. ^b^Ayaṃ vinayo nāma^eb^ yathāvinayakaraṇato, vuttavipariyāyena itaro ^b^avinayo^eb^. Vatthusampattiādinā eva sabbesaṃ vinayakammānaṃ akuppatāti āha – ^b^‘‘vatthusampatti…pe… ayaṃ vinayo nāmā’’^eb^ti, tappaṭipakkhato avinayo veditabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vatthuvipattī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Sammāpaṭipattiyā nayanaṭṭhena yathāvutto dhammo eva netti, tato eva sattassa viya rajju asithilapavattihetutāya ^b^dhammarajjū^eb^ti attho vutto. Suttantapariyāyena tāva dasa kusalakammapathā dhammoti evaṃ vuttā. Sā eva vā hotu dhammanetti, yo idha imissā vaṇṇanāya, ‘‘chattiṃsa bodhipakkhiyadhammā’’tiādinā dhammena ca vinayena ca vutto, so eva ^a^M2.0246^ea^ vā dhammanetti hotūti ānetvā yojanā. ^b^Tāya dhammanettiyā sameti^eb^ tāya yathāvuttāya dhammanettiyā saṃsandati, ekalakkhaṇameva hotīti attho. Evaṃ vivādavatthubhūto dhammo ce ‘‘dhammo’’ti, adhammo ce ‘‘adhammo’’ti, vinayo ce ‘‘vinayo’’ti, avinayo ce ‘‘avinayo’’ti nicchinantena ^b^ekaccānaṃ vivādādhikaraṇameva dassitaṃ^eb^ tassa vūpasamadhammānaṃ apariyosāpitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^48^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Taṃ paneta^eb^nti ^a^V2.0032^ea^ vivādādhikaraṇaṃ paccāmasati. ^b^Vāre^eb^ atthasaṃvaṇṇanāvasena ^b^pattepi. Dvīhī^eb^ti yasmiṃ āvāse vivādādhikaraṇaṃ uppannaṃ, tattha vāsīhi ^b^dvīhipi^eb^ bhikkhūhi ^b^atirekatarā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^49^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Khandhasāmanta^eb^nti āpattikkhandhabhāvena samīpaṃ. ^b^Āpattisāmantaṃ nāma^eb^ pubbabhāgā āpajjitabbāapatti. Methunarāgavasena kāyasaṃsagge dukkaṭassa vatthūti āha – ^b^‘‘paṭhamapārājikassa pubbabhāge dukkaṭa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sesānaṃ^eb^ tiṇṇaṃ pārājikānaṃ pubbabhāge thullaccayameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^50^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Parikkamitvā^eb^ upakkamitvā. ^b^Āpattādhikaraṇaṃ dassitaṃ^eb^ tattheva visesato paṭiññāya kāretabbatāya icchitabbattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^52^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kammassa vatthu dassitaṃ^eb^ na samathoti adhippāyo. Nanu cāyaṃ samathādhikāroti? Saccaṃ, samathassa pana kāraṇe dassite samatho dassitova hotīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘evarūpassa hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^53^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idaṃ kamma^eb^nti ‘‘idaṃ amhākaṃ bhaṇḍanajātāna’’ntiādinā vuttakammaṃ. ^b^Tiṇavatthārakasadisattā^eb^ti taṃsadisatāya tabbohāroti dasseti yathā – ‘‘esa brahmadatto’’ti. ^b^Ākāramattameva^eb^ tiṇavatthārakakammaṃ nāma, na pana tassa sabbaso karaṇavidhānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khandhake’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Gihīnaṃ hīnena khuṃsanavambhanaṃ^eb^ yathā ‘‘tilasaṃguḷikā natthī’’ti. ^b^Dhammikapaṭissavesu^eb^ visaṃvādanavasena ^b^āpannā āpatti. Assā^eb^ti kiccādhikaraṇassa. ^b^Sammukhāvinayeneva vūpasamo^eb^ saṅghasammukhatādināva vūpasamanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^54^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyavacanato ^b^kosambiyasutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 1.492) ^b^sotāpattimaggasammādiṭṭhi kathitā,^eb^ idha pana ‘‘diṭṭhisāmaññagato viharati’’cceva ^a^M2.0247^ea^ vuttattā, ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ sutte sotāpattiphalasammādiṭṭhi vuttāti veditabbā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Pāpakammassa appatā mahantatā sāvajjabhāvassa mudutikkhabhāvena veditabbāti āha ^b^‘‘aṇunti appasāvajjaṃ. Thūlanti mahāsāvajja’’^eb^nti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Sāmagāmasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 4
title: kintisuttavaṇṇanā^sāmagāmasuttavaṇṇanā^sunakkhattasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^55^eb^^b^.^eb^ Heṭṭhimamaggehi ^a^V2.0033^ea^ ñātamariyādāya pajānanato ^b^aññā,^eb^ maggapaññā. Tassa phalabhāvato aggaphalapaññā, taṃsahagatā sammāsaṅkappādayo ca ‘‘aññā’’ti vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘aññāti arahatta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Catūhi padehi kathitā,^eb^ ‘‘pariciṇṇā me bhagavā’’tiādīsu viya na ekapadeneva. ‘‘Lokuttaro dhammo adhigato mayā’’ti maññanāmattaṃ adhimānoti dassento, ^b^‘‘appatte pattasaññino’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^56^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idaṃ ṭhāna^eb^nti idaṃ obhāsādisammutihetubhūtaṃ uḷārataraṃ udayabbayañāṇaṃ. Uḷāratarabhāvena hi taṃ maggaphalapaññāya paccayo hutvā yāthāvato dubbiññeyyatāya vipassakaṃ visaṃvādeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avibhūtaṃ andhakāra’’^eb^nti. ^b^Imaṃ pañha^eb^nti imaṃ suttaṃ gambhīraṃ lokuttarapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ attanā ñātuṃ icchitaṃ atthaṃ. ^b^Uggahetvā^eb^ti kevalaṃ piṭakasampādanavaseneva uggaṇhitvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ajānitvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Visevamānā^eb^ti kilesavise avamānentā, sāsanassa vā anupakāravirūpapaccaye sevamānā. ^b^Evamassā^eb^ti evaṃ vuttanayena tesaṃ karaṇahetu assa cittassa dhammadesanāvasena pavattassa. ^b^Aññathābhāvo^eb^ adesetukāmatā ^b^hoti^eb^. ^b^Ta^eb^nti yathāvuttamatthaṃ ^b^sandhāya^eb^. ^b^Eta^eb^nti ‘‘tassapi hoti aññathatta’’nti evaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^58^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kilesehi āmasīyatīti āmisaṃ, lokepariyāpannaṃ āmisanti idha pañca kāmaguṇā adhippetāti tesu vaṭṭāmisabhāvepi labhite kāmāmisabhāvo siddhoti āha – ^b^‘‘vaṭṭāmisakāmāmisalokāmisabhūtesū’’^eb^ti. Kāmaguṇā hi vaṭṭassa vaḍḍhanato vaṭṭāmisaṃ, kāmetabbato kāmataṇhāya āmasitabbato kāmāmisaṃ, yebhūyyato sattalokassa āmisabhāvato ^a^M2.0248^ea^ lokāmisaṃ. ^b^Kāmaguṇasabhāgā^eb^ti kāmaguṇānulomā kāmaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttā. ^b^Āneñjasamāpattipaṭisaṃyuttāyā^eb^ti kilesiñjanarahitatāya idha āneñjāti adhippetāhi heṭṭhimāhi arūpasamāpattīhi paṭisaṃyuttāya. ^b^Evarūpo^eb^ti lokāmisabhūtesu paccayesu adhimutto tanninno taggaruko tappabbhāro. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti evaṃ saddhānaṃ manussānaṃ dassanena tesaṃ pavattitāsayena ca. ^b^Sīsaṃ nikkhantaṃ hotī^eb^ti lābhāsāya sīsaṃ bahi nikkhantaṃ viya hoti. ^b^Udaraṃ phalita^eb^nti atibahubhaṇḍaṃ pakkhipiyamānaṃ pasibbakaṃ viya laddhabbassa atipahūtabhāvena udaraṃ phītaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^59^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yathā ^a^V2.0034^ea^ purimā dve arūpasamāpattiyo attano paccanīkakilesehi aniñjanato ‘‘aniñjā’’ti vuccanti, evaṃ itarāpi. ^b^Taṃ pavutta^eb^nti lokāmisasaṃyojanaṃ vigataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^60^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nighaṃsa^eb^nti ‘‘ettako aya’’nti paricchedanti attho. ^b^Silesenā^eb^ti cammakārasilesādisilesena, vajiralepasilese vattabbameva natthi. ^b^Taṃ bhinna^eb^nti āneñjasaṃyojanaṃ bhinnaṃ vidhamitaṃ samatikkantaṃ tāsu samāpattīsu apekkhābhāvato. Ajjhāsayena asambaddhattā vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘dvedhābhinnā selā viya hotī’’^eb^ti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘taṃ samāpajjissāmīti cittaṃ na uppajjatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^61^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vanta^eb^nti chaḍḍitaṃ, vissaṭṭhanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^62^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uparisamāpattilābhino^eb^ti ettha ^b^uparisamāpattī^eb^ti arahattaphalasamāpatti adhippetā, arahato ca maggādhigameneva anāgāmiphalasamāpatti, sekkhānaṃ visayā heṭṭhimā phalasamāpattiyo paṭippassaddhā. Lokiyā pana nikantippahānena paṭinissaṭṭhāti āha – ^b^‘‘heṭṭhā…pe… na uppajjatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^63^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Pañca kho ime, sunakkhatta, kāmaguṇā’’tiādinā āraddhadesanā, ‘‘sammā nibbānādhimutto purisapuggalo’’ti arahattakittanena niṭṭhāpitāti tato paraṃ, ‘‘ṭhānaṃ kho panā’’tiādikā desanā, ^b^‘‘pāṭiyekko anusandhī’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0249^ea^ vuttā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘heṭṭhā hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha yathā khīṇāsavassa samāpattilābhinoti yojanā, evaṃ vā khīṇāsavassa sukkhavipassakassāti yojetabbā. ^b^Paṭikkhittaṃ^eb^ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ. Tassa paṭikkhepassa kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘samāpattilābhino hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yathā sukkhavipassako adhimāniko samāpattilābhino samānayogakkhamo appatte pattasaññitāya bhedābhāvato, evaṃ sukkhavipassako khīṇāsavo samānayogakkhamo khīṇāsavabhāvena visesābhāvato, tasmā ‘‘samāpattilābhimhi kathite itaropi kathitova hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Dvinnaṃ bhikkhūna^eb^nti samāpattilābhino adhimānikassa khīṇāsavassa ca. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘puthujjanassa tāvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yadaggenā^eb^ti yena bhāgena. Yadipi khīṇāsavassa asappāyārammaṇaṃ kilesānaṃ uppattiyā paccayo na hoti tesaṃ sabbaso samucchinnattā. Santavihāraparipantho pana siyā visabhāgatoti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘khīṇāsavassapi asappāyamevā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘visaṃ nāma…pe… visamevā’’^eb^ti. Etena ^a^V2.0035^ea^ ‘‘yathā visajānanaṃ appamāṇaṃ, vikāruppādanato pana taṃ pariharitabbaṃ, evaṃ pariññātampi vattu atthavisesābhāvena ekarūpamevāti taṃ pariharitabbamevā’’ti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Na hi asaṃvutena bhavitabbaṃ^eb^ asāruppabhāvato. ^b^Yuttapayuttenevā^eb^ti sabhāgārammaṇassa ālokanādīsu yutteneva ^b^bhavituṃ vaṭṭati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^64^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yattha sayaṃ nipatati uppajjati, tassa santānassa vippasannavasena ruppanato, visasaṅkhātassa dukkhassa mūlabhāvato ca ^b^‘‘avijjāsaṅkhāto visadoso’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ruppatī^eb^ti kattabbādimucchāpādanena vikāraṃ uppādeti. ^b^Anuddhaṃseyyā^eb^ti vibādheyya. Rāgo hi uppajjamānova kusalacittappavattiyā okāsaṃ adento taṃ vibādhati; tathābhūto saddhāsinehassa samathavipassanābhivuḍḍhiyā vamanena ca taṃ visoseti milāpeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘soseyya milāpeyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sagahaṇasesa^eb^nti gahetabbavisaṃ sāvasesaṃ katvāti attho. Na alaṃ na samatthanti ^b^analaṃ^eb^. Sūkapariyāyo pāḷiyaṃ vutto ^b^suka^eb^-saddoti āha – ^b^‘‘vīhisukādi ca sūka’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saupādānasalluddhāro^eb^^a^M2.0250^ea^^b^viya appahīno avijjāvisadoso daṭṭhabbo^eb^ mahānatthuppādanato. ^b^Asappāya…pe… asaṃvutakālo daṭṭhabbo^eb^ attabhāvassa apariharaṇabhāvato. ^b^Maraṇaṃ viya sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattanaṃ^eb^ adhisīlasaṅkhātassa āyuno apetattā. ^b^Maraṇamattaṃ dukkhaṃ viya āpattiyā āpajjanaṃ^eb^ yathāvuttassa āyuno upapīḷanakabhāvato. ^b^Imināva nayena opammasaṃsandana^eb^nti ettha anupādisesasalluddhāro viya pahīno avijjāvisadoso; sappāya…pe… susaṃvutakālo, tadubhayena vaṇe puthuttaṃ na gate maraṇābhāvo viya sikkhāya apaccakkhānaṃ, maraṇamattadukkhābhāvo viya aññatarāya saṃkiliṭṭhāya āpattiyā anāpajjananti yojanā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^65^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Satiyā^eb^ti ettha yasmā ‘‘ariyāyā’’ti na visesitanti āha – ^b^‘‘sati paññāgatikā’’^eb^tiādi. Paññā cettha lokiyā adhippetā, na lokuttarāti āha – ^b^‘‘parisuddhāya vipassanāpaññāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khīṇāsavassa bala^eb^nti uḷāratamesu dibbasadisesupi ārammaṇesu manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ anupanamanahetubhūtaṃ susaṃvutakārisaṅkhātaṃ khīṇāsavabalaṃ dassento, ^b^‘‘saṃvutakārī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, ukkaṃsagatasativepullattā yathā asaṃvarassa asaṃvaro hoti, evaṃ satisampajaññabalena cakkhādidvārāni ^a^V2.0036^ea^ saṃvaritvā dassanādikiccakārī. ^b^Evaṃ jānitvā^eb^ti ‘‘upadhi dukkhassa mūla’’nti evaṃ vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya jānitvā. Upadhīyati dukkhaṃ etehīti upadhī, kilesāti āha – ^b^‘‘kilesupadhipahānā nirupadhī’’^eb^ti. Tato eva upādīyati dukkhaṃ etehīti kilesā ‘‘upādānā’’tipi vuccantīti āha – ^b^‘‘nirupādānoti attho’’^eb^ti. Upadhī sammadeva khīyanti ettāti ^b^upadhisaṅkhayo,^eb^ nibbānanti āha – ^b^‘‘upadhīnaṃ saṅkhayabhūte nibbāne’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ārammaṇato^eb^ti ārammaṇaṃ katvā tadārammaṇāya phalavimuttiyā ^b^vimutto. Kāmupadhismiṃ kāyaṃ upasaṃharissatī^eb^ti ‘‘kāmesevissāmī’’ti tattha kāyaṃ upanāmessati; kāyūpasaṃhāro tāva tiṭṭhatu, tathā cittaṃ vā uppādessatīti etaṃ kāraṇaṃ natthīti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Sunakkhattasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 5
title: sāmagāmasuttavaṇṇanā^sunakkhattasuttavaṇṇanā^āneñjasappāyasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^66^eb^^b^.^eb^ Khaṇapabhaṅgutāya ^a^V2.0037^ea^^a^M2.0251^ea^ na niccā na dhuvāti ^b^aniccā^eb^. Tato eva paṇḍitehi na iccā na upagantabbātipi ^b^aniccā^eb^. So cāyaṃ aniccattho udayavayaparicchinnatāya veditabboti dassento, ^b^‘‘hutvā abhāvaṭṭhena aniccā’’^eb^ti āha; uppajjitvā vinassanatoti attho. Ayañca aniccatā vakkhamānā ca tucchāditā dvinnampi kāmānaṃ sādhāraṇoti āha – ^b^‘‘vatthukāmāpi kilesakāmāpī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rittā^eb^ vivittā, tesaṃ niccasārādīnaṃ attani abhāvato tehi visuṃbhūtā. Yathā pana sabbaso sabhāvarahitamākāsaṃ ‘‘tucchaṃ ritta’’nti vuccati, na evamete. Ete pana kevalaṃ niccasārādivirahato eva tucchā rittāti dassento ^b^‘‘na panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ‘‘Na hi tucchamuṭṭhi nāma natthī’’ti idaṃ lokasamaññāvasena vuttaṃ, lokasamaññā lokiyakathā na laṅghitabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Musāti ittarapaccupaṭṭhānatāya na dissatīti āha ^b^‘‘musāti nāsanakā’’^eb^ti. Visaṃvādanaṭṭhena vā ^b^musā^eb^. Ete hi asubhādisabhāvāpi bālānaṃ subhādibhāvena upaṭṭhahantā subhādiggahaṇassa paccakkhabhāvena satte visaṃvādenti. ^b^Nassanasabhāvā^eb^ti khaṇabhaṅgattā ittarapaccupaṭṭhānatāya dissamānā viyapi hutvā apaññāyanakapakatikā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khettaṃ viyā’’^eb^tiādi. Dhammasaddo cettha ‘‘jātidhammāna’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.398) viya pakatipariyāyo, tathā sabhāvasaddo cāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Mosadhammā^eb^ti mosanapakatikā, kusalabhaṇḍaharaṇasabhāvāti attho. ^b^Māyākata^eb^nti māyāya kataṃ udakādimaṇiādiākārena māyādinā upaṭṭhāpitaṃ; māyākataṃ viya māyākataṃ aññasabhāvā hutvā atathā upaṭṭhahanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi. Cakkhupathe eva katavijjāya, na tato paranti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘dassanūpacāre ṭhitasseva tathā paññāyatī’’^eb^ti. Tayidaṃ sambaravijjāvasena vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ tāvakālikabhāvena kāmānaṃ māyākatabhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni tato aññenapi pakārena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Aniccādisabhāvānaṃ kāmānaṃ niccādisabhāvadassanaṃ vipallāsasahagatatāya veditabbaṃ. ^b^Bālānaṃ lāpanato^eb^ti apariññātavatthukānaṃ andhabālānaṃ puggalānaṃ vipallāsahetuto. Manussaloke ṭhatvā ^a^M2.0252^ea^ manussānaṃ vā vasena bhagavatā bhāsitattā vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammikā kāmāti mānusakā pañca kāmaguṇā’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0038^ea^. Tato eva ca ^b^‘‘samparāyikāti te ṭhapetvā avasesā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha diṭṭhadhammā paccakkhasabhāvā ārammaṇabhūtā etāsaṃ atthīti ^b^diṭṭhadhammikā^eb^. Samparāyike kāme ārabbha uppannasaññā ^b^samparāyikā^eb^. Te samecca dhīyati ettha āṇāti dheyyaṃ, āṇāpavattiṭṭhānaṃ. Mārassa dheyyanti ^b^māradheyyaṃ^eb^ tassa issariyapavattanattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yehī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Gahita^eb^nti visayavisayībhāvena gahitaṃ, ārammaṇavasena ārammaṇakaraṇavasena ca gahitanti attho. Tattha ārammaṇakaraṇavasena gahaṇaṃ nāma ‘‘idaṃ mayha’’nti avibhāgena pariggahakaraṇaṃ; ārammaṇavasena pana gahaṇaṃ bhāgaso ārammaṇānubhavananti vadanti. Ubhayassapi pana taṇhārāgavasena gahaṇaṃ sandhāya, ^b^‘‘ubhayametaṃ gahita’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Māro^eb^ti kilesamāro. Yadaggena kilesamāro, tadaggena devaputtamāropi te attano vasaṃ vatteti. ^b^Taṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti dhammamukhena puggalaggahaṇaṃ sandhāya.<br/><br/>[03]Appahīnavipallāsā hi puggalā kāmādhimuttā mārassa issariyavattanaṭṭhānatāya ‘‘māradheyya’’nti vuttā, tathā mārassa nivāpagocarapariyāyehipi te evaṃ vuttāti dassento, ^b^‘‘yathā coḷassā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Nivapatīti nivāpo, so eva bījanti ^b^nivāpabījaṃ. Te^eb^ti kāmaguṇā. ^b^Yatthā^eb^ti yasmiṃ padese.<br/><br/>[03]Manasi bhavāti ^b^mānasā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘cittasambhūtā’’^eb^ti. Te pana avijjādayo pāḷiyaṃ āgatā. Evañhi lohitasannissayo pubbo viya anurodhūpanissayo virodhoti dassento, ^b^‘‘mamāyite vatthusmi’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Tedhā^eb^ti ettha ^b^idhā^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ ‘‘idhāhaṃ, bhikkhave, bhuttāvī assa’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.30) viya. ^b^Kāmaloka^eb^nti kāmaguṇasaṅkhātaṃ saṅkhāralokaṃ, yattha vā loke kāmaguṇavantaṃ lokaṃ. ^b^Cittena adhiṭṭhahitvā^eb^ti jhānārammaṇaṃ paṭibhāganimittaṃ bhāvanācittena uppādetvā. ^b^Parittaṃ nāma^eb^ vikkhambhanāsamatthattā kilesehi parito khaṇḍitaṃ viya hoti. ^b^Tassa paṭikkhepenā^eb^ti parittabhāvapaṭikkhepena. ^b^Pamāṇantipi kāmāvacarameva^eb^^a^M2.0253^ea^ pāpakānaṃ pamāṇakaraṇadhammānaṃ vikkhambhanavasena appajahanato. Tappaṭikkhepavasena ^b^appamāṇaṃ^eb^ nāma mahaggatanti āha – ^b^‘‘rūpāvacaraṃ arūpāvacara’’^eb^nti. Samucchedavasena kilesānaṃ appahānena mahaggatajjhānampi subhāvitaṃ nāma na hoti, pageva parittajjhānanti āha – ^b^‘‘subhāvitanti…pe… lokuttarassevetaṃ nāma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Etassa vasenā^eb^ti ‘‘subhāvita’’nti padassa vasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tameva paṭipada^eb^nti tameva abhijjhādipahānāvahaṃ jhānapaṭipadaṃ. Arahatte tassa upāyabhūtāya ^a^V2.0039^ea^ vipassanāya vā catutthajjhāne tassa upāyabhūte upacāre vā sati cittaṃ pasannameva hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘arahattaṃ vā…pe… upacāraṃ vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Adhimokkhasampasādo^eb^ti ‘‘ajjeva arahattaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti vā vipassanāya vīthipaṭipannattā; ‘‘ajjeva catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattessāmī’’ti vā upacārasamādhinā cittassa samāhitattā adhimuccanabhūto sampasādo. ^b^Paṭilābhasampasādo^eb^ti arahattassa catutthajjhānassa vā adhigamasaṅkhāto sampasādo. Paṭilābhopi hi kilesakālusiyābhibhavanato cittassa suppasannabhāvāvahattā ‘‘sampasādo’’ti vutto. ^b^Paccayā^eb^ti nāmarūpapaccayā avijjādayo. ^b^Sabbathā^eb^ti samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato nissaraṇatoti sabbappakārena. ^b^Āsā^eb^ti adhimuccanavasena āsīsanā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘āsā santiṭṭhati, adhimokkhaṃ paṭilabhatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pādaka^eb^nti padaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Kilesā sannisīdantī^eb^ti nīvaraṇasahagatā eva kilesā vikkhambhanavasena vūpasamanti. ^b^Satī^eb^ti upacārajjhānāvahā sati ^b^santiṭṭhati. Saṅkhāragata^eb^nti bhāvanāya samatāya pavattamānattā, ime dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādayo ekarasā hutvā pavattantīti, bhāvanācittuppādapariyāpannaṃ saṅkhāragataṃ ^b^vibhūtaṃ pākaṭaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Cittuppādo^eb^ti bhāvanācittuppādo. ^b^Lepapiṇḍe^eb^ti silesapiṇḍe ^b^laggamāno viya^eb^ appito viya hoti. ^b^Upacārena samādhiyati^eb^ upacārajjhānena samādhiyati. ^b^Aya^eb^nti ayaṃ duvidhopi adhimuccanākāro adhimokkhasampasādo nāma. ^b^Tasmiṃ sampasāde satī^eb^ti etasmiṃ vipassanālakkhaṇe, upacārajjhāne vā adhimokkhasampasāde sati. ^b^Yo pana arahattaṃ vā paṭilabhati catutthajjhānaṃ vā, tassa cittaṃ vippasannaṃ hotiyeva,^eb^ ayaṃ nippariyāyato ^b^paṭilābhasampasādo,^eb^ evaṃ santepi idhāmippetameva dassetuṃ ^a^M2.0254^ea^, ^b^‘‘idha panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Vipassanā hī^eb^tiādi vuttassa samatthanaṃ. Tattha ^b^paññāyā^eb^ti arahattapaññāya. ^b^Adhimuccanassā^eb^ti saddahanaṃ ussukkāpajjanassa. ^b^Upacāra^eb^nti upacārajjhānaṃ. Āneñjasamāpattiyā adhimuccanassa kāraṇanti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etarahi vā^eb^ti idānimeva. ^b^Āneñjaṃ vā^eb^ti catutthajjhānaṃ vā. ^b^Samāpajjatī^eb^ti adhigacchati. ^b^Idaṃ hī^eb^tiādinā saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarati. Arahattasacchikiriyā nāma aggamaggabhāvanāya sati atthato āpannā hoti, aggamaggapaññā eva tadatthaṃ adhimuccitabbāti dassento, ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^ti vikappantaramāha. Tattha yathā nāma pāsādassa atthāya samānītadabbasambhārāvayave appahonte kūṭāgāraṃ kātuṃ na pahontiyeva, evaṃsampadamidanti dassento, ^b^‘‘taṃ anabhisambhuṇanto āneñjaṃ vā samāpajjatī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Catusaccaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0040^ea^^b^vā sacchikaroti^eb^ heṭṭhimamaggādhigamanavasena āneñjaṃ vā samāpajjati ubhayassapi hetupariggahitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ ‘‘paññāya vā adhimuccati, āneñjaṃ vā samāpajjatī’’ti yathāvutte visesādhigame ayaṃ idāni vuccamāno yojanānayo. ^b^Evaṃ hotī^eb^ti idāni vuccamānākārena cittābhinīhāro hoti. ^b^Kicca^eb^nti pabbajitakiccaṃ. ^b^Tato^eb^ti arahattādhigamanato. ^b^Osakkitamānaso^eb^ti saṃkucitacitto. ^b^Antarā na tiṭṭhatī^eb^ti asamāhitabhūmiyaṃ na tiṭṭhati. Idāni yathāvuttamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – yathā tassa purisassa vanamahiṃsaṃ gahetuṃ ussāhavato osakkantassa sasagodhādiggahaṇe vattabbameva natthi, evaṃ imassapi bhikkhuno arahattaṃ gahetuṃ ussāhavato tato osakkitvā catutthajjhānasamāpajjane vattabbameva natthīti. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti yathāvuttaṃ upamaṃ upamāsaṃsandanañca maggabhāvanāyojanāyaṃ catusaccasacchikiriyāyojanāyañca atidisati.<br/><br/>[03]Hetuatthajotano ^b^ya^eb^nti nipāto, karaṇe vā etaṃ paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘yena kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. Tassa saṃvattanaṃ arahati, taṃ vā payojanaṃ etassāti ^b^taṃsaṃvattanikaṃ. Viññāṇa^eb^nti vipākaviññāṇaṃ. Āneñjasabhāvaṃ upagacchatīti ^b^āneñjūpagaṃ^eb^. Yathā kusalaṃ āneñjasabhāvaṃ, evaṃ taṃ vipākaviññāṇampi āneñjasabhāvaṃ upagataṃ assa bhaveyya. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘kādisameva bhaveyyāti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kecī^eb^ti abhayagirivāsino. ^b^Kusalaviññāṇa^eb^nti ^a^M2.0255^ea^ vipākaviññāṇampi taṃ kusalaṃ viya vadanti. ^b^Tannāmakamevā^eb^ti kusalaṃ viya āneñjanāmakameva siyā. Ettha ca purimavikappe ‘‘āneñjūpaga’’nti taṃsadisatā vuttā, dutiyavikappe tato eva taṃsamaññatā. ^b^So panāyamattho^eb^ti āneñjasadisatāya vipākakālepi taṃnāmakameva assāti yathāvutto attho. ^b^Iminā nayenā^eb^ti iminā vuttanayena. Ettha hi āneñjābhisaṅkhārahetuvipākaviññāṇaṃ ‘‘āneñjūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇa’’nti vuttattā taṃnāmakameva katvā dīpitaṃ. ^b^Arahattassāpī^eb^ti ^b^api^eb^saddena aggamaggabhāvanāyapi heṭṭhimamaggabhāvanāyapīti attho saṅgahitoti daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Samādhivasena osakkanā kathitā^eb^ti ‘‘vipulena mahaggatena cetasā vihareyya’’nti samathanayaṃ dassetvā desanā kathitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^67^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ayañhi bhikkhū^eb^ti yaṃ uddissa ayaṃ dutiyāneñjasappāyadesanāya bhikkhu vutto. ^b^Paññavantataro^eb^ti vatvā taṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘dvinnampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ ekato katvā sammasatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Heṭṭhimassa hi ‘‘ye ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmā’’tiādinā rūpasaddagandharasaphoṭṭhabbāneva rūpamukhena vipassanābhiniveso ^a^V2.0041^ea^ kato, imassa pana ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rūpa’’ntiādinā sakalarūpadhammavasena. Bhagavā hi kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathento kammaṭṭhānikassa bhikkhuno kāraṇabalānurūpameva paṭhamaṃ bhāvanābhinivesaṃ dasseti; so pacchā ñāṇe vipulaṃ gacchante anavasesato dhammaṃ pariggaṇhāti. ^b^Rūpapaṭibāhanenā^eb^ti rūpavirāgabhāvanāya sabbaso samatikkamena. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti sabbesu tatiyāneñjādīsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññavantataro^eb^ti paññuttaro. ^b^Tiṇṇampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ ekato katvā^eb^ti kāmaguṇā sabbarūpadhammā kāmasaññāti evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ puggalānaṃ kammaṭṭhānavasena tidhā vutte sammasanūpagadhamme ekato katvā, ‘‘sabbametaṃ anicca’’nti ekajjhaṃ gahetvā, sammasati yathā – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti (dī. ni. 1.298; saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 16; cūḷani. ajitamāṇavapucchāniddesa 4, 7, 8; tissametteyyamāṇavapucchāniddesa 10, 11; paṭi. ma. 2.30). Tenāha – ^b^‘‘ubhayametaṃ anicca’’^eb^ntiādi. Kāmarūpasaññāvasena diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikabhedato aṭṭha ekekakoṭṭhāsāti evaṃ kataṃ ubhayanti vuttanti āha – ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammika…pe… vasena saṅkhipitvā ubhayanti vutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Taṇhādiṭṭhivasenā^eb^ti taṇhābhinandanāvasena ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’ti, diṭṭhābhinandanāvasena ^a^M2.0256^ea^ ‘‘eso me attā’’ti evaṃ ^b^abhinandituṃ. Eseva nayo^eb^ti iminā taṇhādiṭṭhivasena ‘‘etaṃ mama, eso me attā’’ti abhinandituṃ ajjhosāya gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpetvā ṭhātunti imamatthaṃ atidisati. ^b^Kāmapaṭibāhanenā^eb^ti idaṃ āgamanapaṭipadādassanatthaṃ, vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañca vuttaṃ. ^b^Rūpapaṭibāhanaṃ^eb^ hissa āsannaṃ, tatopi ākāsānañcāyatanasamatikkamo, taṃsamatikkamena saheva sabbe tā ^b^vipassanāvasena osakkanā kathitā^eb^ ‘‘ubhayametaṃ anicca’’ntiādivacanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^68^eb^^b^.^eb^ Idha ^b^attano cā^eb^ti ākiñcaññāyatanakammaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Nirujjhanti^eb^ tappaṭibaddhachandarāganirodhena, samāpajjanakkhaṇe pana anuppādanenapi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ patvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atappakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti uḷāratarabhāvena jhānasamāpattiyā atittikarabhāvena. ^b^Tameva paṭipada^eb^nti ākiñcaññāyatanabhāvanamāha. ^b^Samādhivasena osakkanā kathitā^eb^ tatiyāruppakammaṭṭhānassa vuttattā ‘‘yatthetā’’tiādinā.<br/><br/>[03]Idha ^b^attano^eb^ti dvikoṭikasuññatāmanasikārasaṅkhātaṃ vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Heṭṭhā vuttapaṭipada^eb^nti anantaraṃ vuttāakiñcaññāyatanakammaṭṭhānaṃ. Sati samathabhāvanāyaṃ suññatāmanasikārassa ^a^V2.0042^ea^ idha sātisayattā vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Dutiyākiñcaññāyatane vipassanāvasena osakkanā kathitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^70^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tatiyākiñcaññāyatane ^b^attano^eb^ti catukoṭikasuññatāmanasikārasaṅkhātaṃ vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ suññatānupassanādhikāre. ^b^Kvacī^eb^ti katthaci ṭhāne, kāle, dhamme vā. Atha vā ^b^kvacī^eb^ti ajjhattaṃ, bahiddhā vā. ^b^Attano attāna^eb^nti sakattānaṃ. ‘‘Ayaṃ kho, bho brahmā…pe… vasī pitā bhūtabhabyāna’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 1.42) paraparikappitaṃ attānañca kassaci kiñcanabhūtaṃ na passatīti dassento ^b^‘‘kassacī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^parassā^eb^ti ‘‘parā pajā’’ti ‘‘paro puriso’’ti ca evaṃ gahitassa. ^b^Na ca mama kvacanī^eb^ti ettha ^b^mama^eb^-saddo aṭṭhānapayuttoti āha ^b^‘‘mamasaddaṃ tāva ṭhapetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parassa cā^eb^ti attato aññassa, ‘‘paro puriso nāma atthi mamatthāya sajito, tassa vasena mayhaṃ sabbaṃ ^a^M2.0257^ea^ ijjhatī’’ti evaṃ ekaccadiṭṭhigatikaparikappitavasena paraṃ attānaṃ, tañca attano kiñcanabhūtaṃ na passatīti dassento, ^b^‘‘na ca kvacanī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Ettha ca ^b^nāhaṃ kvacanī^eb^ti sakāttano abhāvaṃ passati. ^b^Na kassaci kiñcanatasmi^eb^nti sakāttano eva kassaci anattaniyataṃ passati. ^b^Na ca, mamā^eb^ti etaṃ dvayaṃ yathāsaṅkhyaṃ sambandhitabbaṃ, ^b^atthī^eb^ti paccekaṃ. ‘‘Na ca kvacani parassa attā atthī’’ti parassa attano abhāvaṃ passati, ‘‘tassa parassa attano mama kismiñci kiñcanatā na catthī’’ti parassa attano anattaniyataṃ passati. Evaṃ ajjhattaṃ bahiddhā ca khandhānaṃ attattaniyasuññatā suddhasaṅkhārapuñjatā catukoṭikasuññatāpariggaṇhanena diṭṭhā hoti. ^b^Heṭṭhā vuttapaṭipada^eb^nti idhāpi ākiñcaññāyatanakammaṭṭhānameva vadati. ^b^Vipassanāvaseneva osakkanā kathitā^eb^ catukoṭikasuññatādassanavisesabhāvato, tappadhānattā cassa manasikārassa.<br/><br/>[03]Idha ^b^attano^eb^ti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakammaṭṭhānamāha. ^b^Sabbasaññā^eb^ti rūpasaññā paṭighasaññā nānattasaññā heṭṭhimā tisso arūpasaññāti evaṃ sabbasaññā anavasesā nirujjhantīti vadanti. ^b^‘‘Heṭṭhā vuttā’’^eb^ti pana visesitattā imasmiṃ āgatā catutthajjhānasaññādayo api saññāti apare. ^b^Ta^eb^nti sammutimattaṃ kāmasaññāpaṭibāhanavaseneva tesaṃ nānattasaññādinirodhassa atthasiddhattā. ^b^Samādhivasena osakkanā kathitā^eb^ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanabhāvanāya samathakammaṭṭhānabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^71^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pubbe pañcavidhaṃ kammavaṭṭa^eb^nti purimakammabhavasmiṃ moho avijjā āyūhanā saṅkhārā nikantitaṇhā ^a^V2.0043^ea^ upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ cetanā bhavoti evamāgato saparikkhāro kammappabandho. ^b^Na āyūhitaṃ assā^eb^ti na cetitaṃ pakappitaṃ bhaveyya. ^b^Etarahi evaṃ pañcavidhaṃ vipākavaṭṭa^eb^nti viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanāsaṅkhāto paccuppanno vipākappabandho ^b^nappavatteyya^eb^ kāraṇassa anipphannattā. ^b^Sace āyūhitaṃ na bhavissatī^eb^ti yadi cetitaṃ pakappitaṃ na siyā. ^b^Yaṃ atthī^eb^ti yaṃ paramatthato vijjamānakaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhūta’’^eb^nti. Tañhi paccayanibbattatāya ‘‘bhūta’’nti vuccati. ^b^Taṃ pajahāmī^eb^ti tappaṭibaddhachandarāgappahānena tato eva āyatiṃ anuppattidhammatāpādanavasena pajahāmi pariccajāmi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parinibbāyī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0258^ea^ saha parikappanena atītattheti āha ^b^‘‘parinibbāyeyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parinibbāyeyya nu kho^eb^ti vā pāṭho, so evattho. ^b^Na kiñci kathita^eb^nti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena ñāṇuttarasseva visayabhāvato sarūpato na kiñci kathitaṃ, nayena panassa visesaṃ ñāpetukāmattā. Bhagavato kira etadahosi – ‘‘imissaṃyeva parisati nisinno ānando anusandhikusalatāya nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ pādakaṃ katvā ṭhitassa bhikkhuno paṭisandhiṃ arahattañca sandhāya pañhaṃ pucchissati, iminā pucchānusandhinā tamatthaṃ desessāmī’’ti. Osakkanāya ca idhādhippetattā bhinnarasadesanā hotīti pucchānusandhi pucchitā. Tasmiñhi asati anusandhibhedabhinnesā desanā, na ca buddhāciṇṇā bhinnarasadesanāti. ^b^Vipassanānissita^eb^nti tannissitaṃ. ^b^Tassa^eb^ bhikkhuno. Upādiyati etenāti ca ^b^upādānaṃ. Na parinibbāyati^eb^ pahātabbassa appajahanato. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘dhammāpi kho, bhikkhave, pahātabbā, pageva adhammā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.240). ^b^Upādānaseṭṭha^eb^nti idaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanabhavassa sabbabhavaggatādassanaparaṃ, na pana ariyabhavaggassa upādānaseṭṭhatāpaṭisedhaparaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^73^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nissāyā^eb^ti bhavapariyāpannaṃ nāma dhammaṃ nissāya tappariyāpannaṃ nāma nissāya oghanittharaṇā bhagavatā akkhātā; aho acchariyametaṃ, aho abbhutametanti.<br/><br/>[03]Navasupi ṭhānesu samathayānikasseva vasena desanāya āgatattā, idha ca kassacipi pādakajjhānassa anāmaṭṭhattā vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘ariyasāvakoti sukkhavipassako ariyasāvako’’^eb^ti. ^b^Navannampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ ekato katvā sammasatī^eb^ti idaṃ jhānadhammepi anussavaladdhe gahetvā sammasanaṃ sambhavatīti katvā vuttaṃ; tebhūmakasaṅkhāragataṃ idha vuttanti anavasesato pariggahaṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘yāvatā sakkāyo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0044^ea^^b^amata^eb^nti amataṃ nibbānaṃ ārabbha pavattiyā etaṃ arahattaṃ amatarasaṃ. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘etaṃ amataṃ santaṃ, etaṃ paṇīta’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Anupādāya kiñcipi aggahetvā cittaṃ vimuccī’’ti vuttattāpi ^b^anupādā cittassa vimokkho^eb^ nibbānaṃ aññattha sutte vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tiṇṇaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0259^ea^^b^bhikkhūna^eb^nti abhinivesabhedena tividhānaṃ. Pādakaṃ katvā ṭhitassa osakkanāya abhāve kāraṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Samodhānetvā^eb^ti sammadeva odahitvā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne asaṅkarato vavatthapetvā. ^b^Sukathitaṃ nāma hoti^eb^ kathetabbassa anavasesetvā kathitattā.<br/><br/>[06]Āneñjasappāyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 6
title: sunakkhattasuttavaṇṇanā^āneñjasappāyasuttavaṇṇanā^gaṇakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^74^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yathā ^a^V2.0045^ea^ heṭṭhimasopānaphalakaṃ orohantassa pacchimaṃ nāma hoti, evaṃ ārohantassa paṭhamaṃ nāma hotīti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘yāva pacchimasopānakaḷevarāti yāva paṭhamasopānaphalakā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vatthuṃ sodhetvā^eb^ti vatthuvijjācariyena vuttavidhinā pāsādavatthuno sodhanavidhiṃ katvā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti pāsādakaraṇe. Sattadhā bhinnassa vālaggassa aṃsukoṭivedhako ^b^vālavedhi^eb^ nāma. ^b^Ṭhānasampādana^eb^nti vesākhamaṇḍalādīnaṃ sampādanaṃ. ^b^Muṭṭhikaraṇādīhī^eb^ti usumuṭṭhikaraṇajiyāgāhajiyāvijjhādīhi. ^b^Evaṃ gaṇāpemā^eb^ti ekaṃ nāma ekameva, dve dukā cattāri, tīṇi tikāni nava, cattāri catukkāni soḷasātiādinā evaṃ gaṇanaṃ sikkhāpema.<br/><br/>[03]^b^75^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kerāṭikā hontī^eb^ti samayassa anupakkiliṭṭhakaraṇamāyāsāṭheyyena samannāgatā honti. ^b^Taṃ^eb^ damanaṃ ^b^jīvitahetupi nātikkamati,^eb^ ayamassa jātidosābhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^76^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Satisampajaññāhi samaṅgibhāvatthāyā^eb^ti satatavihāribhāvasādhanehi satisampajaññehi samannāgamatthāya. Nanu ca khīṇāsavā sativepullappattā paññāvepullappattā ca, kathaṃ tassa satisampajaññaṃ payogasādhanīyaṃ pavattanti āha ^b^‘‘dve hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Satatavihārī^eb^ti satataṃ samāpattivihāribahulā, tasmā te icchiticchitakkhaṇe phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjanti. Vuttavipariyāyena nosatatavihārino daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Appetuṃ na sakkoti^eb^ anāciṇṇabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ vitakkento^eb^ti ‘‘sāmaṇerassa senāsanaṃ natthi, araññañca sīhādīhi saparissayaṃ, kiṃ nu kho tassa bhavissatī’’ti taṃ vitakkento. ^b^Evarūpo^eb^ti ^a^M2.0260^ea^ ediso yathāvuttasāmaṇerasadiso khīṇāsavo. ^b^Ime dhamme^eb^ti imasmiṃ sutte āgate sīlādidhamme. ^b^Āvajjitvāvā^eb^ti attano parisuddhasīlatādiāvajjanahetu eva samāpajjituṃ sakkhissati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^78^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Yeme, bho gotamā’’^eb^ti vacanassa sambandhaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘tathāgate kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Eva^eb^nti ‘‘yeme, bho gotamā’’tiādiākārehi ^b^vattumāraddho.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ajjadhammesū^eb^ti ^a^V2.0046^ea^ apurātanadhammesu. Takkanamattāni hi tehi kappetvā sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ viracitāni. Purātanatāya paripuṇṇatāya ekantaniyyānikatāya ca paramo uttamo. Tenāha – ‘‘tesu…pe… uttamoti attho’’ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Gaṇakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 7
title: āneñjasappāyasuttavaṇṇanā^gaṇakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanā^gopakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^79^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kammaṃyeva ^a^V2.0047^ea^ kammanto, so ettha atthīti kammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^‘‘kammanto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kammantaṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tehi dhammehī^eb^ti buddhaguṇehi. Te pana sabbaññutaññāṇappamukhāti katvā āha ^b^‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇadhammehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbena sabba^eb^nti sabbappakārena anavasesaṃ, ettako guṇānaṃ pakārabhedo, tesu kiñcipi pakāraṃ anavasesetvā. ^b^Sabbakoṭṭhāsehi sabba^eb^nti yattakā guṇabhāgā, tehi sabbehi anavasesaṃ nissesameva katvā. ^b^Yopi ahosī^eb^ti yopi kosambivāsīnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vasena kosambiyaṃ kalaho ahosi. ^b^Sopi tattheva^eb^ uppannaṭṭhāneyeva uppannamatto vūpasamito. ^b^Parinibbutakāle panassā^eb^ti assa sammāsambuddhassa parinibbutakāle pana. Bhiyyosomattāya bhikkhū samaggā jātā, kathañca saṃvego jātoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘aṭṭhasaṭṭhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Sātisayaṃ abhiṇhañca upasamappattiyā ^b^ativiya upasantupasantā. Anusaṃyāyamāno^eb^ti anu anu sammadeva jānanto vicārento vosāsamāno. ‘‘Anusaññāyamāno’’ti vā pāṭho. Tattha ya-kārassa ña-kāraṃ katvā niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘anuvicaramāno’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^80^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Heṭṭhimapucchamevā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0261^ea^ gopakamoggallānena pucchitapucchameva. So hi ‘‘tehi dhammehī’’tiādinā, ‘‘atthi koci tumhākaṃ sāsanassa sārabhūto bhikkhū’’ti pucchi. Ayañca tameva ‘‘paṭisaraṇo’’ti pariyāyena pucchi. ^b^Appaṭisaraṇe^eb^ti yaṃ tumhe bhikkhuṃ paṭibodheyyātha, tādisassa abhāvena appaṭisaraṇe. Tathāgatena pavedito dhammo paṭisaraṇaṃ etesanti ^b^dhammapaṭisaraṇā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhammo avassayo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^81^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āgacchatī^eb^ti vācuggatabhāvena āgacchati. Vatthuvītikkamasaṅkhāte garugarutaralahulahutarādibhede ajjhācāre āpattisamaññāti āha – ^b^‘‘āpatti…pe… āṇātikkamanamevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yathādhamma^eb^nti dhammānurūpaṃ. ^b^Yathāsiṭṭha^eb^nti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ. ^b^Dhammo no^eb^ti ettha ^b^no^eb^-saddo avadhāraṇe ‘‘na no samaṃ atthi tathāgatenā’’tiādīsu (khu. pā. 6.3; su. ni. 226) viya. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘dhammova kāretī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^83^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Yathā taṃ tumhādisehi rakkhakehi gopakehī’’ti evaṃ pasannavesena attānaṃ ukkaṃsāpetukāmo ^a^V2.0048^ea^. Ariyūpavādapāpaṃ khamāpane sati antarāyāya na hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘iccetaṃ kusala’’^eb^nti. ^b^Gonaṅgalamakkaṭo^eb^ti gonaṅguṭṭhamakkaṭo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^84^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ayaṃ ukkaṃsāpetuṃ icchitaṃ yathāraddhamatthaṃ visaṃvādeti avaṇṇitampi vaṇṇitaṃ katvā kathento; imassa vacanassa paṭikkhepena iminā dātabbapiṇḍapātassa antarāyo mā hotūti evaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ rakkhituṃ na kho pana sakkāti yojanā. ^b^Ida^eb^nti ‘‘na kho, brāhmaṇa, so bhagavā’’tiādidesanaṃ. ^b^Abbhantaraṃ karitvā^eb^ti nibbānantogadhaṃ katvā, antaraṃ vā tassa nijjhānassa kāraṇaṃ katvā. Kāmarāgavasena hi taṃ nijjhānaṃ hotīti. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ suttapadese. ^b^Sabbasaṅgāhikajjhāna^eb^nti lokiyalokuttarassa antarāyo mā hotūti evaṃ katvāpi rūpāvacarassa maggajhānassa phalajhānassāti sabbassapi saṅgaṇhanavasena desitattā sabbasaṅgāhakajjhānaṃ nāma kathitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yaṃ no maya^eb^nti ettha ^b^no^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Taṃ no^eb^ti ettha pana ^b^no^eb^ti amhākanti attho. ^b^Usūyati^eb^ rājakiccapasutatādhīnatāya ekatthābhinivesabhāvato ^a^M2.0262^ea^. Mandapaññatāya vassakāragataissābhibhūtacittatāya paripuṇṇaṃ katvā vuttampi atthaṃ anupadhārento āha – ^b^‘‘ekadesameva kathesī’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Gopakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 8
title: gaṇakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanā^gopakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāpuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^85^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tasmiṃ^eb^^a^V2.0049^ea^^b^ahū^eb^ti tasmiṃ ahanīti āha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ divase’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anasanenā^eb^ti sabbaso āhārassa abhuñjanena sāsanikasīlena bāhirakānasanena upetā hutvāti yojanā. ^b^Vā^eb^-saddena khīrapānamadhusāyanādividhiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Upecca vasitabbato ^b^uposatho,^eb^ pātimokkhuddeso. Upetena samannāgatena hutvā vasitabbato santāne vāsetabbato ^b^uposatho,^eb^ sīlaṃ. Anasanādidhammādiṃ vā upecca vasanaṃ upavāso ^b^uposatho^eb^. Tathārūpe hatthijātivisese uposathoti samaññāmattanti āha – ^b^‘‘uposatho nāma nāgarājātiādīsu paññattī’’^eb^ti. Vuttanayena upavasanti etthāti ^b^uposatho,^eb^ divaso. ^b^So panesa^eb^ uposatho. ^b^Māsapuṇṇatāyā^eb^ti māsassa pūritabhāvena. ^b^Sampuṇṇā^eb^ti sabbaso puṇṇā. Tāya hi rattiyā vasena māso anavasesato puṇṇo hoti. Māsaddhamāsādibhedaṃ kālaṃ māti minanto viya hotīti ca ^b^‘‘mā’’iti cando vuccati. Etthā^eb^ti etissā rattiyā. Puṇṇo paripuṇṇakalo jātoti ^b^puṇṇamā^eb^. Tañhi candapāripūriyā māsapāripūriyā evamāha. Etena tassa uposathabhāvaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Dissati phalaṃ sandissatīti ^b^deso,^eb^ hetūti āha ^b^‘‘desanti kāraṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sabbaṃ kathenti^eb^ sabbaṃ attanā pariggahitappakāraṃ kathenti. ^b^Kathetuṃ na sakkonti^eb^ avisayattā. ^b^Pāsādapariveṇe^eb^ti pāsādassa purato vivaṭaṅgaṇe. ^b^Heṭṭhā vuttanayenā^eb^ti sekhasutte (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.22) vuttanayena vitthāretabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^86^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ime nu kho^eb^ti ettha nūti saṃsayajotanoti āha – ^b^‘‘vimatipucchā viya kathitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jānantenā^eb^tiādi pucchāvattadassanaparaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na ^a^M2.0263^ea^ pucchakassa satthu attano ajānanabhāvadīpanaparaṃ. Jānāti hi bhagavā. ^b^Ajānantena viya hutvā^eb^ pucchite. Yathābhūtasabhāvaṃ ^b^jānanto viya pucchati^eb^ kohaññe ṭhatvā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘thero evarūpaṃ vacanaṃ kiṃ karissatī’’^eb^ti kāraṇassa suppahīnattāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chandamūlakā^eb^ti taṇhāchandamūlakā. Taṇhā hi dukkhasamudayo. Kusalasañño vā thiravisadanipuṇasañño vā, kusalasaṅkhāro vā tikhiṇathiravisadasaṅkhāro vā; suvisuddhavipulodāraviññāṇo ^a^V2.0050^ea^ vāti imamatthaṃ ^b^‘‘saññādīsupi eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā atidisati. Kasmā panettha anāgatakālavaseneva desanā āgatāti āha ^b^‘‘yasmā panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khandhānaṃ khandhapaṇṇattī^eb^ti khandhasaddābhidheyyānaṃ ruppanānubhavanasañjānanābhisaṅkharavijānanasabhāvānaṃ atthānaṃ ‘‘khandho’’ti ayaṃ samaññā. ^b^Kittakenā^eb^ti kiṃparimāṇena atthena, rāsatthabhāgatthādīsu kīdisenāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hetuhetū^eb^ti hetupaccayabhūto hetu. Yo hi lobhādīnaṃ sahajātadhammesu mūlaṭṭhenupakārakabhāvo nippariyāyena hetuttho; so pathavīādīsupi paccayabhāvamattena hetupariyāyadassanato dutiyena hetu-saddena visesetvā vutto ^b^‘‘hetuhetū’’^eb^ti. Avijjā puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ sādhāraṇapaccayattā sādhāraṇahetu, ‘‘atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ kammasamādānānaṃ ṭhānaso hetuso vipāka’’nti ettha vijjamānesupi aññesu paccayesu iṭṭhāniṭṭhavipākaniyāmakattā kammaṃ tassa padhānakāraṇanti āha – ^b^‘‘kusalākusalaṃ attano attano vipākadāne uttamahetū’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Mahābhūtā hetū’’ti ayamevattho ‘‘mahābhūtā paccayo’’ti imināpi vuttoti hetusaddapaccayasaddānaṃ samānatthattā paccayo eva hetu ^b^paccayahetu,^eb^ yo ca rūpakkhandhassa hetu, so eva tassa paññāpanāya paccayoti vuttoti āha – ^b^‘‘idha paccayahetu adhippeto’’^eb^ti. Yadaggena paccayadhammo attano paccayuppannassa uppādāya ṭhitiyā ca paccayo, tadaggena tassa bhāvato samaññāto paññāpanāyapi so paccayoti vattabbataṃ arahatīti. Pāḷiyaṃ avibhāgena vuttamatthaṃ vibhāgena dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘tattha pathavīdhātū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^paññāpanāyā^eb^ti sahetuahetukantiādiākārehi bodhanāya ^a^M2.0264^ea^. Taṃ pana sabbodhanaṃ ñāṇena dassanaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dassanatthāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phasso^eb^ti phassasamaṅgībhāvo. So cettha sakiccanipphādanasamatthassa phassassa nibbatti. Nibbatto hi phasso tathārūpāya vedanāya paccayo hotīti. Etadatthamevettha bhagavatā puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katā, tasmā paccuppannātītakālavasena dvikāliko phassasaddo veditabbo. Phasse sati vedeti phassapaccayā vedanāicceva vuttaṃ hoti. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Yatheva hi vedanāya evaṃ saññāya saṅkhārānampi phasso visesapaccayo tasmiṃ asati abhāvato. Cetanāggahaṇena āyūhanānurūpatāya tappadhānattā saṅkhārakkhandhadhammā gahitā. Tathā hi suttantabhājanīye saṅkhārakkhandhabhājanīye (vibha. 21, 22) ca ‘‘cakkhusamphassajā cetanā’’tiādinā ^a^V2.0051^ea^ cetanāva niddiṭṭhā. ^b^Viññāṇakkhandhassā^eb^ti ettha ekasmiṃ bhave ādibhūtaviññāṇassa nāmarūpapaccayataṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘paṭisandhiviññāṇena tāvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha gabbhaseyyakassa sabhāvakassa rūpapavattiṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘uparimaparicchedenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ samatiṃsato upari paṭisandhikkhaṇe tassa rūpānaṃ asambhavato. Idāni pavattiviññāṇassa nāmarūpapaccayaṃ dvāravasena dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘cakkhudvāre’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Nanu ca viññāṇassapi phasso paccayo, kasmā tayo eva khandhā phassapaccayā vuttāti? Saccametaṃ, yathā pana viññāṇasahito phasso vedanādīnaṃ paccayo, na evaṃ viññāṇassa. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso’’ti (ma. ni. 1.204; ma. ni. 3.421, 425, 426; saṃ. ni. 2.44, 45; 2.4.60) phasso viya nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇassa visesapaccayo yathā nāmarūpapaccayāpi viññāṇanti. Tasmā imaṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ nāmarūpasseva viññāṇapaccayatā vuttā, na phassassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^87^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yāva sakkāyadiṭṭhi samuppajjati, tāva vaṭṭassa pariyanto natthevāti appahīnasakkāyadiṭṭhiko vaṭṭe paribbhamatīti āha – ^b^‘‘kathaṃ pana, bhanteti vaṭṭaṃ pucchanto’’^eb^ti. Yathā ca sakkāyadiṭṭhijotanā vaṭṭapucchā, evaṃ tabbhedanajotanā vivaṭṭapucchāti āha – ^b^‘‘sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotīti vivaṭṭaṃ pucchanto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^88^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ayaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0265^ea^^b^rūpe assādo^eb^ti yāthāvato dassanaṃ pariññābhisamayo, dukkhasaccapariyāpannañca rūpanti āha – ^b^‘‘iminā pariññāpaṭivedho ceva dukkhasaccañca kathita’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Yaṃ rūpaṃ anicca’’ntiādivacanato aniccādibhāvo tattha ādīnavo, so cassa paccayādhīnavuttitāya paccayo samudayasaccanti samudayappahānena ādīnavasamatikkamoti ādīnavaggahaṇena siddhamatthamāha – ^b^‘‘pahānapaṭivedho ceva samudayasaccañcā’’^eb^ti. Sabbasaṅkhatanissaraṇaṃ nibbānañca sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena paṭivijjhitabbanti āha – ^b^‘‘iminā sacchikiriyāpaṭivedho ceva nirodhasaccañcā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Imesu tīsu ṭhānesū^eb^ti yathāvuttesu dukkhādīsu tīsu abhisamayaṭṭhānesu. ^b^Ye sammādiṭṭhiādayo dhammā^eb^ti ye ariyamaggasaññitā sammādiṭṭhiādayo aṭṭha, satta vā dhammā. ^b^Bhāvanāpaṭivedho maggasacca^eb^nti bhāvanābhisamayavasena pavattaṃ maggasaccaṃ. ^b^Sesapadesupī^eb^ti, ‘‘ayaṃ vedanāya assādo’’tiādipadesupi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^89^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Imasmi^eb^nti āsannapaccakkhatāya sakāttabhāvo gahito, tadeva ajjhattā khandhāti tappaṭiyogitāya, ^b^‘‘bahiddhāti parassa saviññāṇake kāye’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbanimittesū^eb^ti sabbesu rūpanimittādīsupi ^a^V2.0052^ea^. Tāni pana indriyabaddhānipi anindriyabaddhānipi taṃsabhāvānīti āha ^b^‘‘anindriyabaddhampi saṅgaṇhātī’’^eb^ti. Viññāṇaggahaṇenevettha vedanādayopi gahitā avinābhāvatoti, ^b^‘‘saviññāṇake kāye’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Kāyo’’^eb^ti vā khandhasamūhoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^90^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anattani ṭhatvā^eb^ti attarahite anattasabhāve khandhakoṭṭhāse ṭhatvā taṃ ādhāraṃ katvā ^b^katāni^eb^ kammāni. ^b^Katarasmiṃ attani ṭhatvā^eb^ti kīdise attani nissayavipākaṃ dassanti vipaccissanti. Etena kārakavedakarahitattā attapakkhakammakāni na yujjantīti dasseti, khandhānaṃ khaṇikattā ca katanāsākatabbhāgamadoso ca āpajjatīti.<br/><br/>[03]Tatrāyaṃ (itivu. aṭṭha. 74; sārattha. ṭī. 1.5) codanāsodhanāvidhi – pāṇātipātavasena tāva kammapathasambandhavibhāvanā, khaṇe khaṇe hi nirujjhanasabhāvesu saṅkhāresu ko hanti, ko vā haññati, yadi cittacetasikasantāno, so arūpattā ^a^M2.0266^ea^ na chedanabhedanādivasena vikopanasamattho, napi vikopanīyo. Atha rūpasantāno, so acetanattā kaṭṭhakaliṅgarūpamoti na tattha chedanādinā pāṇātipātāpuññaṃ pasavati yathā matasarīre. Payogopi pāṇātipātassa paharaṇappahārādiko atītesu vā saṅkhāresu bhaveyya, anāgatesu, paccuppannesu vā, tattha na tāva atītānāgatesu sambhavati tesaṃ abhāvato, paccuppannesu ca saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇikattā saraseneva nirujjhanasabhāvatāya vināsābhimukhesu nippayojano payogo siyā, vināsassa ca kāraṇarahitattā na paharaṇappahārādippayogahetukaṃ maraṇaṃ, nirīhakatāya ca saṅkhārānaṃ kassa so payogo? Khaṇikattā vadhādhippāyasamakālabhijjanakassa kiriyāpariyosānakālānavaṭṭhānato kassa pāṇātipātakammabaddhoti?<br/><br/>[03]Vuccateyathāvuttavadhakacetanāsahito saṅkhārapuñjo sattasaṅkhāto hanti. Tena pavattitavadhappayoganimittaṃ apagatausmāviññāṇajīvitindriyo matavohārapavattinibandhano yathāvuttavappayogakaraṇe uppajjanāraho rūpārūpadhammasamūho haññati, kevalo vā cittacetasikasantāno. Vadhappayogāvisayabhāvepi tassa pañcavokārabhave rūpasantānādhīnavuttitāya rūpasantāne parena payojitajīvitindriyupacchedakapayogavasena tannibbattitavibandhakavisadirūpuppattiyā vigate vicchedo hotīti na pāṇātipātassa asambhavo; nāpi ahetuko pāṇātipāto, na ca payogo nippayojano paccuppannesu saṅkhāresu katappayogavasena tadanantaraṃ uppajjanārahassa saṅkhārakalāpassa tathā anuppattito. Khaṇikānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇikamaraṇassa idha maraṇabhāvena anadhippetattā santatimaraṇassa ca yathāvuttanayena sahetukabhāvato na ahetukaṃ maraṇaṃ ^a^V2.0053^ea^; na ca katturahito pāṇātipātappayogo nirīhakesupi saṅkhāresu sannihitatāmattena upakārakesu attano attano anurūpaphaluppādane niyatesu kāraṇesu kattuvohārasiddhito yathā – ‘‘padīpo pakāseti, nisākaro candimā’’ti. Na ca kevalassa vacādhippāyasahabhuno cittacetasikakalāpassa pāṇātipāto icchito santānavasena avaṭṭhitasseva paṭijānanato; santānavasena pavattamānānañca ^a^M2.0267^ea^ padīpādīnaṃ atthakiriyasiddhi dissatīti attheva pāṇātipātena kammunā baddho; tato eva yasmiṃ santāne pāṇātipātacetanā pavattā; tattheva santāne paccayantarasamavāyena bhavantare nirayādīsu tassā phalappavattīti nattheva katavināso akatabbhāgamo ca. Iminā nayena adinnādānādīnañca vasena yathārahaṃ kammapathasambandhavibhāvanā veditabbāti.<br/><br/>[03]Sabbo diṭṭhiggāho taṇhāvasagatasseva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘taṇhādhipateyyenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tesu tesu dhammesū^eb^ti mayā desiyamānadassanadhammesu. ^b^Pakatikammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti tassa therassa santike gahetvā parihariyamānakammaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Aññaṃ navakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti bhagavato desanānusārena gahitaṃ aññaṃ navaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāpuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 9
title: gopakamoggallānasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāpuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷapuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^91^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tuṇhībhūtaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0054^ea^^b^tuṇhībhūta^eb^nti āmeḍitavacanaṃ byāpanicchāvasena vuttanti āha – ^b^‘‘yaṃ yaṃ disa’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Anuviloketvā^eb^ti ettha ^b^anu^eb^saddopi byāpanicchāyamevāti anu anu viloketvāti attho. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘tato tato viloketvā’’^eb^ti. Asanto nīco purisoti ^b^asappuriso^eb^ti āha – ^b^‘‘pāpapuriso lāmakapuriso’’^eb^ti. ^b^So^eb^ti asappuriso. ^b^Ta^eb^nti asappurisaṃ ^b^jānituṃ na sakkoti^eb^ asappurisadhammānaṃ yāthāvato ajānanato. ^b^Pāpadhammasamannāgato^eb^ti kāyaduccaritādiasantuṭṭhitādilāmakadhammasamannāgato. Asappurise bhatti etassāti ^b^asappurisabhatti^eb^. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘asappurisasevano’’^eb^ti. Asappurisadhammo asappuriso uttarapadalopena, tesaṃ cintanasīloti ^b^asappurisacintī^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘asappurisacintāya cintako’’^eb^ti, duccintitacintīti attho. ^b^Asappurisamantana^eb^nti asādhujanavicāraṃ asappurisavīmaṃsaṃ. ^b^Asappurisavāca^eb^nti catubbidhaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ. ^b^Asappurisakammaṃ^eb^ nāma tividhampi kāyaduccaritaṃ. ^b^Asappurisadiṭṭhi^eb^ nāma visesato dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi, tāya samannāgato ^b^asappurisadiṭṭhiyā samannāgato, asappurisadānaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0268^ea^ nāma asakkaccadānādi. Sabbopāyamattho pāḷito eva viññāyati.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pāṇaṃ hanissāmī’’tiādikā cetanā kāmaṃ parabyābādhāyapi hotiyeva, yathā pana sā attano balavataradukkhatthāya hoti, tathā na parassāti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘attano dukkhatthāya cinteti’’^eb^icceva vutto. ^b^Yathā asuko asuka^eb^ntiādīhi pāpako pāpavipākekadesaṃ balavaṃ garutaraṃ vā paccanubhontopi yathā paro paccanubhoti, na tathā sayanti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parabyābādhāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gahetvā^eb^ti pāpakiriyāya sahāyabhāvena gahetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asakkacca^eb^nti anādaraṃ katvā. Deyyadhammassa asakkaraṇaṃ appasannākāro, puggalassa asakkaraṇaṃ agarukaraṇanti imamatthaṃ dassento, ^b^‘‘deyyadhammaṃ na sakkaroti nāmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Acittīkatvā^eb^ti na citte katvā, na pūjetvāti attho. Pūjento hi pūjetabbavatthuṃ citte ṭhapeti, tato na bahi karoti. Cittaṃ vā acchariyaṃ katvā paṭipatti ^b^cittīkaraṇaṃ,^eb^ sambhāvanakiriyā. Tappaṭikkhepato ^b^acittīkaraṇaṃ,^eb^ asambhāvanakiriyā. ^b^Apaviddha^eb^nti ucchiṭṭhādichaḍḍanīyadhammaṃ viya avakhittakaṃ. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘chaḍḍetukāmo viyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Rogaṃ pakkhipanto^eb^^a^V2.0055^ea^^b^viyā^eb^ti rogikasarīraṃ odanādīhi pamajjitvā vammike rogaṃ pakkhipanto viya. Addhā imassa dānassa phalaṃ mameva āgacchatīti evaṃ yassa tathā diṭṭhi atthi, so āgamanadiṭṭhiko, ayaṃ pana na tādisoti āha ^b^‘‘anāgamanadiṭṭhiko’’^eb^ti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘no phalapāṭikaṅkhī hutvā detī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmañcāyaṃ yathāvuttapuggalo asaddhammādīhi pāpadhammehi samannāgato, tehi pana sabbehipi micchādassanaṃ mahāsāvajjanti dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘tāya micchādiṭṭhiyā niraye upapajjatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Vuttapaṭipakkhanayenā^eb^ti kaṇhapakkhe vuttassa atthassa vipariyāyena sukkapakkhe attho veditabbo. ‘‘Sadevakaṃ loka’’ntiādīsu (pārā. 1) devasaddo chakāmāvacaradevesu, evamidhāti āha ^b^‘‘chakāmāvacaradevā’’^eb^ti. Tattha brahmānaṃ visuṃ gahitattā kāmāvacaradevaggahaṇanti ce? Idha dānaphalassa adhippetattā kāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ ^a^M2.0269^ea^, tatthāpi chakāmāvacaraggahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ devamahattatādivacanato. ^b^Tiṇṇaṃ kulānaṃ sampattī^eb^ti khattiyamahattādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ kulānaṃ sampatti, na kevalaṃ kulasampadā eva adhippetā, atha kho tattha āyuvaṇṇayasabhogaissariyādisampadāpi adhippetāti daṭṭhabbaṃ uḷārassa dānamayapuññassa vasena tesampi samijjhanato. ^b^Suddhavaṭṭavaseneva kathitaṃ^eb^ sukkapakkhepi sabbaso vivaṭṭassa anāmaṭṭhattā. Saddhādayo hi lokiyakusalasambhārā evettha adhippetāti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷapuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca devadahavaggavaṇṇanā.


volume: 36
item: 10
title: anupadavaggo^^anupadasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^93^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Iddhimāti^eb^^a^V2.0056^ea^^a^M2.0270^ea^^b^guṇo pākaṭo^eb^ paratoghosena vinā pāsādakampanadevacārikādīhi sayameva pakāsabhāvato; dhutavādādiguṇānampi tathābhāve eteneva nayena tesaṃ guṇānaṃ pākaṭayogato ca paresaṃ nicchitabhāvato ca. ^b^Paññavato guṇā^eb^ti paññāpabhedapabhāvite guṇavisese sandhāya vadati. Te hi yebhuyyena paresaṃ avisayā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘na sakkā akathitā jānitu’’^eb^nti. Visabhāgā sabhāgā nāma ayonisomanasikārabahulesu puthujjanesu, te pana appahīnarāgadosatāya parassa vijjamānampi guṇaṃ makkhetvā avijjamānaṃ avaṇṇameva ghosentīti āha – ^b^‘‘visabhāga…pe… kathentī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yā aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ samudayato atthaṅgamato assādato ādīnavato yathābhūtaṃ pajānanā, ayaṃ ^b^dhātukusalatā. Āyatanakusalatāya^eb^pi eseva nayo. Avijjādīsu dvādasasu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu kosallaṃ ^b^paṭiccasamuppādakusalatā^eb^. Idaṃ imassa phalassa ṭhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ, idaṃ aṭṭhānaṃ akāraṇanti evaṃ ṭhānañca ṭhānato, aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānanā, ayaṃ ^b^ṭhānāṭṭhānakusalatā^eb^. Yo pana imesu dhātuādīsu pariññābhisamayādivasena nissaṅgagatiyā paṇḍāti laddhanāmena ñāṇena ito gato pavatto, ayaṃ ^b^paṇḍito^eb^ nāmāti āha – ^b^‘‘imehi catūhi kāraṇehi paṇḍito’’^eb^ti. Mahantānaṃ atthānaṃ pariggaṇhanato mahatī paññā etassāti ^b^mahāpañño^eb^. Sesapadesupi eseva nayoti āha – ^b^‘‘mahāpaññādīhi samannāgatoti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānatta^eb^nti yāhi mahāpaññādīhi samannāgatattā thero ‘‘mahāpañño’’tiādinā kittīyati, tāsaṃ mahāpaññādīnaṃ idaṃ nānattaṃ ayaṃ vemattatā. Yassa kassaci (dī. ni. ṭī. 3.216; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.110; a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.584) visesato arūpadhammassa mahattaṃ nāma kiccasiddhiyā veditabbanti tadassa kiccasiddhiyā dassento, ^b^‘‘mahante^eb^^a^V2.0057^ea^^b^sīlakkhandhe pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha hetumahantatāya paccayamahantatāya nissayamahantatāya pabhedamahantatāya kiccamahantatāya ^a^M2.0271^ea^ phalamahantatāya ānisaṃsamahantatāya ca sīlakkhandhassa mahantabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha ^b^hetū^eb^ alobhādayo, ^b^paccayā^eb^ hirottappasaddhāsativīriyādayo. ^b^Nissayā^eb^ sāvakabodhipaccekabodhisammāsambodhiniyatatā taṃsamaṅgino ca purisavisesā. ^b^Pabhedo^eb^ cārittādivibhāgo. ^b^Kiccaṃ^eb^ tadaṅgādivasena paṭipakkhassa vidhamanaṃ. ^b^Phalaṃ^eb^ saggasampadā nibbānasampadā ca. ^b^Ānisaṃso^eb^ piyamanāpatādi. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.9) ākaṅkheyyasuttādīsu (ma. ni. 1.64 ādayo) ca āgatanayena veditabbo. Iminā nayena ^b^samādhikkhandhā^eb^dīnampi mahantatā yathārahaṃ niddhāretvā veditabbā, ^b^ṭhānāṭṭhānā^eb^dīnaṃ pana mahantabhāvo mahāvisayatāya veditabbo. Tattha ṭhānāṭṭhānānaṃ mahāvisayatā bahudhātukasutte (ma. ni. 3.124 ādayo) sayameva āgamissati. ^b^Vihārasamāpattīnaṃ^eb^ samādhikkhandhe niddhāritanayena veditabbā, ^b^ariyasaccānaṃ^eb^ sakalasāsanasaṅgahaṇato saccavibhaṅge (vibha. 189 ādayo) taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāsu (vibha. aṭṭha. 189 ādayo) āgatanayena. ^b^Satipaṭṭhānā^eb^dīnaṃ vibhaṅgādīsu (vibha. 355 ādayo) taṃsaṃvaṇṇanādīsu (vibha. aṭṭha. 355 ādayo) ca āgatanayena. ^b^Sāmaññaphalānaṃ^eb^ mahato hitassa mahato sukhassa mahato atthassa mahato yogakkhemassa nipphattibhāvato santapaṇītanipuṇātakkāvacarapaṇḍitavedanīyabhāvato ca. ^b^Abhiññānaṃ^eb^ mahāsambhārato mahāvisayato mahākiccato mahānubhāvato mahānipphattito ca. ^b^Nibbānassa^eb^ madanimmadanādimahatthasiddhito mahantatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puthupaññā^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – ^b^nānākhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatī^eb^ti, ‘‘ayaṃ rūpakkhandho nāma…pe… ayaṃ viññāṇakkhandho nāmā’’ti, evaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tesupi ‘‘ekavidhena rūpakkhandho, ekādasavidhena rūpakkhandho, ekavidhena vedanākkhandho, bahuvidhena vedanākkhandho, ekavidhena saññākkhandho…pe… ekavidhena viññāṇakkhandho, bahuvidhena viññāṇakkhandho’’ti evaṃ ekekassa khandhassa ekavidhādivasena atītādibhedavasenapi nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tathā ‘‘idaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ nāma…pe… idaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ nāma. Tattha dasāyatanā kāmāvacarā, dve catubhūmakā’’ti evaṃ āyatananānattaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānādhātūsū^eb^ti ^a^M2.0272^ea^ ‘‘ayaṃ cakkhudhātu nāma…pe… ayaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu nāma. Tattha soḷasa dhātuyo kāmāvacarā, dve catubhūmakā’’ti evaṃ nānādhātūsu paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tayidaṃ ^a^V2.0058^ea^ upādiṇṇakadhātuvasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Paccekabuddhānañhi dvinnañca aggasāvakānaṃ upādiṇṇakadhātūsuyeva nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tañca kho ekadesatova, no nippadesato, anupādiṇṇakadhātūnaṃ pana nānākaraṇaṃ na jānantiyeva. Sabbaññubuddhānaṃyeva pana, ‘‘imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannattā imassa rukkhassa khandho seto hoti, imassa kaṇho, imassa bahalattaco, imassa tanuttaco, imassa pattaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivasena evarūpaṃ, imassa pupphaṃ nīlaṃ pītaṃ lohitaṃ odātaṃ sugandhaṃ duggandhaṃ, phalaṃ khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ dīghaṃ vaṭṭaṃ susaṇṭhānaṃ maṭṭhaṃ pharusaṃ sugandhaṃ madhuraṃ tittakaṃ ambilaṃ kaṭukaṃ kasāvaṃ, kaṇṭako tikhiṇo atikhiṇo ujuko kuṭilo lohito odāto hotī’’ti dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthesū^eb^ti rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu. ^b^Nānāpaṭiccasamuppādesū^eb^ti ajjhattabahiddhābhedato santānabhedato ca nānappabhedesu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu. Avijjādiaṅgānañhi paccekaṃ paṭiccasamuppādasaññitāti. Tenāha – saṅkhārapiṭake ‘‘dvādasa paccayā dvādasa paṭiccasamuppādā’’ti. ^b^Nānāsuññatamanupalabbhesū^eb^ti nānāsabhāvesu niccasārādivirahato suññasabhāvesu, tato eva itthipurisāttāttaniyādivasena anupalabbhesu sabhāvesu. Ma-kāro hettha padasandhikaro. ^b^Nānāatthesū^eb^ti atthapaṭisambhidāvisayesu paccayuppannādinānāatthesu. ^b^Dhammesū^eb^ti dhammapaṭisambhidāvisayesu paccayādinānādhammesu. ^b^Niruttīsū^eb^ti tesaṃyeva atthadhammānaṃ niddhāraṇavacanasaṅkhātāsu nānāniruttīsu. ^b^Paṭibhānesū^eb^ti ettha atthapaṭisambhidādīsu visayabhūtesu, ‘‘imāni idamatthajotakānī’’ti (vibha. 725-745) tathā tathā paṭibhānato paṭibhānānīti laddhanāmesu ñāṇesu. ^b^Puthu nānāsīlakkhandhesū^eb^tiādīsu sīlassa puthuttaṃ nānattañca vuttameva. Itaresaṃ pana vuttanayānusārena suviññeyyattā pākaṭameva. Yaṃ pana abhinnaṃ ekameva nibbānaṃ, tattha upacāravasena puthuttaṃ gahetabbanti āha – ^b^‘‘puthu nānājanasādhāraṇe dhamme samatikkammā’’^eb^ti. Tenassa madanimmadanādipariyāyena puthuttaṃ paridīpitaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ^a^M2.0273^ea^ visayavasena paññāya mahattaṃ puthuttañca dassetvā idāni sampayuttadhammavasena hāsabhāvaṃ, pavattiākāravasena javanabhāvaṃ, kiccavasena tikkhādibhāvañca dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘katamā hāsapaññā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^hāsabahulo^eb^ti pītibahulo. Sesapadāni tasseva vevacanāni. ^b^Sīlaṃ paripūretī^eb^ti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udaggudaggo hutvā pītisahagatāya paññāya. Pītisomanassasahagatā hi paññā abhirativasena ārammaṇe phullā vikasitā viya pavattati; na upekkhāsahagatāti pātimokkhasīlaṃ ṭhapetvā hāsanīyaṃ paraṃ tividhampi sīlaṃ paripūretīti attho. Visuṃ vuttattā puna ^b^sīlakkhandha^eb^māha. ^b^Samādhikkhandha^eb^ntiādīsupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rūpaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0059^ea^^b^aniccato khippaṃ javatī^eb^ti rūpakkhandhaṃ aniccanti sīghaṃ vegena pavattiyā paṭipakkhadūrībhāvena pubbābhisaṅkhārassa sātisayattā indena vissaṭṭhavajiraṃ viya lakkhaṇaṃ paṭivijjhantī adandhāyantī rūpakkhandhe aniccalakkhaṇaṃ vegasā paṭivijjhati, tasmā sā ^b^javanapaññā^eb^ nāmāti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāvasena javanapaññaṃ dassetvā balavavipassanāvasena dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘rūpa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^khayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti yattha yattha uppajjati, tattha tattheva bhijjanato khayasabhāvattā. ^b^Bhayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti bhayānakabhāvato. ^b^Asārakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti attasāravirahato niccasārādivirahato ca. ^b^Tulayitvā^eb^ti tulābhūtāya vipassanāpaññāya tuletvā. ^b^Tīrayitvā^eb^ti tāya eva tīraṇabhūtāya tīretvā. ^b^Vibhāvayitvā^eb^ti yāthāvato pakāsetvā pañcakkhandhaṃ ^b^vibhūtaṃ katvā. Rūpanirodhe^eb^ti rūpakkhandhassa nirodhabhūte ^b^nibbāne^eb^ ninnapoṇapabbhāravasena. Idāni sikhāppattavipassanāvasena javanapaññaṃ dassetuṃ, puna ^b^‘‘rūpa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāvasenāti keci.<br/><br/>[03]Ñāṇassa tikkhabhāvo nāma savisesaṃ paṭipakkhasamucchindanena veditabboti, ^b^‘‘khippaṃ kilese chindatīti tikkhapaññā’’^eb^ti vatvā te pana kilese vibhāgena dassento, ^b^‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakka’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tikkhapañño hi khippābhiñño hoti, paṭipadā cassa na calatīti āha – ^b^‘‘ekasmiṃ āsane cattāro ariyamaggā adhigatā hontī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā nirodhadhammā’’ti yāthāvato dassanena saccasampaṭivedho ijjhati, na aññathāti kāraṇamukhena nibbedhikapaññaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘sabbasaṅkhāresu^eb^^a^M2.0274^ea^^b^ubbegabahulo hotī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ubbegabahulo^eb^ti vuttanayena sabbasaṅkhāresu abhiṇhaṃ pavattasaṃvego. ^b^Uttāsabahulo^eb^ti ñāṇutrāsavasena sabbasaṅkhāresu bahuso utrastamānaso. Tena ādīnavānupassanamāha. ^b^Ukkaṇṭhanabahulo^eb^ti pana iminā nibbidānupassanaṃ āha – ^b^aratibahulo^eb^tiādinā tassā eva aparāparuppattiṃ. ^b^Bahimukho^eb^ti sabbasaṅkhārato bahibhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ uddissa pavattañāṇamukho, tathā vā pavattitavimokkhamukho. Nibbijjhanaṃ nibbedho, so etissā atthi, nibbijjhatīti vā nibbedhā, sāva paññā ^b^nibbedhikā^eb^. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[03]Pajjati etena vipassanādikoti ^b^padaṃ,^eb^ samāpatti, tasmā ^b^anupada^eb^nti anusamāpattiyoti attho. ^b^Padaṃ^eb^ vā sammasanupagā dhammā vipassanāya pavattiṭṭhānabhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samāpattivasena vā’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0060^ea^. ^b^Jhānaṅgavasena vā^eb^ti jhānaṅgavasenāti ca attho. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana kamattho idha padasaddo, tasmā anupadaṃ anukkamenāti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘anupaṭipāṭiyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhammavipassana^eb^nti taṃtaṃsamāpatticittuppādapariyāpannānaṃ dhammānaṃ vipassanaṃ. ^b^Vipassatī^eb^ti samāpattiyo jhānamukhena te te dhamme yāthāvato pariggahetvā, ‘‘itipi dukkhā’’tiādinā sammasati. ^b^Addhamāsena arahattaṃ patto^eb^ ukkaṃsagatassa sāvakānaṃ sammasanacārassa nippadesena pavattiyamānattā, sāvakapāramīñāṇassa ca tathā paṭipādetabbattā. ^b^Evaṃ santepī^eb^ti yadipi mahāmoggallānatthero na cirasseva arahattaṃ patto; dhammasenāpati pana tato cirena, evaṃ santepi yasmā moggallānattheropi mahāpaññova, tasmā sāriputtattherova mahāpaññataroti. Idāni tamatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ, ^b^‘‘mahāmoggallānatthero hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Sammasanaṃ carati etthāti sammasanacāro, vipassanābhūmi, taṃ ^b^sammasanacāraṃ. Ekadesamevā^eb^ti sakāttabhāve saṅkhāre anavasesato pariggahetuñca sammasituñca asakkontaṃ attano abhinīhārasamudāgatañāṇabalānurūpaṃ ekadesameva pariggahetvā sammasanto. Nanu ca ‘‘sabbaṃ, bhikkhave, anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.26) vacanato vaṭṭadukkhato muccitukāmena sabbaṃ pariññeyyaṃ parijānitabbameva? Saccametaṃ, tañca kho sammasanupagadhammavasena vuttaṃ. Tasmā sasantānagate sabbadhamme ^a^M2.0275^ea^, parasantānagate ca tesaṃ santānavibhāgaṃ akatvā bahiddhābhāvasāmaññato sammasanaṃ, ayaṃ sāvakānaṃ sammasanacāro. Thero pana bahiddhādhammepi santānavibhāgena keci keci uddharitvā sammasi, tañca kho ñāṇena phuṭṭhamattaṃ katvā. Tena vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘yaṭṭhikoṭiyā uppīḷento viya ekadesameva sammasanto’’^eb^ti. Tattha ñāṇena nāma yāvatā neyyaṃ pavattitabbaṃ, tathā apavattanato ^b^‘‘yaṭṭhikoṭiyā uppīḷento viyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Anupadadhammavipassanāya abhāvato ^b^‘‘ekadesameva sammasanto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Buddhānaṃ sammasanacāro dasasahassilokadhātuyaṃ sattasantānagatā, anindriyabaddhā ca saṅkhārāti vadanti, koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesūti apare. Tathā hi addhattayavasena paṭiccasamuppādanayaṃ osaritvā chattiṃsakoṭisatasahassamukhena buddhānaṃ mahāvajirañāṇaṃ pavattaṃ. Paccekabuddhānaṃ sasantānagatehi saddhiṃ majjhimadesavāsisattasantānagatā anindriyabaddhā ca sammasanacāroti vadanti, jambudīpavāsisattasantānagatāti keci. Dhammasenāpatinopi yathāvuttasāvakānaṃ vipassanābhūmiyeva sammasanacāro. Tattha pana thero sātisayaṃ niravasesaṃ anupadadhammaṃ vipassi. Tena vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘sāvakānaṃ sammasanacāraṃ nippadesaṃ sammasī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ‘‘sāvakānaṃ vipassanābhūmī’’ti ettha sukkhavipassakā lokiyābhiññappattā pakatisāvakā ^a^V2.0061^ea^ aggasāvakā paccekabuddhā sammāsambuddhāti chasu janesu sukkhavipassakānaṃ jhānābhiññāhi anadhigatapaññānepuññattā andhānaṃ viya icchitapadesokkamanaṃ vipassanākāle icchikicchitadhammavipassanā natthi. Te yathāpariggahitadhammamatteyeva ṭhatvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhenti. Lokiyābhiññappattā pana pakatisāvakā yena mukhena vipassanaṃ ārabhanti; tato aññena vipassanaṃ vitthārikaṃ kātuṃ sakkonti vipulañāṇattā. Mahāsāvakā abhinīhārasampannattā tato sātisayaṃ vipassanaṃ vitthārikaṃ kātuṃ sakkonti. Aggasāvakesu dutiyo abhinīhārasampattiyā samādhānassa sātisayattā vipassanaṃ tatopi vitthārikaṃ karoti. Paṭhamo pana tato mahāpaññatāya sāvakehi asādhāraṇaṃ vitthārikaṃ karoti. Paccekabuddho tehipi mahābhinīhāratāya attano abhinīhārānurūpaṃ tatopi vitthārikavipassanaṃ karonti. Buddhānaṃ, sammadeva, paripūritapaññāpāramipabhāvita-sabbaññutaññāṇādhigamanassa anurūpāyāti. Yathā ^a^M2.0276^ea^ nāma katavālavedhaparicayena sarabhaṅgasadisena dhanuggahena khitto saro antarā rukkhalatādīsu asajjamāno lakkhaṇeyeva patati; na sajjati na virajjhati, evaṃ antarā asajjamānā avirajjhamānā vipassanā sammasanīyadhammesu yāthāvato nānānayehi pavattati. Yaṃ mahāñāṇanti vuccati, tassa pavattiākārabhedo gaṇato vuttoyeva.<br/><br/>[03]Etesu ca sukkhavipassakānaṃ vipassanācāro khajjotapabhāsadiso, abhiññappattapakatisāvakānaṃ dīpapabhāsadiso, mahāsāvakānaṃ okkāpabhāsadiso, aggasāvakānaṃ osadhitārakāpabhāsadiso, paccekabuddhānaṃ candapabhāsadiso, sammāsambuddhānaṃ rasmisahassapaṭimaṇḍitasaradasūriyamaṇḍalasadiso upaṭṭhāsi. Tathā sukkhavipassakānaṃ vipassanācāro andhānaṃ yaṭṭhikoṭiyā gamanasadiso, lokiyābhiññappattapakatisāvakānaṃ daṇḍakasetugamanasadiso, mahāsāvakānaṃ jaṅghasetugamanasadiso, aggasāvakānaṃ sakaṭasetugamanasadiso, paccekabuddhānaṃ mahājaṅghamaggagamanasadiso, sammāsambuddhānaṃ mahāsakamaggagamanasadisoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Arahattañca kira patvā^eb^ti ettha ^b^kira^eb^-saddo anussavaladdhoyamatthoti dīpetuṃ vutto. ^b^Patvā aññāsi^eb^ attano vipassanācārassa mahāvisayattā tikkhavisadasūrabhāvassa ca sallakkhaṇena. Kathaṃ panāyaṃ mahāthero dandhaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇanto sīghaṃ arahattaṃ pattato paññāya attānaṃ sātisayaṃ katvā aññāsīti āha – ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Mahājaṭa^eb^nti mahājālasākhaṃ ativiya sibbitajālaṃ. ^b^Yaṭṭhiṃ pana sāraṃ vā ujuṃ vā na labhati^eb^ veṇuggahaṇe anuccinitvā veṇussa gahitattā. ^b^Evaṃsampada^eb^nti yathā tesu purisesu eko veḷuggahaṇe anuccinitvā veḷuyaṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti, eko uccinitvā, evaṃ nipphattikaṃ. ^b^Padhāna^eb^nti bhāvanānuyuñjanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sattasaṭṭhi^eb^^a^V2.0062^ea^^b^ñāṇānī^eb^ti paṭisambhidāmagge (paṭi. ma. 1.73 mātikā) āgatesu tesattatiyā ñāṇesu ṭhapetvā cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni sutamayañāṇādīni paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāñāṇapariyosānāni sattasaṭṭhi ñāṇāni. Tāni hi sāvakehi pavicitabbāni, na itarāni. ^b^Soḷasavidhaṃ pañña^eb^nti (saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.379; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 3.5.379) mahāpaññādikā, navānupubbavihārasamāpattipaññāti idaṃ soḷasavidhaṃ paññaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0277^ea^ tassa. ^b^Idaṃ hotī^eb^ti idaṃ dāni vuccamānaṃ anupubbasammasanaṃ hoti. ^b^Vipassanākoṭṭhāsa^eb^nti vitakkādisammasitabbadhammavibhāgena vibhattavipassanābhāgaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^94^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭhame jhāne^eb^ti upasilese bhummaṃ, tasmā ^b^ye paṭhame jhāne dhammā^eb^ti ye paṭhamajjhānasaṃsaṭṭhā dhammāti attho. ^b^Antosamāpattiya^eb^nti ca samāpattisahagate cittuppāde samāpattisamaññaṃ āropetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Vavatthitā^eb^ti katavavatthanā nicchitā. ^b^Paricchinnā^eb^ti ñāṇena paricchinnā salakkhaṇato paricchijja ñātā. ^b^Olokento^eb^ti ñāṇacakkhunā paccakkhato passanto. ^b^Abhiniropanaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇe cittassa āropanaṃ. ^b^Anumajjanaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇe cittassa anuvicāraṇaṃ. ^b^Pharaṇaṃ^eb^ paṇītarūpehi kāyassa byāpanaṃ, vipphārikabhāvo vā. ^b^Sāta^eb^nti sātamadhuratā. ^b^Adhikkhepo^eb^ vikkhepassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ samādhānaṃ. ^b^Phusanaṃ^eb^ indriyavisayaviññāṇassa tato uppajjitvā ārammaṇe phusanākārena viya pavatti. ^b^Vedayitaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇānubhavanaṃ. ^b^Sañjānanaṃ^eb^ nīlādivasena ārammaṇassa sallakkhaṇaṃ. ^b^Cetayitaṃ^eb^ cetaso byāpāro. ^b^Vijānanaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇūpaladdhi. ^b^Kattukamyatā^eb^ cittassa ārammaṇena atthikatā. Tasmiṃ ārammaṇe adhimuccanaṃ, sanniṭṭhānaṃ vā ^b^adhimokkho^eb^. Kosajjapakkhe patituṃ adatvā cittassa paggaṇhanaṃ ^b^paggāho,^eb^ adhiggahoti attho. Ārammaṇaṃ upagantvā ṭhānaṃ, anissajjanaṃ vā ^b^upaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Samappavattesu assesu sārathi viya sakiccapasutesu sampayuttesu ajjhupekkhanaṃ ^b^majjhattatā^eb^. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ ārammaṇe anunayanaṃ saṃcaraṇaṃ ^b^anunayo. Sabhāvato^eb^ti yathābhūtasabhāvato. Soḷasannaṃ eva cettha dhammānaṃ gahaṇaṃ tesaṃyeva therena vavatthāpitabhāvato, te evassa tadā upaṭṭhahiṃsu, na itareti vadanti. Vīriyasatiggahaṇena cettha indriyabhāvasāmaññato saddhāpaññā; satiggahaṇeneva ekantānavajjabhāvasāmaññato passaddhiādayo cha yugaḷā; alobhādosā ca saṅgahitā jhānacittuppādapariyāpannattā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Therena ca dhammā vavatthānasāmaññato āraddhā. Te na upaṭṭhahiṃsūti na sakkā vattunti apare.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Viditā uppajjantī^eb^ti uppādepi nesaṃ vedanānaṃ pajānanaṃ hotiyevāti attho. Sesapadadvayepi ^a^V2.0063^ea^ eseva nayo. Taṃ jānātīti taṃñāṇo, tassa ^a^M2.0278^ea^ bhāvo ^b^taṃñāṇatā,^eb^ ñāṇassa attasaṃvedananti attho. Taṃsamānayogakkhamāhi sampayuttadhammā. ^b^Ñāṇabahutā^eb^ti ñāṇassa bahubhāvo, ekacittuppāde anekañāṇatāti attho. Idāni tamevatthaṃ vivarituṃ, ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Na sakkā jānituṃ^eb^ ārammaṇakaraṇassa abhāvato. Asammohāvabodho ca īdisassa ñāṇassa natthi. ^b^Ekekameva^eb^ ñāṇaṃ ^b^uppajjati^eb^ tasmiṃ khaṇe ekasseva āvajjanassa uppajjanato, na ca āvajjanena vinā cittuppatti atthi. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Cullāsītisahassāni, kappā tiṭṭhanti ye marū;<br/><br/>[22]Na tveva tepi jīvanti, dvīhi cittehi saṃyutā’’ti. (mahāni. 10, 39) ca,<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Natthi citte yugā gahī’’ti ca –<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vatthārammaṇānaṃ pariggahitatāyā^eb^ti yasmiñca ārammaṇe ye jhānadhammā pavattanti, tesaṃ vatthārammaṇānaṃ pageva ñāṇena paricchijja gahitattā. Yathā nāma migasūkarādīnaṃ āsayepariggahite tatra ṭhitā migā vā sūkarā vā tato uṭṭhānatopi āgamanatopi nesādassa sukhaggahaṇā honti, evaṃsampadamidaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘therena hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti vatthārammaṇānaṃ pariggahitabhāvena. ^b^Assā^eb^ti therassa. ^b^Tesaṃ dhammāna^eb^nti jhānacittuppādapariyāpannānaṃ dhammānaṃ. ^b^Uppādaṃ āvajjantassā^eb^tiādinā uppādādīsu yaṃ yadeva ārabbha ñāṇaṃ uppajjati; tasmiṃ tasmiṃ khaṇe tassa tasseva cassa pākaṭabhāvo dīpito. Na hi āvajjanena vinā ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. ^b^Ahutvā sambhontī^eb^ti pubbe avijjamānā hutvā sambhavanti, anuppannā uppajjantīti attho. ^b^Udayaṃ passati^eb^ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ, ‘‘ahutvā sambhontī’’ti uppādakkhaṇasamaṅgibhāvadassanato. Pubbe abhāvabodhako hi attalābho dhammānaṃ udayo. ^b^Hutvā^eb^ti uppajjitvā. ^b^Paṭiventī^eb^ti paṭi khaṇe khaṇe vinassanti. ^b^Vayaṃ passati,^eb^ ‘‘hutvā paṭiventī’’ti tesaṃ dhammānaṃ bhaṅgakkhaṇasamaṅgibhāvadassanato. Viddhaṃsabhāvabodhako hi dhammānaṃ vijjamānato vayo.<br/><br/>[03]Tesu dhammesu natthi etassa upayo rāgavasena upagamananti ^b^anupayo,^eb^ ananurodho. Hutvā viharatīti yojanā. Tathā natthi etassa apāyo paṭighavasena apagamananti ^b^anapāyo,^eb^ avirodho. ‘‘Etaṃ mama, ^a^M2.0279^ea^ eso me atthā’’ti tassa taṇhādiṭṭhiabhinivesābhāvato taṇhādiṭṭhinissayehi ^a^V2.0064^ea^^b^anissito. Appaṭibaddho^eb^ti anupayānissitabhāvato vipassanāya paribandhavasena chandarāgena na paṭibaddho na vibandhito. ^b^Vippamutto^eb^ti tato eva vikkhambhanavimuttivasena kāmarāgato vimutto. ^b^Visaṃyutto^eb^ vikkhambhanavaseneva paṭipakkhadhammehi visaṃyutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilesamariyādā tena katā bhaveyyā^eb^ti antosamāpattiyaṃ pavatte soḷasa dhamme ārabbha pavattamānaṃ vipassanāvīthiṃ bhinditvā sace rāgādayo uppajjeyyuṃ; tassa vipassanāvīthiyā kilesamariyādā tena cittena, cittasamaṅginā vā katā bhaveyya. ^b^Tesū^eb^ti tesu dhammesu. ^b^Assā^eb^ti therassa. ^b^Ekopī^eb^ti rāgādīsu ekopīti ca vadanti. Vuttākārena ekaccānaṃ anāpāthagamane sati vipassanā na tesu dhammesu nirantarappavattāti ^b^ārammaṇamariyādā bhaveyya. Vikkhambhitapaccanīkattā^eb^ti vipassanāya paṭipakkhadhammānaṃ pageva vikkhambhitattā idānipi vikkhambhetabbā kilesā natthīti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ito^eb^ti paṭhamajjhānato. ^b^Anantaro^eb^ti uparimo jhānādiviseso. ^b^Tassa pajānanassā^eb^ti, ‘‘atthi uttari nissaraṇa’’nti evaṃ pavattajānanassa. ^b^Bahulīkaraṇenā^eb^ti punappunaṃ uppādanena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampasādanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti kilesakālusiyāpagamanena, tassa vicārakkhobhavigamena vā cetaso sammadeva pāsādikabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]Vīriyaṃ sati upekkhāti āgataṭṭhāne pārisuddhiupekkhā, adukkhamasukhāvedanāti ettha jhānupekkhāti, ^b^‘‘sukhaṭṭhāne vedanupekkhāvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sukhaṭṭhāne^eb^ti ca paṭhamajjhānādīsu sukhassa vuttaṭṭhāne. ^b^Passaddhattā^eb^ti samadhuracetayitabhāvena ārammaṇe visaṭavitthatabhāvato yo so cetaso ābhogo vutto. Sāmaññaphalādīsu satiyā pārisuddhi, sā thana atthato sativinimuttā natthīti āha ^b^‘‘parisuddhāsatiyevā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pārisuddhiupekkhā,^eb^ na jhānupekkhādayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^95^eb^^b^.^eb^ Īdisesu ṭhānesu satiyā na kadācipi ñāṇaviraho atthīti āha – ^b^‘‘ñāṇena sampajāno hutvā’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi tatiyajjhāne, ‘‘satimā sukhavihārī’’ti ettha sampajānoti ayamattho vutto eva hoti ^a^M2.0280^ea^. ^b^Na sāvakānaṃ anupadadhammavipassanā hoti^eb^ saṅkhārāvasesasukhumappavattiyā duviññeyyattā vinibbhujitvā gahetuṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvato. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘kalāpavipassanaṃ dassento evamāhā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^96^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paññāya^eb^^a^V2.0065^ea^^b^cassadisvā āsavā parikkhīṇā hontī^eb^ti dassanasamakālaṃ khīyamānā āsavā, ‘‘disvā parikkhīṇā hontī’’ti vuttā. Samānakālepi hi ediso saddappayogo dissati –<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425, 426; saṃ. ni. 2.43-45; 2.4.60; kathā. 465, 467).<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nihantvā timiraṃ sabbaṃ, uggatejo samuggato;<br/><br/>[22]Verocano rasmimālī, lokacakkhupabhaṅkaro’’ti. (paṭṭhā. anuṭī. 1.25-34; visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.580) ca –<br/><br/>[03]Evamādīsu. Hetuattho vā ayaṃ ^b^disvā^eb^saddo asamānakattuko yathā – ‘‘ghataṃ pivitvā balaṃ hoti, sīhaṃ disvā bhayaṃ hotī’’ti (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.802). Dassanahetuko hi āsavānaṃ parikkhayo pariññāsacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamaye sati pahānābhisamayassa labbhanato. ^b^Yuganaddhaṃ āharitvā^eb^ti paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya tattha jhānadhamme sammasanto samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ bhāveti. Evaṃ yāva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya tattha sammasanto samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ katvā yathā thero arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘arahattaṃ pattavāro idha gahito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ sutte. Dīghanakhasuttadesanāya (ma. ni. 2.205-206) hi thero arahattaṃ patto. Tadā ca anāgāmī hutvā nirodhaṃ samāpajjatīti vacanāvasaro natthi, tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘arahattaṃ pattavāro idha gahito’’ti. Yadi evaṃ – ‘‘sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti idaṃ kasmā vuttanti? There vijjamāne paṇḍitaguṇe anavasesato dassetvā arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ niṭṭhāpetuṃ. Nirodhasamāpajjanaṃ pana therassa āciṇṇasamāciṇṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nirodhaṃ pana…pe… vadantī’’^eb^ti. Tena phalasamāpattimpi antarā samāpajjatiyevāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Vomissaṃ ^a^M2.0281^ea^ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘tatthassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘nirodhaṃ samāpajjissāmī’’ti ābhogena samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ āharitvā ṭhitassa ^b^nirodhasamāpatti sīsaṃ^eb^ nāma hoti, tassa ābhogavasena ^b^nirodhassa vāro āgacchati. Phalasamāpatti gūḷho hoti,^eb^ ‘‘phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjissāmī’’ti ābhogassa abhāvato. ^b^Phalasamāpatti sīsaṃ hotī^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayena attho ^a^V2.0066^ea^ veditabbo. Etena ābhogapaṭibaddhametesaṃ āgamananti dīpitanti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Jambudīpavāsino therā panā^eb^tiādi aṭṭhakathāruḷhameva taṃ vacanaṃ. ^b^Antosamāpattiya^eb^nti nirodhaṃ samāpannakāle. ^b^Tisamuṭṭhānikarūpadhamme^eb^ti utukammāhāravasena tisamuṭṭhānikarūpadhamme.<br/><br/>[03]^b^97^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ciṇṇavasita^eb^nti paṭipakkhadūribhāvena subhāvitavasībhāvaṃ. ^b^Nipphattiṃ patto^eb^ti ukkaṃsaparinipphattiṃ patto. Ure vāyāmajanitāya ^b^oraso. Pabhāvita^eb^nti uppāditaṃ. ^b^Dhammenā^eb^ti ariyamaggadhammena. Tassa hi adhigamena ariyāya jātiyā jāto nibbattoti katvā, ^b^‘‘dhammajo dhammanimmito’’^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Dhammadāyassā^eb^ti navavidhassa lokuttaradhammadāyassa. ^b^Ādiyanato^eb^ti gaṇhanato, sasantāne uppādanatoti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Anupadasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 11
title: ^anupadasuttavaṇṇanā^chabbisodhanasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^98^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Khīṇā^eb^^a^V2.0067^ea^^b^jātī^eb^ti attano jātikkhayaṃ paṭijānantena arahattaṃ byākataṃ hoti arahato tadabhāvato. Tathā ^b^vusitaṃ brahmacariya^eb^nti maggabrahmacariyavāso me pariyositoti paṭijānantenapi. ^b^Kataṃ karaṇīya^eb^nti catūhi maggehi catūsu saccesu pariññādivasena soḷasavidhassapi kiccassa attanā niṭṭhāpitabhāvaṃ paṭijānantenapi. ^b^Nāparaṃ itthattāyā^eb^ti āyatiṃ punabbhavābhāvaṃ, āyatiṃ vā pariññādikaraṇīyābhāvaṃ paṭijānantenapīti āha – ^b^‘‘ekenapi padena aññā byākatāva hotī’’^eb^ti. Dvikkhattuṃ baddhaṃ pana subaddhaṃ viyāti vuttaṃ. ^b^Idha pana aññābyākaraṇaṃ catūhi padehi āgataṃ,^eb^ tasmā vattabbameva cettha natthīti ^a^M2.0282^ea^ adhippāyo. ^b^Cetanāya diṭṭhavāditā nāma^eb^ ariyavohāro. ^b^Sabhāvo^eb^ti pakatiattho hi ayaṃ dhammasaddo, ‘‘jātidhammā jarādhammā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.274-275) viya tasmā, ^b^anudhammo^eb^ti ariyabhāvaṃ anugatā pakatīti attho. Paramappicchatāya ariyā attano guṇe anāvikarontāpi sāsanassa niyyānikabhāvapavedanatthañceva sabrahmacārīnaṃ sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ ussāhajananatthañca tādisānaṃ parinibbānasamayeyeva āvikarontīti adhippāyenāha – ^b^‘‘parinibbutassa…pe… kātabbo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^99^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dubbala^eb^nti pheggu viya subhejjanīyaṃ balavirahitaṃ, asāranti attho. ^b^Virāguta^eb^nti palujjanasabhāvaṃ. ^b^Vigacchanasabhāva^eb^nti vināsagamanasabhāvaṃ. Aniccadukkhavipariṇāmattā assāsalesassapi abhāvato ^b^assāsavirahitaṃ^eb^. Ārammaṇakaraṇavasena samannāgamanavasena ca yathārahaṃ upenti upagacchantīti ^b^upayā,^eb^ ‘‘etaṃ mama, eso me attā’’ti upādiyanti daḷhaggāhaṃ gaṇhantīti ^b^upādānā^eb^. Adhitiṭṭhati cetaso abhinandanabhūtāti ^b^cetaso adhiṭṭhānaṃ. Tāhī^eb^ti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi. ^b^Ta^eb^nti cittaṃ. ^b^Abhinivisatī^eb^ti abhirativasena nivisati, ayañhettha attho – sakkāyadhammesu cittaṃ abhinivisati ‘‘etaṃ mamaṃ, eso me attā’’ti ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati etāhi abhinivesāhi, tathā sakkāyadhammesu cittaṃ anuseti etāhīti ^b^anusayā,^eb^ taṇhādiṭṭhiyo. Yadaggena hi tebhūmakadhammesu rāgādayo anusenti, tadaggena taṃsahagatadhammā tattha anusentīti pariyāyena, ^b^‘‘taṃ anusetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Khayā virāgā^eb^ti hetumhi nissakkavacananti ^b^‘‘khayena virāgenā’’^eb^ti hetumhi karaṇavasena attho vutto. ^b^Virāgenā^eb^ti ca ^b^iti^eb^saddo ādi attho ^a^V2.0068^ea^. Tena ‘‘nirodhenā’’ti evamādikaṃ gahitaṃ hoti. ^b^Aññamaññavevacanāneva^eb^ upayādīnaṃ samucchedasseva bodhanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^100^eb^^b^.^eb^ Patiṭṭhāti ettha sesabhūtattayaṃ upādārūpañcāti patiṭṭhānā, nijjīvaṭṭhena dhātucāti ^b^patiṭṭhānadhātu^eb^. Nhānīyacuṇṇaṃ bāhiraudakaṃ viya sesabhūtattayaṃ ābandhatīti ^b^ābandhanaṃ^eb^. Pacanīyabhattaṃ bāhiratejo viya sesabhūtattayaṃ paripācetīti ^b^paripācanaṃ^eb^. Bāhiravāto viya sesabhūtattayaṃ vitthambhetīti ^b^vitthambhanaṃ^eb^. Dhātusaddattho vuttoyeva. ^b^Asamphuṭṭhadhātū^eb^ti ^a^M2.0283^ea^ asamphusitabhāvo tesaṃ viparimaṭṭhatābhāvato. ^b^Vijānanaṃ^eb^ ārammaṇūpaladdhi. ^b^Ahaṃ attā^eb^ti ahaṃ, ‘‘rūpadhammo me attā’’ti ^b^attakoṭṭhāsena^eb^ attabhāvena ^b^na upagamiṃ^eb^ na gaṇhiṃ. Nissitanissitāpi nissitā eva nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘pathavīdhātunissitāvā’’^eb^ti. Attanā vā pana tannissitāti ^b^‘‘ekena pariyāyenā’’^eb^ti. Upādārupampi kāmaṃ nissitampi hoti. Tathāpi taṃ nissitaṃ hotiyevāti taṃ na uddhaṭaṃ. Paricchedakarattā paricchedākāsassa ^b^‘‘avinibbhogavasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tena ca tathā paricchinnattā ^b^sabbampi bhūtupādārūpaṃ ākāsadhātunissitaṃ nāma^eb^. Taṃ nissāya pavattiyā upādārūpaṃ viya bhūtarūpāni, arūpakkhandhā viya ca vatthurūpāni, ^b^‘‘taṃnissitarūpavatthukā arūpakkhandhā’’^eb^ti vuttanayena ākāsadhātunissitacakkhādirūpadhammavatthukā vedanādayo arūpakkhandhā ākāsadhātunissitā nāmāti imamatthaṃ ^b^tathā^eb^-saddena upasaṃharati. ^b^Idhāpī^eb^ti ākāsadhātunissitapadepi, na pathavīdhātunissitapadādīsu eva. ^b^Rūpārūpa^eb^nti sabbampi rūpārūpaṃ ^b^gahitameva hoti,^eb^ aggahitaṃ natthi. ^b^Sahajātā…pe… nissita^eb^nti idaṃ nippariyāyasiddhaṃ nissayattaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ. Heṭṭhā vuttanayena pariyāyasiddhe nissayatte gayhamāne – ‘‘pacchājātapaccayoti pacchājātā cittacetasikā dhammā purejātassa imassa kāyassa pacchājātapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.11) vacanato sabbaṃ catusamuṭṭhānikarūpaṃ, ^b^‘‘viññāṇadhātunissita’’^eb^nti vattabbaṃ. Tathā anantaraviññāṇadhātupaccayā pavattanato, ‘‘viññāṇadhātunissita’’nti vattabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^101^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ruppati vaṇṇavikāraṃ āpajjamānaṃ hadayaṅgatabhāvaṃ pakāsetīti ^b^rūpa^eb^nti ayamattho cakkhudvāre āpāthagate rūpāyatane nippariyāyato labbhati, na āpāthamanāgate. Cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbabhāvo pana āpāthamanāgatepi tasmiṃ labbhateva taṃsabhāvānativatthanato. Rūpāyatanaṃ ^b^dvidhā^eb^ vibhajitvā. Thero pana āpāthaṃ anāgatassāpi rūpāyatanassa rūpabhāvaṃ na sakkā paṭikkhipitunti dvidhākaraṇaṃ nānujānanto channovādaṃ nidasseti, ^b^‘‘upari channovāde kinti karissathā’’^eb^ti. Tattha hi ‘‘cakkhuṃ, āvuso channa, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbe ^a^V2.0069^ea^ dhamme’’ti (ma. ni. 3.391) āgataṃ, na cettha cakkhudvāre āpāthaṃ āgatameva rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbapadena gahitaṃ, na āpāthaṃ anāgatanti sakkā viññātuṃ ^a^M2.0284^ea^ aviseseneva rūpāyatanena taṇhāmānadiṭṭhigāhābhāvassa jotitattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na yidaṃ labbhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rūpamevā^eb^ti rūpāyatanameva. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesū’’ti padaṃ kathaṃ netabbanti āha – ^b^‘‘cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttā panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Cakkhuviññāṇena saddhiṃ viññātabbesū^eb^ti yena manoviññāṇena cakkhuviññāṇaṃ aniccantiādinā cakkhuviññāṇena saddhiṃ tena viññātabbesu taṃsampayuttadhammesūti attho. ^b^Taṇhāchando^eb^ti tassanasabhāvo chando, na kattukamyatā chandoyevāti taṇhāchando. ^b^Rajjanavasenā^eb^ti vatthaṃ viya raṅgajātaṃ cittassa anurañjanavasena. ^b^Abhinandanavasenā^eb^ti ārammaṇe abhiramitvā nandanavasena. Sappītikataṇhā hi ^b^nandī^eb^ti vuccati. Taṇhāyanavasena ^b^taṇhā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^102^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ahaṅkāro^eb^ti ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1121, 1239; vibha. 832, 866; saṃ. ni. 4.108; mahāni. 21, 178) ahaṃkaraṇaṃ. Yena hi mamaṃ karoti, etaṃ ^b^mamaṅkāro. Svevā^eb^ti ‘‘ahaṅkāro’’ti vuttamāno. Evaṃ catutthajjhāne niddiṭṭhe sabbāsu lokiyābhiññāsu vuccamānāsu heṭṭhā vijjādvayaṃ vattabbanti adhippāyena, ^b^‘‘pubbenivāsaṃ dibbacakkhuñca avatvā kasmā vutta’’^eb^nti āha? Itaro idha sabbavāresupi lokuttaradhammapucchā adhikatā tasmā ‘‘so evaṃ samāhite’’tiādinā tatiyā vijjā kathitāti dassento, ^b^‘‘bhikkhū lokiyadhammaṃ na pucchantī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Ekavissajjitasuttaṃ nāmetaṃ^eb^ tatiyavijjāya eva āgatattā. Ariyadhammavasenapissa samaññā atthevāti dassento, ^b^‘‘chabbisodhanantipissa nāma’’^eb^nti vatvā tesu dhammesu bhedaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘ettha hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Visuddhā^eb^ti tassā codanāya sodhanavasena visodhitā. ^b^Ekameva katvā^eb^ti ekavāravaseneva pāḷiyaṃ ekajjhaṃ āgatattā ekameva koṭṭhāsaṃ katvā. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ vā chabbisodhanatāti āha – ^b^‘‘catūhi āhārehi saddhi’’^eb^nti kathaṃ panettha cattāro āhārā gahetabbāti? Keci tāva āhu – ‘‘sādhūti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uttari pañho pucchitabbo’’ti heṭṭhā āgatena nayena āhāravāro āharitvā vattabboti. ‘‘Bahiddhā sabbanimittesū’’ti ettha āhārānampi saṅgahitattā āhārā atthato āgatā evāti aññe. Apare pana rūpakkhandhaggahaṇena kabaḷīkāro āhāro ^a^M2.0285^ea^, saṅkhārakkhandhaggahaṇena phassāhāro, manosañcetanāhāraggahaṇena viññāṇāhāro sarūpatopi gahitoti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Chabbisodhana’’nti imassa suttassa samaññāya anvatthataṃ dassetvā āyatimpi tādisena byākaraṇena ^a^V2.0070^ea^ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭipattimpi dassanatthaṃ, ^b^‘‘ime panā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Vinayaniddesapariyāyenā^eb^ti vinayaniddese āgatena kāraṇena. ^b^Vinaye^eb^ vā āgataniddesānukkamena.<br/><br/>[03]Adhigantabbato ^b^adhigamo,^eb^ jhānādiadhigamapucchā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘jhānavimokkhādīsū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Upāyapucchā^eb^ti adhigamopāyapucchā. ^b^Kintī^eb^ti kena pakārena vidhināti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Katamesaṃ tvaṃ dhammānaṃ lābhī^eb^ti idaṃ pana pubbe ‘‘kiṃ te adhigata’’nti aniddhāritabhedā jhānādivisesā pucchitāti idāni tesaṃ niddhāretvā pucchanākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā yathāvuttehi ākārehi adhigamabyākaraṇaṃ sodhetabbaṃ, tasmā. ^b^Ettāvatāvā^eb^ti ettakena byākaraṇamatteneva na sakkāro kātabbo. Byākaraṇañhi ekaccassa ayāthāvatopi hoti, yathā nāma jātarūpapatirūpaṃ jātarūpaṃ viya khāyatīti jātarūpaṃ nighaṃsanatāpanachedanehi sodhetabbaṃ evamevaṃ ^b^imesu^eb^ idāneva vuttesu ^b^chasu ṭhānesu^eb^ pakkhipitvā ^b^sodhanatthaṃ vattabbo vimokkhādīsū^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena samādhi-samāpatti-ñāṇadassana-maggabhāvanā-phalasacchikiriyā saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pākaṭo hoti^eb^ adhigatavisesassa satisammosābhāvato. Sesapucchāsupi ‘‘pākaṭo hotī’’ti pade eseva nayo. ^b^Uggahaparipucchākusalā^eb^ti sajjhāyamaggasaṃvaṇṇanāsu nipuṇā. Yāya paṭipadāya yassa ariyamaggo āgacchati, sā pubbabhāgapaṭipatti ^b^āgamanapaṭipadā. Sodhetabbā^eb^ti suddhā udāhu asuddhāti vicāraṇavasena sodhetabbā. ^b^Na sujjhatī^eb^ti tattha tattha pamādapaṭipattibhāvato. ^b^Apanetabbo^eb^ attano paṭiññāya. ^b^‘‘Sujjhatī’’^eb^ti vatvā sujjhanākāraṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘dīgharatta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Paññāyatī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘yadī’’ti padaṃ ānetvā yadi so bhikkhu tāya paṭipadāya yadi paññāyatīti sambandho. ^b^Khīṇāsavapaṭipattisadisā paṭipadā hoti^eb^ dīgharattaṃ vikkhambhitakilesattā.<br/><br/>[03]Nadiyā ^a^M2.0286^ea^ samuddaṃ pakkhandanaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^nadīmukhadvāraṃ. Maddamāno^eb^ti badarasāḷavaṃ sarasaṃ patte pakkhitto hutvā maddamāno. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Chabbisodhanasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 12
title: anupadasuttavaṇṇanā^chabbisodhanasuttavaṇṇanā^sappurisadhammasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^105^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sappurisadhamma^eb^nti ^a^V2.0071^ea^ sappurisabhāvakaraṃ dhammaṃ. So pana yasmā sappurisānaṃ paveṇiko dhammo hoti. Tasmā āha – ^b^‘‘sappurisānaṃ dhamma’’^eb^nti, esa nayo ^b^asappurisadhamma^eb^nti etthāpi. Evaṃ padhānaṃ anuṭṭhātabbañca sappurisadhammaṃ ādiṃ katvā mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā ayathānupubbiyā niddisanto ^b^‘‘katamo ca, bhikkhave, asappurisadhammo’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tathā pana niddisanto udāharaṇapubbakaṃ hetuṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘yathā nāmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tena icchitabbapariccāgapubbakaṃ gahetabbaggahaṇaṃ nāma ñāyapaṭipatti, tasmā sappurisadhammā sampādetabbāti dīpento satthā ayathānupubbiyā niddhārīyatīti imamatthaṃ dasseti. Tathā aññatthāpi ‘‘asevanā ca bālānaṃ, paṇḍitānañca sevanā’’ti. ^b^Etadeva hi kuladvayaṃ ‘‘uccakula’’nti vuccati^eb^ nippariyāyato. Tathāhi antimabhavikā bodhisattā tattheva paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhanti. ^b^So^eb^ti sāmīcippaṭipanno bhikkhu. ^b^Antaraṃ karitvā^eb^ti taṃ kāraṇaṃ katvā. Paṭipadā hi viññūnaṃ pūjāya kāraṇaṃ, na uccakulīnatā. ^b^Mahākulā^eb^ti vipulakulā upāditoditakulasampavattikāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^106^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yasa^eb^saddo parivāravācako. ^b^Yasassī^eb^ti ca sātisayaparivāravantatā vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘parivārasampanno’’^eb^ti. Ādhipateyyābhāvato paresaṃ uparinatti etesaṃ īso īsanaṃ issariyanti akkhātabbāti ^b^appesakkhā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appaparivārā’’^eb^ti. Abhāvattho hi idha ^b^appa^eb^-saddo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^107^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Naveva dhutaṅgāni āgatānī^eb^ti ettha yathā ukkaṭṭhapaṃsukūlikassa tecīvarikatā sukarā. Evaṃ ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍapātikassa sapadānacārikatā sukarā. Ekāsanikassa ca pattapiṇḍikakhalupacchābhattikatā sukarā evāti – ‘‘paṃsukūliko hotī’’tiādivacaneneva pāḷiyā anāgatānampi āgatabhāvo veditabbo pariharaṇasukaratāya tesampi samādānasambhavato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘terasa hontī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^108^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kāmataṇhādikāya ^a^V2.0072^ea^^a^M2.0287^ea^ tāya taṇhāya nibbattāti tammayā, puthujjanā, pakatibhāvūpagamanena tesaṃ bhāvo tammayatā, tappaṭikkhepato ^b^atammayatā,^eb^ nittaṇhatā. ^b^Taṃyeva kāraṇaṃ katvā^eb^ti paṭhamajjhānepi taṇhāpahānaṃyeva kāraṇaṃ katvā. ^b^Citte uppādetvā^eb^ti atammayatāpariyāyena vutte taṇhāya paṭipakkhadhamme sampādetvā. ^b^Na maññatī^eb^ti maññanānaṃ ariyamaggena sabbaso samucchinnattā kismiñci okāse kāmabhavādike kenaci vatthunā hatthiassakhettavatthādinā pattacīvaravihārapariveṇādinā ca puggalaṃ na maññati. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Sappurisadhammasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 13
title: chabbisodhanasuttavaṇṇanā^sappurisadhammasuttavaṇṇanā^sevitabbāsevitabbasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^109^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aññamañña^eb^nti ^a^V2.0073^ea^ aññaṃ aññaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aññaṃ sevitabba’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Sattahi padehī^eb^ti sattahi vākyehi. Pajjati etena yathādhippeto atthoti padaṃ, vākyaṃ. ^b^Sāriputtattherassa okāsakaraṇaṃ^eb^ dhammadāyāde (ma. ni. 1.31) vuttanayena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^113^eb^^b^.^eb^ Diṭṭhiyeva paccayavasena paṭiladdhatāya ^b^diṭṭhipaṭilābho. Saññāpaṭilābhepi^eb^ eseva nayo. ^b^Micchādiṭṭhisammādiṭṭhiyo…pe… na gahitā^eb^ kammapathappattānaṃ tesaṃ manosamācārabhāvena gahitattā. Yadi evaṃ kasmā diṭṭhi cittuppādavāre na gahitāti? Kāmaṃ micchādiṭṭhiyā avayavibhāvo labbhati, tathāpi cittuppādakkhaṇe lokiyalokuttaracittuppādesu kammapathakoṭṭhāso na uddhaṭo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^115^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kāmasaññādīna^eb^nti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena yathā byāpādavihiṃsāsaññā saṅgahitā, evaṃ anabhijjhāabyāpādāvihiṃsāsaññā saṅgahitā paṭhamena ādisaddena ‘‘anabhijjhāsahagatāya saññāyā’’tiādipāṭhassa saṅgahitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^117^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ti kāmabhavādīnaṃ apariyosānāya pariyosānaṃ icchatopi tādisassa bhavānaṃ apariyosānameva hoti ^a^M2.0288^ea^. ^b^Cattāro honti^eb^ puggalavasena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘puthujjanopi hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Akusalā dhammā vaḍḍhantī^eb^ti tesaṃ pahānāya appaṭipajjamānassāti adhippāyo, tato eva ^b^kusalā dhammā parihāyanti^eb^. Tenassa kilesadukkhena vipākadukkhena ca ^b^sadukkhameva attabhāvaṃ abhinibbatteti^eb^. Orambhāgiyasaṃyojanāni pahāya suddhāvāsesu nibbattanāraho ^b^anāgāmī kathaṃ…pe… abhivaḍḍhantī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘anāgāmīpī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sadukkhameva attabhāvaṃ abhinibbatteti,^eb^ yāya labbhamānākusalābhivuddhiṃ kusalaparihāniñca gahetvā anāgāminopi sabyābajjhāttabhāvābhinibbattanaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ yathālabbhamānaṃ akusalaparihāniṃ kusalābhivuddhiñca gahetvā puthujjanassapi antimabhavikassa abyābajjhāttabhāvābhinibbattanaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘puthujjanopī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Akusalameva hāyati,^eb^na kusalaṃ tassa buddhipakkhe ṭhitattā. Tatthāpi ^b^vipassanameva gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpeti,^eb^ na vaṭṭagabbhaṃ antimabhavikatāya vivaṭṭūpanissitattā ajjhāsayassa, ñāṇassa ca pākagamanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^119^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekaccassā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0074^ea^ sāmivacanaṃ ‘‘abhinandatī’’tiādīsu paccattavasena pariṇāmetabbaṃ, tathā ‘‘nibbindatī’’tiādīsupi. ^b^Uggaṇhitvāpī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddo luttaniddiṭṭho. Bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṃ ajānantā tāva dīgharattaṃ hitasukhato paribāhirā hontu jānantānampi sabbesaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hotīti anekaṃsikataṃ codento ^b^‘‘evaṃ santepī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Itaro sabbesampi dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya hotiyevāti, ^b^‘‘appaṭisandhikā’’^eb^tiādinā anekaṃsikataṃ pariharati. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Sevitabbāsevitabbasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 14
title: sappurisadhammasuttavaṇṇanā^sevitabbāsevitabbasuttavaṇṇanā^bahudhātukasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^124^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhaya^eb^nti ^a^V2.0075^ea^ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.1) cittasaṃsappatāti āha ^b^‘‘cittutrāso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upaddavo^eb^ti antarāyo. Tassa pana vikkhepakāraṇattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anekaggatākāro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upasaggo^eb^ti upasajjanaṃ. Tato appatīkāravighātāpatti ^a^M2.0289^ea^ yasmā patīkārābhāvena vihaññamānassa kiñci kātuṃ asamatthassa osīdanakāraṇaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘tattha tattha lagganākāro’’^eb^ti. Vañcetvā āgantuṃ ^b^yathāvutte divase anāgacchantesu^eb^. Bahi anikkhamanatthāya ^b^dvāre aggiṃ datvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Naḷehī^eb^ti naḷacchannasaṅkhepena upari chādetvā tehiyeva dārukacchadananiyāmena paritopi chāditā. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti iminā tiṇehi channataṃ, sesasambhārānaṃ rukkhamayatañca atidisati. ^b^Vidhavāputte^eb^ti adantabhāvopalakkhaṇaṃ. Te hi nippitikā avinītā asaṃyatā akiccakārino honti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Matthakaṃ apāpetvāva niṭṭhāpitā^eb^ti kasmā bhagavā evamakāsīti? Ānandattherassa pucchākosalladīpanatthameva, tattha nisinnānaṃ sannipatitabhikkhūnaṃ desanāya jānanatthañca. Te kira saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ ajānantā andhakāraṃ paviṭṭhā viya ṭhitā. Pucchānusandhivasena pariggayha jānissantīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^125^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Rūpapariggahova kathito,^eb^ na aññaṃ kiñcīti attho. Idāni tato saccāni niddhāretvā catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘sabbāpī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Pañcakkhandhā hontī^eb^ti addhekādasa dhātuyo rūpakkhandho, addhaṭṭhamā dhātuyo yathārahaṃ vedanādayo cattāro arūpino khandhāti evaṃ aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo pañcakkhandhā honti. ^b^Pañcapi khandhā^eb^ taṇhāvajjā ^b^dukkhasaccaṃ. Appavattī^eb^ti appavattinimittaṃ. ^b^Nirodhapajānanā^eb^ti paññāsīsena maggakiccamāha. Sammādiṭṭhipamukho hi ariyamaggo. ^b^Matthakaṃ pāpetvā kathitaṃ hoti^eb^ sammasanassa bhūmiyā nipphattiyā ca kathitattā. ^b^Jānāti passatī^eb^ti iminā ñāṇadassanaṃ kathitaṃ taṃ pana lokiyaṃ lokuttaranti duvidhanti tadubhayampi dassento āha – ^b^‘‘saha vipassanāya maggo vutto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ettāvatāpi kho^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddaggahaṇena aññena pariyāyena satthā dhātukosallaṃ desetukāmoti thero ^a^V2.0076^ea^, ‘‘siyā pana, bhante’’ti pucchatīti bhagavā pathavīdhātuādivasenapi dhātukosallaṃ vibhāveti. Tattha pathavīdhātuādisaddena desanākāraṇaṃ vibhāvento, ^b^‘‘pathavīdhātu…pe… vuttā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Tāpi^eb^ hi ādito cha dhātuyo. ^b^‘‘Viññāṇadhātuto^eb^^a^M2.0290^ea^^b^nīharitvā pūretabbā’’^eb^ti vatvā kathaṃ rūpadhātuyo nīharīyantīti codanaṃ sandhāya taṃ nayaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘viññāṇadhātū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Kāmañcettha kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā ārammaṇaṃ phoṭṭhabbadhātupathavīdhātu ādivasena desanāruḷameva, kāyadhātu pana nīharitabbāti ekaṃsameva nīharaṇavidhiṃ dassento, ^b^‘‘esa nayo sabbatthā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Purimapacchimavasena manodhātū^eb^ti pacchimabhāgavasena kiriyāmanodhātu gahetabbā tassānurūpabhāvato. Nanu cettha manodhātu nāmāyaṃ manoviññāṇadhātuyā asaṃsaṭṭhā, visuṃyeva cesā dhātūti? Saccametaṃ aṭṭhārasadhātudesanāya, cittavibhattiniddese chaviññāṇakāyadesanāyaṃ pana sā manoviññāṇakāyasaṅgahitāvāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ taṃ ^b^visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.517) vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. Atha vā ^b^purimapacchimavasenā^eb^ti purecarānucaravasena. ^b^Manodhātū^eb^ti vipākamanodhātu gahetabbā purecaraṇato, parato uppajjanakiriyāmanoviññāṇadhātuyā anantaraṃ manodhātuyā, kiriyāmanodhātuyā anantaraṃ manoviññāṇadhātuyā anuppajjanato ca.<br/><br/>[03]Dhammānaṃ yāvadeva nissattanijjīvavibhāvanatthāya satthu dhātudesanāti aññesu sabhāvadhāraṇādiatthesu labbhamānesupi ayamettha attho padhānoti āha – ^b^‘‘esanayo sabbatthā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sappaṭipakkhavasenā^eb^ti sappaṭibhāgavasena sukhaṃ dukkhena sappaṭibhāgaṃ, dukkhaṃ sukhena, evaṃ somanassadomanassāti. Yathā sukhādīnaṃyeva samudācāro vibhūto, na upekkhāya, evaṃ rāgādīnaṃyeva samudācāro vibhūto, na mohassa, tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘avibhūtabhāvenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kāyaviññāṇadhātu pariggahitāva hoti^eb^ tadavinābhāvato. ^b^Sesāsu^eb^ somanassadhātuādīsu, ^b^pariggahitāva hoti^eb^ avinābhāvato eva. Na hi somanassādayo manodhātuyā vinā vattanti. ^b^Upekkhādhātuto nīharitvā^eb^ti ettha cakkhuviññāṇadhātuādayo catasso viññāṇadhātuyo tāsaṃ vatthārammaṇabhūtā cakkhudhātuādayo cāti aṭṭha rūpadhātuyo, manodhātu, upekkhāsahagatā manoviññāṇadhātu, upekkhāsahagatā eva dhammadhātūti evaṃ pannarasa dhātuyo upekkhādhātuto nīharitabbā. Somanassadhātuādayo pana catasso dhātuyo dhammadhātuantogadhā ^a^M2.0291^ea^, evaṃ sukhadhātuto kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā tassā vatthārammaṇabhūtānaṃ kāyadhātuphoṭṭhabbadhātūnañca nīharaṇā heṭṭhā dassitanayāti, ^b^‘‘upekkhādhātuto nīharitvā pūretabbā’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmavitakkādayo idha kāmadhātuādipariyāyena vuttāti ^b^‘‘kāmadhātuādīnaṃ dvedhāvitakke kāmavitakkādīsu ^a^V2.0077^ea^ vuttanayena attho veditabbo’’^eb^ti āha. Tattha hi ‘‘kāmavitakkoti kāmapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko, byāpādavitakkoti byāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko, vihiṃsāvitakkoti vihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko, nekkhammapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko nekkhammavitakko, so yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭati. Abyāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko abyāpādavitakko, so mettāpubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭati. Avihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko avihiṃsāvitakko, so karuṇāya pubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhamajjhānā vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ panattho abhidhamme vitthārato āgato evāti dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘abhidhamme’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Kāmadhātuto nīharitvā^eb^ti ettha ^b^kāma^eb^ggahaṇena gahitā rūpadhātuādayo cha, taṃvisayā sattaviññāṇadhātuyo, tattha pañcannaṃ viññāṇadhātūnaṃ cakkhudhātuādayo pañcāti aṭṭhārasa. Nekkhammadhātuādayo pana dhammadhātuantogadhā eva.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmataṇhāya visayabhūtā dhammā kāmadhātūti āha – ^b^‘‘pañca kāmāvacarakkhandhā kāmadhātū’’^eb^ti. Tathā rūpataṇhāya visayabhūtā dhammā rūpadhātu, arūpataṇhāya visayabhūtā dhammā arūpadhātūti āha – ^b^‘‘cattāro arūpāvacarakkhandhā’’^eb^tiādi. Kāmataṇhā kāmo uttarapadalopena, evaṃ rūpārūpataṇhā rūpārūpaṃ. Ārammaṇakaraṇavasena tā yattha avacaranti, te kāmāvacarādayoti evaṃ kāmāvacarakkhandhādīnaṃ kāmataṇhādibhāvo veditabbo. ^b^Ādinā nayenā^eb^ti etena ‘‘uparito paranimmitavasavattideve antokaritvā etthāvacarā’’tiādipāḷiṃ (vibha. 1020) saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Etthāvacarā^eb^ti avīciparanimmitaparicchinnokāsāya kāmataṇhāya visayabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tadokāsatā ca taṇhāya tanninnattā veditabbā. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Paripuṇṇāṭṭhārasadhātukattā kāmāvacaradhammānaṃ ^b^‘‘kāmadhātuto nīharitvā pūretabbā’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0292^ea^ vuttaṃ. Manoviññāṇadhātudhammadhātu ekadesamattameva hi rūpārūpāvacaradhammāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samāgantvā^eb^ti sahitā hutvā. Yattakañhi paccayadhammā attano phalassa kāraṇaṃ, tattha tannibbattane samāgatā viya hoti vekalle tadanibbattanato. ^b^Saṅkhatadhātuto nīharitvā pūretabbā^eb^ asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā dhammadhātuekadesabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^126^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ pavattamānā mayaṃ attāti gahaṇaṃ gamissāmāti iminā viya adhippāyena attānaṃ adhikicca uddissa pavattā ajjhattā, tesu bhavā tappariyāpannattāti ^b^ajjhattikāni^eb^. Tato bahibhūtāni ^b^bāhirāni^eb^. Āyatanakathā paṭiccasamuppādakathā ca ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.510, 570, 571) vuttanayeneva veditabbāti na vitthāritā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^127^eb^^b^.^eb^ Avijjamānaṃ ^a^V2.0078^ea^ ṭhānaṃ ^b^aṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.268; vibha. mūlaṭī. 809), natthi ṭhānanti vā ^b^aṭṭhānaṃ. Anavakāso^eb^ti ettha eseva nayo. Tadatthanigamanameva hi ‘‘netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti vacananti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ubhayenapī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ya^eb^nti kāraṇe paccattavacanaṃ, hetuattho ca kāraṇatthoti āha – ^b^‘‘yanti yena kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. Ukkaṭṭhaniddesena ettha diṭṭhisampatti veditabbāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘maggadiṭṭhiyā sampanno’’^eb^ti. Kuto panāyamattho labbhatīti? Liṅgato. Liṅgañhetaṃ, yadidaṃ niccato upagamanapaṭikkhepo. ^b^Catubhūmakesū^eb^ti idaṃ catutthabhūmakasaṅkhārānaṃ ariyasāvakassa visayabhāvūpagamanato vuttaṃ; na pana te ārabbha niccato upagamanasabbhāvato. Vakkhati ca ‘‘catutthabhūmakasaṅkhārā panā’’tiādinā. Abhisaṅkhatasaṅkhārābhisaṅkharaṇakasaṅkhārānaṃ sappadesattā nippadesasaṅkhāraggahaṇatthaṃ ^b^‘‘saṅkhatasaṅkhāresū’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Lokuttarasaṅkhārānaṃ pana nivattane kāraṇaṃ sayameva vakkhati. ^b^Etaṃ kāraṇaṃ natthi^eb^ setughātattā. ^b^Tejussadattā^eb^ti saṃkilesavidhamanatejassa adhikabhāvato. Tathā hi te gambhīrabhāvena duddasā. ^b^Akusalānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ na hontī^eb^ti idaṃ pakaraṇavasena vuttaṃ. Appahīnavipallāsānaṃ sattānaṃ kusaladhammānampi te ārammaṇaṃ na honti.<br/><br/>[03]Asukhe ‘‘sukha’’nti vipallāso ca idha sukhato upagamanassa ṭhānanti adhippetanti dassento, ^b^‘‘ekanta…pe… vutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Attadiṭṭhivasenā^eb^ti padhānadiṭṭhimāha ^a^M2.0293^ea^. Diṭṭhiyā nibbānassa avisayabhāvo heṭṭhā vutto evāti ^b^‘‘kasiṇādipaṇṇattisaṅgahattha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Paricchedo^eb^ti saṅkhārānaṃ paricchedo saṅkhārānaṃ paricchijjagahaṇaṃ. Svāyaṃ yesaṃ niccādito upagamanaṃ bhavati tesaṃyeva vasena kātabboti dassento ^b^‘‘sabbavāresū’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Sabbavāresū^eb^ti niccādisabbavāresu. ^b^Puthujjano hī^eb^ti ^b^hi^eb^-saddo hetuattho. Yasmā yaṃ yaṃ saṅkhāraṃ niccādivasena puthujjanakāle upagacchati, taṃ taṃ ariyamaggādhigamena aniccādivasena gaṇhanto yāthāvato jānanto taṃ gāhaṃ taṃ diṭṭhiṃ viniveṭheti vissajjeti. Tasmā yattha gāho tattha vissajjanāti catutthabhūmakasaṅkhārā idha saṅkhāraggahaṇena na gayhatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^128^eb^^b^.^eb^ Puttasambandhena mātāpitusamaññā, dattakittimādivasenapi puttavohāro loke dissati, so ca kho pariyāyato nippariyāyasiddhaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘janikā va mātā janako pitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tathā ānantariyakammassa adhippetattā ^b^‘‘manussabhūtova khīṇāsavo arahāti adhippeto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Aṭṭhānameta’’ntiādinā mātuādīnaṃyeva jīvitā voropane ariyasāvakassa abhabbabhāvadassanato tadaññaṃ ariyasāvako jīvitā voropetīti idaṃ atthato āpannamevāti maññamāno vadati – ^b^‘‘kiṃ pana ariyasāvako aññaṃ jīvitā voropeyyā’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0079^ea^? ‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropeyya, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti vacanato, ^b^‘‘etampi aṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sacepi hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Baladīpanattha^eb^nti saddhādibalasamannāgamadīpanatthaṃ. Ariyamaggenāgatasaddhādibalavasena hi ariyasāvako tādisaṃ sāvajjaṃ na karoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcahi kāraṇehī^eb^ti idaṃ atthanipphādakāni tesaṃ pubbabhāgiyāni ca kāraṇāni kāraṇabhāvasāmaññena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ, na pana sabbesaṃ pañcannaṃ sahayogakkhamato. ^b^Ākārehī^eb^ti kāraṇehi. ^b^Anussāvanenā^eb^ti anurūpaṃ sāvanena. Bhedassa anurūpaṃ yathā bhedo hoti, evaṃ bhinditabbānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ attano vacanassa sāvanena viññāpanena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nanu tumhe’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kaṇṇamūle vacībhedaṃ katvā^eb^ti etena ^a^M2.0294^ea^ ‘‘pākaṭaṃ katvā bhedakaravatthudīpanaṃ ^b^vohāro,^eb^ tattha attano nicchitamatthaṃ rahassavasena viññāpanaṃ ^b^anussāvana’’^eb^nti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammameva uddeso vā pamāṇa^eb^nti tehi saṅghabhedasiddhito vuttaṃ, itare pana tesaṃ pubbabhāgabhūtā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vohārā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti vohāre. Cutianantaraṃ phalaṃ anantaraṃ nāma, tasmiṃ anantare niyuttāni tannibbattanena anantarakaraṇasīlāni, anantarappayojanāni cāti ānantariyāni, tāni eva ^b^‘‘ānantariyakammānī’’^eb^ti vuttāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammato^eb^ti ‘‘evaṃ ānantariyakammaṃ hoti, evaṃ anantariyakammasadisa’’nti evaṃ kammavibhāgato. ^b^Dvārato^eb^ti kāyādidvārato. ^b^Kappaṭṭhitiyato^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ kappaṭṭhitikavipākaṃ, idaṃ na kappaṭṭhitikavipāka’’nti evaṃ kappaṭṭhitiyavibhāgato. ^b^Pākā^eb^ti ‘‘idamettha vipaccati, idaṃ na vipaccatī’’ti vipaccanavibhāgato. ^b^Sādhāraṇādīhī^eb^ti gahaṭṭhapabbajitānaṃ sādhāraṇāsādhāraṇato, ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena vedanādivibhāgato ca.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā manussattabhāve ṭhitasseva ca kusaladhammānaṃ tikkhavisadasūrabhāvāpatti, yathā taṃ tiṇṇampi bodhisattānaṃ bodhittayanibbattiyaṃ, evaṃ manussabhāve ṭhitasseva akusaladhammānampi tikkhavisadasūrabhāvāpattīti āha ^b^‘‘manussabhūtassevā’’^eb^ti. Pākatikamanussānampi ca kusaladhammānaṃ visesappatti ^b^vimānavatthuaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (vi. va. aṭṭha. 3) vuttanayena veditabbā. Yathā vutto ca attho samānajātiyassa vikopane kammaṃ garutaraṃ, na tathā vijātiyassāti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘manussabhūtaṃ mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā’’^eb^ti. Liṅge parivatte ca so eva ekakammanibbatto bhavaṅgappabandho, jīvitindriyappabandho ca, na aññoti āha ^b^‘‘api parivattaliṅga’’^eb^nti. Arahantepi ^a^V2.0080^ea^ eseva nayo. ^b^Tassa vipāka^eb^ntiādi kammassa ānantariyabhāvasamatthanaṃ, catukoṭikañcettha sambhavati. Tattha paṭhamā koṭi dassitā, itarāsu visaṅketaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘yo panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yadipi tattha visaṅketo, kammaṃ pana garutaraṃ ānantariyasadisaṃ bhāyitabbanti āha – ^b^‘‘ānantariyaṃ āhacceva tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayaṃ pañho^eb^ti ñāpanicchānibbattā kathā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ānantariyaṃ phusati^eb^ maraṇādhippāyeneva ānantariyavatthuno vikopitattā. ^b^Ānantariyaṃ na phusati^eb^ ānantariyavatthuabhāvato. Sabbattha ^a^M2.0295^ea^ hi purimaṃ abhisandhicittaṃ appamāṇaṃ, vadhakacittaṃ pana tadārammaṇaṃ jīvitindriyañca ānantariyanānantariyabhāve pamāṇanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Saṅgāmacatukkaṃ sampattavasena yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tenevā^eb^ti teneva payogena. ^b^Arahantaghāto hotiyeva^eb^ arahato māritattā. ^b^Puthujjanasseva dinnaṃ hotī^eb^ti yasmā yathā vadhakacittaṃ paccuppannārammaṇampi pabandhavicchedavasena ca jīvitindriyaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattati, na evaṃ cāgacetanā, sā hi cajitabbavatthuṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cajanamattameva hoti, aññasantakabhāvakaraṇañca tassa cajanaṃ, tasmā yassa taṃ santakaṃ kataṃ. Tasseva dinnaṃ hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lohitaṃ samo saratī^eb^ti abhighātena pakuppamānaṃ sañcitaṃ hoti. ^b^Mahantatara^eb^nti garutaraṃ. ^b^Sarīrapaṭijaggane viyā^eb^ti satthurūpakāyapaṭijaggane viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asannipatite^eb^ti idaṃ sāmaggiyadīpanaṃ. ^b^Bhedo ca hotī^eb^ti saṅghassa bhedo hoti. ^b^Vaṭṭatīti saññāyā^eb^ti īdisakaraṇaṃ saṅghassa bhedāya na hotīti saññāya. ^b^Navato ūnaparisāyaṃ^eb^ karontassa tathāti yojetabbaṃ, ^b^tathā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘na ānantariyakammanti’’ imaṃ ākaḍḍhati, na pana ‘‘bhedo hotī’’ti idaṃ. Heṭṭhimantena hi navannameva vasena saṅghabhedo. ^b^Dhammavādino anavajjā^eb^ yathādhammaṃ avaṭṭhānato. Saṅghabhedassa pubbabhāgo ^b^saṅgharāji^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāyadvārameva pūrenti^eb^ kāyakammabhāveneva lakkhitabbato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Saṇṭhahante hi…pe… muccatī’’^eb^ti idaṃ kappaṭṭhakathāya na sameti. Tathā hi kappaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kathā. aṭṭha. 654-657) vuttaṃ – ‘‘āpāyikoti idaṃ suttaṃ yaṃ so ekaṃ kappaṃ ^a^V2.0081^ea^ asītibhāge katvā tato ekabhāgamattaṃ kālaṃ tiṭṭheyya, taṃ āyukappaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti. ^b^Kappavināseyevā^eb^ti pana āyukappavināseyevāti atthe sati natthi virodho. Ettha ca ^b^saṇṭhahante^eb^ti idampi ‘‘svevavinassissatī’’ti viya abhūtaparikappavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Ekadivasameva niraye paccati^eb^ tato paraṃ kappābhāve āyukappassapi abhāvatoti avirodhato ^a^M2.0296^ea^ atthayojanā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Sesānī^eb^ti saṅghabhedato aññāni ānantariyakammāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ahosikammaṃ…pe… saṅkhyaṃ gacchanti,^eb^ evaṃ sati kathaṃ nesaṃ ānantariyatā cutianantaraṃ vipākadānābhāvato. Atha sati phaladāne cutianantaro eva etesaṃ phalakālo, na aññoti phalakālaniyamena niyatatā nicchitā, na phaladānaniyamena, evampi niyataphalakālānaṃ aññesampi upapajjavedanīyānaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyānañca niyatatā āpajjeyya. Tasmā vipākadhammadhammānaṃ paccayantaravikalatādīhi avipaccamānānampi attano sabhāvena vipākadhammatā viya balavatā ānantariyena vipāke dinne avipaccamānānampi ānantariyānaṃ phaladāne niyatasabhāvā ānantariyasabhāvā ca pavattīti attano sabhāvena phaladānaniyameneva niyatatā ānantariyatā ca veditabbā. Avassañca ānantariyasabhāvā tato eva niyatasabhāvā ca tesaṃ pavattīti sampaṭicchitabbametaṃ aññassa balavato ānantariyassa abhāve cutianantaraṃ ekantena phaladānato.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu evaṃ aññesampi upapajjavedanīyānaṃ aññasmiṃ vipākadāyake asati cutianantaramekantena phaladānato niyatasabhāvā anantariyasabhāvā ca pavatti āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati. Asamānajātikena cetopaṇidhivasena upaghātakena ca nivattetabbavipākattā anantare ekantaphaladāyakattābhāvā. Na pana ānantariyakānaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīnaṃ dutiyajjhānādīni viya asamānajātikaṃ phalanivattakaṃ atthi sabbānantariyānaṃ avīciphalattā. Na ca heṭṭhūpapattiṃ icchato sīlavato cetopaṇidhi viya uparūpapattijanakakammaphalaṃ ānantariyaphalaṃ nivattetuṃ samattho cetopaṇidhi atthi anicchantasseva avīcipātanato, na ca ānantariyopaghātakaṃ kiñci kammaṃ atthi, tasmā tesaṃyeva anantare ekantavipākajanakasabhāvā pavattīti. Anekāni ca ānantariyāni katāni ekanteneva vipāke niyatasabhāvattā uparatāvipaccanasabhāvāsaṅkattā nicchitāni sabhāvato niyatāneva. Tesu pana samānasabhāvesu ekena vipāke dinne itarāni attanā kātabbakiccassa teneva katattā na dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ vā paṭisandhiṃ karonti. Na samatthatāvighātattāti natthi tesaṃ ānantariyakatā nivatti; garutarabhāvo pana tesu labbhatevāti saṅghabhedassa ^a^V2.0082^ea^ siyā ^a^M2.0297^ea^ garutarabhāvoti, ^b^‘‘yena…pe… vipaccatī’’^eb^ti āha. Ekassa pana aññāni upatthambhakāni hontīti daṭṭhabbāni. ^b^Paṭisandhivasena vipaccatī^eb^ti vacanena itaresaṃ pavattivipākadāyitā anuññātā viya dissati. ^b^No vā tathā sīlavatī^eb^ti yathā pitā sīlavā, tathā sīlavatī no vā hotīti yojanā. Sace mātā sīlavatī, mātughāto paṭisandhivasena vipaccatīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pakatatto^eb^ti anukkhitto. ^b^Samānasaṃvāsako^eb^ti apārājiko. ^b^Samānasīmāya^eb^nti ekasīmāyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Satthukiccaṃ kātuṃ asamattho^eb^ti yaṃ satthārā kātabbakiccaṃ anusāsanādi, taṃ kātuṃ asamatthoti bhagavantaṃ paccakkhāya. ^b^Aññaṃ titthakara^eb^nti aññaṃ satthāraṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^129^eb^^b^.^eb^ Abhijātiādisu (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.277) pakappanena devatūpasaṅkamanādinā jātacakkavāḷena samānayogakkhemaṃ dasasahassaparimāṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ ^b^jātikhettaṃ,^eb^ saraseneva āṇāpavattiṭṭhānaṃ ^b^āṇākhettaṃ,^eb^ visayabhūtaṃ ṭhānaṃ ^b^visayakhettaṃ. Dasasahassī lokadhātū^eb^ti imāya lokadhātuyā saddhiṃ imaṃ lokadhātuṃ parivāretvā ṭhitā dasasahassī lokadhātu. Tattakānaṃyeva jātikhettabhāvo dhammatāvasena veditabbo. ‘‘Pariggahavasenā’’ti keci. ‘‘Sabbesampi buddhānaṃ tattakaṃ eva jātikhettaṃ tannivāsīnaṃyeva ca devatānaṃ dhammābhisamayo’’ti ca vadanti. Mātukucchiokkamanakālādīnaṃ channaṃ eva gahaṇaṃ nidassanamattaṃ mahābhinīhārādikālepi tassa pakampanassa labbhamānato. ^b^Āṇākhettaṃ nāma^eb^ yaṃ ekajjhaṃ saṃvaṭṭati ca vivaṭṭati ca. ^b^Āṇā vattati^eb^ āṇāya tannivāsīnaṃ devatānaṃ sirasā sampaṭicchanena, tañca kho kevalaṃ buddhānaṃ ānubhāveneva, na adhippāyavasena, adhippāyavasena pana ‘‘yāvatā vā pana ākaṅkheyyā’’ti (a. ni. 3.81) vacanato tato parampi āṇā pavatteyya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na uppajjantīti pana atthī^eb^ti, ‘‘na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjatī’’tiādiṃ (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11; kathā. 405; mi. pa. 4.5.11) imissaṃ lokadhātuyaṃ ṭhatvā vadantena bhagavatā, ‘‘kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, atthetarahi aññe samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ^a^M2.0298^ea^ bhagavatā samasamā sambodhiyanti, evaṃ puṭṭho ahaṃ, bhante, noti vadeyya’’nti (dī. ni. 3.161), vatvā tassa kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ, ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā’’ti imaṃ suttaṃ (dī. ni. 3.161; mi. pa. 5.1.1) dassentena ^a^V2.0083^ea^ dhammasenāpatinā ca buddhakhettabhūtaṃ imaṃ lokadhātuṃ ṭhapetvā aññattha anuppatti vuttā hotīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekato^eb^ti saha, ekasmiṃ kāleti attho. So pana kālo kathaṃ paricchinnoti carimabhave paṭisandhiggahaṇato paṭṭhāya yāva dhātuparinibbānāti dassento ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Nisinnakālato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti paṭilomakkamena vadati. ^b^Parinibbānato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbānato paṭṭhāya. ^b^Etthantare^eb^ti carimabhave bodhisattassa paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ dhātuparinibbānanti etesaṃ antare.<br/><br/>[03]Aññassa buddhassa uppatti na nivāritā, tattha kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tīṇi hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Paṭipattiantaradhānena hi sāsanassa osakkitattā aparassa buddhassa uppatti laddhāvasarā hoti. ^b^Paṭipadā^eb^ti paṭivedhāvahā pubbabhāgapaṭipadā. ^b^‘‘Pariyatti pamāṇa’’^eb^nti vatvā tamatthaṃ bodhisattaṃ nidassanaṃ katvā dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ tayidaṃ hīnaṃ katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Niyyānikadhammassa ṭhitiñhi dassento aniyyānikadhammaṃ nidasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mātikāya antarahitāyā^eb^ti, ‘‘yo pana bhikkhū’’tiādinayappattā sikkhāpadapāḷi mātikā, tāya antarahitāya nidānuddesasaṅkhāte pātimokkhuddese pabbajjāyupasampadākammesu ca sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhatīti attho. Atha vā pātimokkhe dharanteyeva pabbajjā upasampadā ca, evaṃ sati tadubhayaṃ pātimokkhe antogadhaṃ tadubhayābhāve pātimokkhābhāvato, tasmā tayidaṃ tayaṃ sāsanassa ṭhitihetūti āha – ^b^‘‘pātimokkhapabbajjāupasampadāsu ṭhitāsu sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā vā upasampadādhīnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ, upasampadā ca pabbajjādhīnā, tasmā pātimokkhe siddhe, siddhāsu pabbajjāupasampadāsu ca sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhati. Pacchimapaṭivedhato hi paraṃ paṭivedhasāsanaṃ, pacchimasīlato ca paraṃ paṭipattisāsanaṃ vinaṭṭhaṃ nāma hoti. ^b^Osakkitaṃ nāmā^eb^ti pacchimakapaṭivedhasīlabhedadvayaṃ ekato katvā tato paraṃ vinaṭṭhaṃ nāma hotīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Tena ^a^M2.0299^ea^ kāmaṃ ‘‘sāsanaṭṭhitiyā pariyatti pamāṇa’’nti vuttaṃ, pariyatti pana paṭipattihetukāti paṭipattiyā asati appatiṭṭhā hoti, tasmā paṭipattiantaradhānaṃ sāsanosakkanassa visesakāraṇanti dassetvā tayidaṃ sāsanosakkanaṃ dhātuparinibbānosānanti dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘tīṇi parinibbānānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāruñña^eb^nti ^a^V2.0084^ea^ paridevanakāruññaṃ. Jambudīpe dīpantaresu devanāgabrahmalokesu ca vippakiritvā ṭhitānaṃ dhātūnaṃ mahābodhipallaṅke ekajjhaṃ sannipatanaṃ, rasmivissajjanaṃ, tattha tejodhātuyā uṭṭhānaṃ, ekajālībhāvo cāti sabbametaṃ satthu adhiṭṭhānavaseneva veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anacchariyattā^eb^ti dvīsupi uppajjamānesu acchariyattābhāvadosatoti attho. Buddhā nāma majjhe bhinnaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ viya ekasadisāti tesaṃ desanāpi ekarasā evāti āha – ^b^‘‘desanāya ca visesābhāvato’’^eb^ti. Etenapi anacchariyattameva sādheti. ^b^Vivādabhāvato^eb^ti etena vivādābhāvatthaṃ dve ekato na uppajjantīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti milindapañhe. Ekaṃ buddhaṃ dhāretīti ^b^ekabuddhadhāraṇī^eb^. Etena evaṃ sabhāvā ete buddhaguṇā, yena dutiyabuddhaguṇe dhāretuṃ asamatthā ayaṃ lokadhātūti dasseti. Paccayavisesanipphannānañhi guṇadhammānaṃ bhāriyo viseso na sakkā dhāretunti, ^b^‘‘na dhāreyyā’’^eb^ti vatvā tameva adhāraṇaṃ pariyāyantarenapi pakāsento ^b^‘‘caleyyā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^caleyyā^eb^ti paripphandeyya. ^b^Kampeyyā^eb^ti pavedheyya. ^b^Nameyyā^eb^ti ekapassena nameyya. ^b^Onameyyā^eb^ti osīdeyya. ^b^Vinameyyā^eb^ti vividhaṃ itocito ca nameyya. ^b^Vikireyyā^eb^ti vātena thusamuṭṭhi viya vippakireyya. ^b^Vidhameyyā^eb^ti vinasseyya. ^b^Viddhaṃseyyā^eb^ti sabbaso viddhastā bhaveyya. Tathābhūtā ca katthaci na tiṭṭheyyāti āha ^b^‘‘na ṭhānamupagaccheyyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni tattha nidassanaṃ dassento, ^b^‘‘yathā, mahārājā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^samupādikā^eb^ti samaṃ uddhaṃ pajjati pavattatīti samupādikā, udakassa upari samaṃ gāminīti attho. ^b^Vaṇṇenā^eb^ti saṇṭhānena. ^b^Pamāṇenā^eb^ti ārohena ^a^M2.0300^ea^. ^b^Kisathūlenā^eb^ti kisathūlabhāvena, pariṇāhenāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chādenta^eb^nti rocentaṃ ruciṃ uppādentaṃ. ^b^Tandīkato^eb^ti tena bhojanena tandībhūto. ^b^Anonamitadaṇḍajāto^eb^ti yāvadatthaṃ bhojanena onamituṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya anonamitadaṇḍo viya jāto. ^b^Sakiṃ bhutto vameyyā^eb^ti ekampi ālopaṃ ajjhoharitvā vameyyāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atidhammabhārena pathavī calatī^eb^ti dhammena nāma pathavī tiṭṭheyya. Sā kiṃ teneva calati vinassatīti adhippāyena pucchati. Puna thero ‘‘ratanaṃ nāma loke kuṭumbaṃ sandhārentaṃ abhimatañca lokena attano garusabhāvatāya sakaṭabhaṅgassa kāraṇaṃ atibhārabhūtaṃ diṭṭhaṃ. Evaṃdhammo ^a^V2.0085^ea^ ca hitasukhavisesehi taṃsamaṅginaṃ dhārento abhimato ca viññūnaṃ gambhīrappameyyabhāvena garusabhāvattā atibhārabhūto pathavīcalanassa kāraṇaṃ hotī’’ti dassento, ^b^‘‘idha, mahārāja, dve sakaṭā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Eteneva tathāgatassa mātukucchiokkamanādikāle pathavīkampanakāraṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ekasakaṭato ratana^eb^nti ekasmā, ekassa vā sakaṭassa ratanaṃ, tasmā sakaṭato gahetvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Osārita^eb^nti uccāritaṃ, vuttanti attho. ^b^Aggo^eb^ti sabbasattehi aggo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabhāvapakatī^eb^ti sabhāvabhūtā akittimā pakati. ^b^Kāraṇamahantatāyā^eb^ti mahantehi buddhakārakadhammehi pāramitāsaṅkhātehi kāraṇehi buddhaguṇānaṃ nibbattitoti vuttaṃ hoti. Pathaviādīni mahantāni vatthūni, mahantā ca sakkabhāvādayo attano attano visaye ekekā eva, sammāsambuddhopi mahanto attano visaye ekova, ko ca tassa visayo? Buddhabhūmi, yāvatakaṃ vā ñeyyaṃ. Evaṃ ‘‘ākāso viya anantavisayo bhagavā ekova hotī’’ti vadanto paracakkavāḷesu dutiyassa buddhassa abhāvaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Imināva^eb^^a^M2.0301^ea^^b^padenā^eb^ti ‘‘ekissā lokadhātuyā’’ti iminā eva padena. ^b^Dasacakkavāḷasahassāni gahitāni^eb^ jātikhettattā. ^b^Ekacakkavāḷenevā^eb^ti iminā ekacakkavāḷeneva. Yathā – ^b^‘‘imasmiṃyeva cakkavāḷe uppajjantī’’^eb^ti vutte imasmimpi cakkavāḷe jambudīpeyeva, tatthapi majjhimapadese evāti paricchindituṃ vaṭṭati; evaṃ ‘‘ekissā lokadhātuyā’’ti jātikhette adhippetepi imināva cakkavāḷena paricchindituṃ vaṭṭati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vivādūpacchedato^eb^ti vivādūpacchedakāraṇā. Dvīsu uppannesu yo vivādo bhaveyya, tassa anuppādoyevettha vivādupacchedo. ^b^Ekasmiṃ dīpe^eb^tiādinā dīpantarepi ekajjhaṃ na uppajjanti, pageva ekadīpeti dasseti. ^b^So parihāyethā^eb^ti cakkavāḷassa padese eva vattitabbattā parihāyeyya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^130^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Manussatta^eb^nti manussabhāvo tasseva pabbajjādiguṇasampattiādīnaṃ yoggabhāvato. ^b^Liṅgasampattī^eb^ti purisabhāvo. ^b^Hetū^eb^ti manovacīpaṇidhānapubbikā hetusampadā. ^b^Satthāradassana^eb^nti satthusammukhībhāvo. ^b^Pabbajjā^eb^ti kammakiriyavādīsu tāpasesu, bhikkhūsu vā pabbajjā. ^b^Guṇasampattī^eb^ti abhiññādiguṇasampadā. ^b^Adhikāro^eb^ti buddhaṃ uddissa adhiko sakkāro. ^b^Chandatā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0086^ea^ sammāsambodhiṃ uddissa sātisayo kattukamyatākusalacchando. ^b^Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā^eb^ti etesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ dhammānaṃ samāyogena. ^b^Abhinīhāro^eb^ti kāyapaṇidhānaṃ. ^b^Samijjhatī^eb^ti nipphajjatīti ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana paramatthadīpaniyā ^b^cariyāpiṭakavaṇṇanāya^eb^ (cariyā. aṭṭha. pakiṇṇakakathā) vuttanayeneva veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbākāraparipūramevā^eb^ti paripuṇṇalakkhaṇatāya sattussadādīhi sabbākārehi sampannameva. Na hi itthiyā kosohitavatthaguyhatā sambhavati, dutiyapakati ca nāma paṭhamapakatito nihīnā eva. Tenevāha anantaravāre ^b^‘‘yasmā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idha purisassa tattha nibbattanato^eb^ti imasmiṃ manussaloke purisabhūtassa tattha brahmaloke brahmattabhāvena nibbattanato. Tena asatipi purisaliṅge purisākārā brahmāno hontīti dasseti. Taṃyeva hi purisākāraṃ ^a^M2.0302^ea^ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘yaṃ puriso brahmattaṃ kareyyā’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘samānepī’’^eb^tiādi. Yadi evaṃ itthiyo brahmaloke na uppajjantīti āha ^b^‘‘brahmatta’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^131^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kāyaduccaritassā^eb^tiādipāḷiyā kammaniyāmo nāma kathito. Samañjanaṃ samaṅgo, so etassa atthīti ^b^samaṅgī,^eb^ samannāgato. Samañjanasīlo vā ^b^samaṅgī^eb^. Pubbabhāge ^b^āyūhanasamaṅgitā,^eb^ sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāvasena ^b^cetanāsamaṅgitā^eb^. Cetanāsantativasena vā ^b^āyūhanasamaṅgitā,^eb^ taṃtaṃcetanākhaṇavasena ^b^cetanāsamaṅgitā^eb^. Katūpacitassa avipakkavipākassa kammassa vasena ^b^kammasamaṅgitā,^eb^ kamme pana vipaccituṃ āraddhe vipākappavattivasena ^b^vipākasamaṅgitā^eb^. Kammādīnaṃ upaṭṭhānakālavasena ^b^upaṭṭhānasamaṅgitā. Kusalākusalakammāyūhanakkhaṇe^eb^ti kusalakammassa ca akusalakammassa ca samīhanakkhaṇe. ^b^Tathā^eb^ti iminā kusalākusalakammapadaṃ ākaḍḍhati. Yathā kataṃ kammaṃ phaladānasamatthaṃ hoti, tathā kataṃ ^b^upacitaṃ. Vipākāraha^eb^nti dutiyabhavādīsu vipaccanārahaṃ. Uppajjamānānaṃ upapattinimittaṃ upaṭṭhātīti yojanā. ^b^Calatī^eb^ti parivattati. Ekena hi kammunā tajje nimitte upaṭṭhāpite paccayavisesavasena tato aññena kammunā aññassa nimittassa upaṭṭhānaṃ parivattanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sunakhajīviko^eb^ti sunakhehi jīvanasīlo. ^b^Talasantharaṇapūja^eb^nti bhūmitalassa pupphehi santaraṇapūjaṃ. ^b^Āyūhanacetanākammasamaṅgitāvasenā^eb^ti kāyaduccaritassa aparāparaṃ āyūhanena sanniṭṭhāpakacetanāya ^a^V2.0087^ea^ tasseva pakappane kammakkhayakarañāṇena akhepitattā yathūpacitakammunā ca samaṅgibhāvassa vasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^132^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ sassirika^eb^nti vuttappakārena anekadhātuvibhajanādinā nānānayavicittatāya paramanipuṇagambhīratāya ca atthato byañjanato ca sasobhaṃ katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Naṃ dhārehī^eb^ti ettha ^b^na^eb^nti nipātamattaṃ. Dhātuādivasena parivaṭṭīyanti atthā etehīti parivaṭṭā, desanābhedā. Cattāro parivaṭṭā etassa, etasmiṃ vāti ^b^catuparivaṭṭo,^eb^ dhammapariyāyo. Dhammo ca so pariyattibhāvato yathāvuttenatthena ādāsoti ^b^dhammādāso^eb^. Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena yathādhammānaṃ ādāsotipi ^b^dhammādāso^eb^. Yathā hi ādāsena ^a^M2.0303^ea^ sattānaṃ mukhe maladosaharaṇaṃ, evaṃ imināpi suttena yogīnaṃ mukhe maladosaharaṇaṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā iminā suttena kilese madditvā samathādhigamena yogino jayappattā; tasmā amatapurappavesane ugghosanamahābheritāya ca ^b^amatadundubhi. Idha vutta^eb^nti imasmiṃ sutte vuttaṃ. ^b^Anuttaro saṅgāmavijayo^eb^ti anuttarabhāvato kilesasaṅgāmavijayo, ‘‘vijeti etenā’’ti katvā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Bahudhātukasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 15
title: sevitabbāsevitabbasuttavaṇṇanā^bahudhātukasuttavaṇṇanā^isigilisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^133^eb^^b^.^eb^ Samaññāyati ^a^V2.0088^ea^ etāyāti ^b^samaññā,^eb^ nāmanti attho. Ayamayaṃ nāmāti paññāpenti etāya, tathāpaññāpanamattanti vā ^b^paññatti,^eb^ nāmameva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘purimapadasseva vevacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sesesupī^eb^ti ‘‘paṇḍavassa pabbatassā’’tiādīsu tīsu vāresupi.<br/><br/>[03]Samuṭṭhānaṃ tāva suttassa kathetvā atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘tadā kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Na pabbatehi attho^eb^ti na bhagavato pabbatehi kathitehi attho atthi. ^b^Isigilibhāvo^eb^ti isigilināmatā. ^b^Itī^eb^ti iminā kāraṇena, imaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ avekkhantoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cetiyagabbhe^eb^ti cetiyaghare cetiyassa abbhantare. ^b^Yamakamahādvāra^eb^nti yamakakavāṭayuttaṃ mahantaṃ dvāraṃ. ^b^Dvedhā katvā^eb^ti pabbatassa abbhantare maṇḍapasaṅkhepena leṇaṃ nimminitvā dvedhā katvā tadā te tattha vasiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03]Vasitakālañca kathento tesaṃ mātuyā yāva tatiyabhavato paṭṭhāya samudāgamaṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘atīte kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Patthesī^eb^ti tassā kira khettakuṭiyā vīhayo bhajjantiyā tattha mahākarañjapupphappamāṇā mahantā manoharā pañcasatamattā lājā jāyiṃsu. Sā tā gahetvā mahante paduminipatte ṭhapesi. Tasmiñca samaye eko paccekabuddho tassā anuggahatthaṃ avidūre khettapāḷiyā gacchati. Sā taṃ disvā ^a^M2.0304^ea^ pasannamānasā supupphitaṃ mahantaṃ ekaṃ padumaṃ gahetvā tattha lāje pakkhipitvā paccekabuddhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā, ‘‘imassa, bhante, puññassa ānubhāvena ānubhāvasampanne pañcasataputte labheyya’’nti pañca puttasatāni patthesi. ^b^Tasmiṃyeva khaṇe^eb^ti yadā sā yathāvuttaṃ patthanaṃ paṭṭhapesi; tasmiṃyeva khaṇe pañcasatā migaluddakā sambhatasambhārā paripakkapaccekabodhiñāṇā tasseva paccekabuddhassa madhuramaṃsaṃ datvā, ‘‘etissā puttā bhaveyyāmā’’ti patthayiṃsu. Atītāsu anekajātīsu tassā puttabhāvena āgatattā tathā tesaṃ ahosīti vadanti. ^b^Pāduddhāre^eb^ti pāduddhāre pāduddhāre. Pāduddhārasīsena cettha nikkhipanaṃ āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gabbhamalaṃ nissāyā^eb^ti bahi nikkhantaṃ gabbhamalaṃ nissayaṃ katvā saṃsedajabhāvena nibbattā ^a^V2.0089^ea^. Opapātikabhāvenāti keci. ^b^Khayavayaṃ paṭṭhapetvā^eb^ti vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā. ^b^Vipassanā^eb^ti aniccānupassanāpubbikā sappaccayanāmarūpadassanapubbikā ca, saṅkhāre sammasantassa aniccalakkhaṇe diṭṭhe, ‘‘yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti sesalakkhaṇāni suviññeyyāneva honti. ^b^Paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ nibbattayiṃsū^eb^ti dve asaṅkhyeyyāni kappānaṃ satasahassañca paccekabodhipāramitāya parinipphannattā ñāṇassa paripākattā vuttanayena sayameva vipassanaṃ pavattetvā matthakaṃ pāpetvā paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ adhigacchiṃsu. Sabbepi te taṃyeva gāthaṃ abhāsiṃsūti āha – ^b^‘‘ayaṃ tesaṃ byākaraṇagāthā ahosī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saroruha^eb^nti sarasi jātaṃ. ^b^Padumapalāsapattaja^eb^nti khuddakamahantehi kamaladalehi sahajātaṃ. Khuddakamahantakamaladalasaṅkhātāni vā padumapalāsapattāni ettha santīti padumapalāsapattaṃ, padumagacchaṃ. Tattha jātanti ^b^padumapalāsapattajaṃ. Supupphita^eb^nti suṭṭhu pupphitaṃ sammā vikasitaṃ. ^b^Bhamaragaṇānuciṇṇa^eb^nti bhamaragaṇehi anukulañceva anuparibbhamitañca. ^b^Aniccatāyupagata^eb^nti khaṇe khaṇe vaṇṇabhedādivasena aniccatāya upagataṃ. ^b^Viditvā^eb^ti vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya jānitvā. ^b^Eko care^eb^ti tasmā aññopi mādiso hotukāmo evaṃ paṭipajjitvā eko care khaggavisāṇakappoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^135^eb^^b^.^eb^ Satisārasīlasārādisamannāgamanena ^a^M2.0305^ea^ sattesu ^b^sārabhūtā^eb^. Sabbaso vaṭṭadukkhassa vigatattā ^b^niddukkhā^eb^. Samucchinnataṇhatāya ^b^nittaṇhā. Mānacchidoti^eb^ thutivacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etesaṃ ekanāmakāyevā^eb^ti etesaṃ āgatānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ pāḷiyaṃ anāgatā aññe paccekabuddhā samānanāmakā eva. Vuttamevatthaṃ pākaṭīkaraṇatthaṃ ^b^‘‘imesu hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Visuṃ visuṃ avatvā^eb^ti paccekaṃ sarūpato avatvā. ^b^Aññe cā^eb^ti asādhāraṇattā āha. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Isigilisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 16
title: bahudhātukasuttavaṇṇanā^isigilisuttavaṇṇanā^mahācattārīsakasuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^136^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dosehi ^a^V2.0090^ea^ ārakāti ^b^ariyaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘niddosa’’^eb^nti. Sā pana niddosatā lokuttarabhāvena savisesāti āha ^b^‘‘lokuttara’’^eb^nti. Sammā sundaro pasattho niyyāniko samādhi ^b^sammāsamādhī^eb^ti āha – ^b^‘‘sammāsamādhinti maggasamādhi’’^eb^nti. Upanisīdati ettha phalaṃ tappaṭibaddhavuttitāyāti ^b^upanisaṃ,^eb^ kāraṇanti āha – ^b^‘‘saupanisanti sappaccaya’’^eb^nti. Parikaroti parivāretīti ^b^parikkhāro^eb^ti āha – ^b^‘‘saparikkhāranti saparivāra’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parivāritā^eb^ti sahajātādipaccayabhāvena parivārantehi viya upagatā. ^b^Purecārikā^eb^ti vuṭṭhānagāminibhāvanā sahajātādipaccayavasena paccayattā purassarā. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘vipassanāsammādiṭṭhi cā’’^eb^ti. Idāni tāni kiccato dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘vipassanāsammādiṭṭhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^parivīmaṃsa^eb^ggahaṇaṃ tattha tattha cittuppāde vīmaṃsādhipateyyena pavattiyā sammādiṭṭhiyā pubbaṅgamabhāvadassanatthaṃ. Tenassa maggasamādhissa nānākhaṇikaṃ pubbaṅgamabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Vīmaṃsanapariyosāne^eb^ti tathāpavattānulomañāṇassa osāne. ^b^Bhūmiladdhaṃ vaṭṭaṃ samugghāṭayamānā^eb^ti attano santāne dīgharattaṃ anusayitaṃ kilesavaṭṭaṃ samucchindanti. ^b^Vūpasamayamānā^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^Vūpasamayamānā^eb^ti vā tato eva avasiṭṭhampi vaṭṭaṃ appavattikaraṇavasena vūpasamenti. Tenevāha – ^b^‘‘maggasammādiṭṭhi…pe… uppajjatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sā^eb^ti sammādiṭṭhi. ^b^Duvidhāpī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0306^ea^ yathāvuttā duvidhāpi. ^b^Idha adhippetā^eb^ vipassanāpaññāsahitāya maggapaññāya kiccassa dassitattā.<br/><br/>[03]Lakkhaṇe paṭivijjhamāne lakkhaṇiko dhammo paṭividdho hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘micchādiṭṭhiṃ…pe… ārammaṇato pajānātī’’^eb^ti. Vipassanāsammādiṭṭhiyampi eseva nayo. ^b^Kiccato^eb^ti bhāvanākiccato. Sammādiṭṭhiyaṃ tadadhigatāsammohatāya ^b^asammohato pajānāti. Kiccato^eb^ti paṭivedhakiccato. Taṃ pana sabbathā asammuyhanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘asammohato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evaṃ pajānanā^eb^ti micchādiṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhīti yāthāvato avabodho. ^b^Assā^eb^ti taṃsamaṅgino puggalassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dvāya^eb^nti -kāro dīghaṃ katvā vutto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dvayaṃ vadāmī’’^eb^ti. Dve avayavā etassāti dvayaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘duvidhakoṭṭhāsaṃ vadāmī’’^eb^ti. Puññassa eko bhāgo so eva puññabhāgiko ^a^V2.0091^ea^, ka-kārassa ya-kāraṃ katvā itthiliṅgavasena ^b^‘‘puññabhāgiyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Upadhisaṅkhātassā^eb^ti khandhapabandhasaṅkhātassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Amatadvāra^eb^nti ariyamaggaṃ. ^b^Paññapetī^eb^ti niyyānādipakārato paññapeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vibhajitvā dassetī’’^eb^ti. Tattha sammohassa viddhaṃsanena asammohato dasseti. ^b^Tasmiṃ atthe^eb^ti amatadvārapaññāpane atthe. ^b^Bojjhaṅgappattā^eb^ti bojjhaṅgabhāvappattā. Maggabhāvena niyyānabhāvena pavattiyā maggapaññāya aṭṭhannampi sādhāraṇattā samudāyassa ca avayavo aṅganti katvā sesadhamme aṅgikabhāvena dassento ^b^‘‘ariyamaggassa aṅga’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^So bhikkhū^eb^ti micchādiṭṭhiṃ ‘‘micchādiṭṭhī’’ti sammādiṭṭhiṃ ‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’ti jānanto bhikkhu. ^b^Pajahanatthāyā^eb^ti samucchedavasena pajahanāya. ^b^Paṭilābhatthāyā^eb^ti maggasammādiṭṭhiyā adhigamāya. ^b^Kusalavāyāmo^eb^ti vipassanāsampayuttova kosallasambhūto vāyāmo. Saratīti ^b^sato,^eb^ taṃ panassa saraṇaṃ satisamaṅgitāyāti āha ^b^‘‘satiyā samannāgato’’^eb^ti. Kāmañcettha vipassanāsammādiṭṭhiṃ yathābhūtā sammāvāyāmasatiyo sahajātā ca purejātā ca hutvā parivārenti, ‘‘itiyime tayo dhammā sammādiṭṭhiṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattantī’’ti pana vacanato, ‘‘ettha hī’’tiādinā maggasammādiṭṭhiyā eva sesadhammānaṃ yathārahaṃ sahacaraṇabhāvena parivāraṇaṃ yojitaṃ. ^b^Sammāsaṅkappādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena sammāvācākammantājīvānaṃ gahaṇaṃ itaresaṃ parivārabhāvena gahitattā ^a^M2.0307^ea^. Na hi sakkā te eva parivāre parivāravante ca katvā vattuṃ saṅkarato sammohajananato ca. ^b^Tayo^eb^ti sammādiṭṭhivāyāmasatiyo ^b^sahajātaparivārāva honti^eb^ maggakkhaṇikānaṃ tesaṃ adhippetattā vipassanākhaṇaviratīnaṃ asambhavato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^137^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Takkanavasena^eb^ lokasiddhenāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Evañcevañca bhavitabba’’nti vividhaṃ takkanaṃ kūpe viya udakassa ārammaṇassa ākaḍḍhanaṃ vitakkanaṃ ^b^vitakko. Saṅkappanavasenā^eb^ti taṃ taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gahetvā kappanavasena. Takkanaṃ kappananti ca ataṃsahajātānamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ekaggo^eb^ti iminā samādhinā laddhupakārasseva vitakkassa appanāpariyāyo hotīti dasseti. Visesena vā appanā vitakkassa vasena cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ abhiropeti, vitakke asati kathanti āha ^b^‘‘vitakke panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Attanoyeva dhammatāya cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ abhiruhatī^eb^ti, etena ārammaṇadhammānaṃ gahaṇaṃ nāma sabhāvasiddhaṃ, na dhammantaramapekkhati, vitakko pana pavattamāno ārammaṇābhiniropanavaseneva pavattatīti dasseti. Evaṃ santepi sabhāvāvitakkacittuppādato savitakkacittuppādassa ārammaṇaggahaṇaviseso vitakkena jātoti katvā vitakko cittassa ārammaṇaggahaṇe visesapaccayoti pākaṭoyamattho. Apare pana bhaṇanti ^a^V2.0092^ea^ – yathā koci rājavallabhaṃ, taṃsambandhīnaṃ mittaṃ vā nissāya rājagehaṃ ārohati anupavisati, evaṃ vitakkaṃ nissāya cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohati vitakkassa ārammaṇābhiniropanasabhāvattā, aññesaṃ dhammānañca avitakkasabhāvato. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘cetaso abhiniropanā’’ti (dha. sa. 7).<br/><br/>[03]Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ avitakkacittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohatīti? Vitakkabaleneva. Yathā hi so puriso paricayena tena vināpi nirāsaṅko rājagehaṃ pavisati, evaṃ paricayena vitakkena vināpi avitakkaṃ cittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārohati. ^b^Paricayenā^eb^ti ca santāne pavattavitakkabhāvanāsaṅkhātena paricayena. Vitakkassa hi santāne abhiṇhaṃ pavattassa vasena cittassa ārammaṇābhiruhanaṃ ciraparicitaṃ; tena taṃ kadāci vitakkena vināpi tattha pavattateva; yathā ñāṇasahagataṃ cittaṃ sammasanavasena ciraparicitaṃ kadāci ^a^M2.0308^ea^ ñāṇarahitampi sammasanavasena pavattati; yathā vā kilesasahitaṃ hutvā pavattaṃ sabbaso kilesarahitampi paricayena kilesavāsanāvasena pavattati, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vācaṃ saṅkharotī^eb^ti vācaṃ uppādeti, vacīghosuppattiyā visesapaccayo hotīti attho. ^b^Lokiyavitakko^eb^ dvattiṃsacittasahagato ^b^vācaṃ saṅkharoti^eb^ vacīviññattijananato. ^b^Vacīsaṅkhārotveva panassa nāmaṃ hoti^eb^ ruḷhito, taṃsamatthatānirodhato vā sambhavato pana saṅkhāroti. ^b^‘‘Lokuttarasammāsaṅkappaṃ parivārentī’’^eb^ti vatvā tividhe sammāsaṅkappe kadāci katamaṃ parivārentīti? Codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘etthā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Nānācittesu labbhanti^eb^ nānāsamannāhārahetukattā, pubbabhāgeyeva ca te uppajjantīti. ^b^Tīṇi nāmāni labhati^eb^ tividhassapi paṭipakkhassa samucchindanena sātisayaṃ tiṇṇampi kiccakaraṇato. Esa nayo sammāvācādīsupi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^138^eb^^b^.^eb^ Viramati etāyāti ^b^veramaṇī^eb^ virati vuccati. Sā musāvādato viramaṇassa kāraṇabhāvato cetanāpi verassa maṇanato vināsanato viratipīti āha – ^b^‘‘viratipi cetanāpi vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ārakā ramatī^eb^ti samucchinnehi dūrato samussāreti. ^b^Vinā tehi ramatī^eb^ti accantameva tehi vinā bhavati. ^b^Tato tato^eb^ti diṭṭhe adiṭṭhavādādito musāvādā. Visesato anuppattidhammattā ^b^paṭinivattā hutvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^140^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tividhena kuhanavatthunā^eb^ti paccayapaṭisevana-sāmantajappana-iriyāpathapavattanasaṅkhātena pāpicchatā nibbattena tividhena kuhanavatthunā. ^b^Etāya^eb^ kuhanāya karaṇabhūtāya paccayuppādanatthaṃ ^b^nimittaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0093^ea^ sīlaṃ etesanti yojanā. Attavisayalābhahetu akkosanakhuṃsanavambhanādivasena pisanaṃ ghaṭṭanaṃ viheṭhanaṃ ^b^nippeso^eb^. Ito laddhaṃ aññassa, tato laddhaṃ parassa datvā evaṃ lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīṃsatīti ^b^lābhena lābhaṃ nijigīṃsanā. Pāḷiyaṃ āgato^eb^ kuhanādivasena ^b^micchāājīvo^eb^. Ko pana soti āha ^b^‘‘ājīvahetū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tāsaṃyevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇaṃ, ‘‘ājīvo kuppamāno kāyavacīdvāresu eva kuppatī’’ti katvā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^141^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sammā ^a^M2.0309^ea^ pasatthā sobhanā niyyānikā diṭṭhi etassāti ^b^sammādiṭṭhi,^eb^ puggalo. Tassa pana yasmā sammādiṭṭhi saccābhisamayassa nibbānasacchikiriyāya avassayo, tasmā vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘maggasammādiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhitassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paho^eb^ti bhavati tāya saheva uppajjati pavattati. Paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ yāthāvato jānanaṭṭhena sammāñāṇanti idhādhippetaṃ, tañca kho maggasamādhimhi ṭhite eva hotīti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ āha – ^b^‘‘maggasammāsamādhimhi…pe… sammāñāṇaṃ pahotī’’^eb^tiādi. Iminā kiṃ dassetīti? Yathā maggasammādiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhito puggalo, ‘‘sammādiṭṭhī’’ti vutto, evaṃ maggaphalapaccavekkhaṇañāṇe ṭhito, ‘‘sammāñāṇo’’ti vutto, tassa ca maggaphalasammāsamādhipavattiyā pahoti sammāñāṇassa sammāvimuttiyā pahotīti imamatthaṃ dasseti. Phalasamādhi tāva pavattatu, maggasamādhi pana kathanti? Tampi akuppabhāvatāya accantasamādhibhāvato kiccanipphattiyā pavattatevāti vattabbataṃ labhati. ^b^Ṭhapetvā aṭṭhaphalaṅgānī^eb^ti phalabhūtāni sammādiṭṭhiādīni aṭṭhaṅgāni, ‘‘sammādiṭṭhissa sammāsaṅkappo pahotī’’tiādinā visuṃ gahitattā ṭhapetvā. ^b^Sammāñāṇaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ katvā^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ sammāñāṇaṃ katvā. ^b^Phalaṃ kātu^eb^nti phaladhammasahacaritatāya vipākasabhāvatāya ca ‘‘phala’’nti laddhanāme phalasampayuttadhamme sammāvimuttiṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ. Tathā ca vuttaṃ ^b^sallekhasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.83) ‘‘phalasampayuttāni pana sammādiṭṭhiādīni aṭṭhaṅgāni ṭhapetvā sesadhammā sammāvimuttīti veditabbā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^142^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nijjiṇṇā^eb^ti nijjīritā, viddhastā vināsitāti attho. ^b^Phalaṃ kathita^eb^nti ‘‘sammādiṭṭhissa, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi nijjiṇṇā hotī’’ti iminā vārena sāmaññaphalaṃ kathitanti vadanti, nijjīraṇaṃ paṭippassambhananti adhippāyo. Nijjīraṇaṃ pana samucchindananti katvā, ^b^majjhimabhāṇakā…pe… maggo kathitoti vadanti. Dassanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti pariññābhisamayādivasena catunnaṃ saccānaṃ paccakkhato dassanaṭṭhena. ^b^Viditakaraṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti paccakkhena yathādiṭṭhānaṃ maggaphalānaṃ pākaṭakaraṇaṭṭhena. ^b^Tadadhimuttaṭṭhenā^eb^ti tasmiṃ yathāsacchikate nibbāne adhimuccanabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kusalapakkhā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0094^ea^ anavajjakoṭṭhāsā. ^b^Mahāvipākadānenā^eb^ti mahato vipulassa lokuttarassa sukhavipākassa ceva kāyikādidukkhavipākassa ca dānena.<br/><br/>[03]Yathā ^a^M2.0310^ea^ mahāvipākassa dānena mahācattārīsakaṃ, tathā bahutāyapi mahācattārīsakoti dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘imasmiñca pana sutte pañca sammādiṭṭhiyo kathitā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Bahuatthopi hi ^b^mahā^eb^-saddo hoti ‘‘mahājano’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.65). Ettha ca ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinā vatthubhedena dasa micchādiṭṭhidhammā kathitā, vatthubhedeneva, ‘‘atthi dinna’’ntiādinā dasa sammādiṭṭhidhammāti vīsati hoti. Yathā ‘‘sammādiṭṭhissa, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo pahotī’’tiādinā maggavasena dasa sammattadhammā, tappaṭipakkhabhūtā ‘‘micchādiṭṭhissa micchāsaṅkappo pahotī’’tiādinā atthato dasa micchattadhammāti vīsati, tathā phalavasena tesu evaṃ vīsati. Kathaṃ vārepi sammādiṭṭhiādayo dasāti vīsati? Evamete dve cattārīsakāni purimena saddhiṃ tayo cattārīsakā vibhāvitāti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^143^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pasaṃsiyassa ujuvipaccanīkaṃ nindiyaṃ pasaṃsantopi atthato pasaṃsiyaṃ nindanto nāma hoti. Pasaṃsiyassa guṇaparidhaṃsanamukheneva hi nindiyassa pasaṃsāya pavattanatoti āha – ^b^‘‘micchādiṭṭhināmāyaṃ sobhanāti vadantopi sammādiṭṭhiṃ garahati nāmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Evamādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^saddena ‘‘natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāyā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.168; ma. ni. 2.227) evamādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti; tasmā ^b^evaṃvādino^eb^ti evaṃ hetu paṭikkhepavādinoti attho. ^b^Okkantaniyāmā^eb^ti ogāḷhamicchattaniyāmā. ^b^Evarūpaṃ laddhiṃ gahetvā^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^cūḷapuṇṇamasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ vuttanayameva tasmā tattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ediso hi ‘‘buddhānampi atekiccho’’tiādi vuttasadiso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attano nindābhayenā^eb^ti ‘‘sammādiṭṭhiñca nāmete garahantī’’ādinā upari parehi vattabbanindābhayena. ^b^Ghaṭṭanabhayenā^eb^ti tathā paresaṃ āsādanābhayena. Sahadhammena parena attano upari kātabbaniggaho upārambho, garahato parittāso upārambhabhayaṃ, taṃ pana atthato upavādabhayaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘upavādabhayenā’’^eb^ti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Mahācattārīsakasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 17
title: isigilisuttavaṇṇanā^mahācattārīsakasuttavaṇṇanā^ānāpānassatisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^144^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pubbenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0095^ea^^a^M2.0311^ea^ nissakke karaṇavacanaṃ. ‘‘Aparaṃ visesa’’nti vuttattā visesavisayo ca pubbasaddoti āha – ^b^‘‘sīlaparipūraṇādito pubbavisesato’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^145^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āraddho^eb^ yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipattiyā ārādhito. Yadatthāya sāsane pabbajjā, visesāpatti ca, tadevettha appattanti adhippetaṃ, taṃ jhānavipassanānimittanti āha – ^b^‘‘appattassa arahattassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Komudī^eb^ti kumudavatī. Tadā kira kumudāni supupphitāni honti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘kumudānaṃ atthitāya komudī’’^eb^ti. Kumudānaṃ samūho, kumudāni eva vā komudā, te ettha atthīti ^b^komudī^eb^ti. ^b^Pavāraṇasaṅgaha^eb^nti mahāpavāraṇaṃ akatvā āgamanīyasaṅgahaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āraddhavipassakassā^eb^ti ārabhitavipassanassa, vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ussukkāpetvā vipassissa. ^b^Bhikkhū idha osarissanti^eb^ vutthavassā pavāritapavāraṇā ‘‘bhagavantaṃ vandissāma, kammaṭṭhānaṃ sodhessāma, yathāladdhaṃ visesañca pavedissāmā’’ti ajjhāsayena. ^b^Ime bhikkhū^eb^ti ime taruṇasamathavipassanā bhikkhū. ^b^Visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ na sakkhissanti^eb^ senāsanasappāyādialābhena. ^b^Apalibuddha^eb^nti aññehi anupaddutaṃ. ^b^Senāsanaṃ gahetuṃ na labhanti^eb^ antovassabhāvato. ^b^Ekassa dinnopi sabbesaṃ dinnoyeva hoti,^eb^ tasmā sutasutaṭṭhāneyeva ekamāsaṃ vasitvā osariṃsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^146^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Alanti yuttaṃ,^eb^ opāyikanti attho, ‘‘alameva nibbinditu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.272; saṃ. ni. 2.124, 128, 134, 143) viya. Puṭabaddhaṃ pariharitvā asitaṃ ^b^puṭosaṃ^eb^ a-kārassa o-kāraṃ katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pātheyya’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^147^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vipassanā kathitā^eb^ti aniccasaññāmukheneva vipassanābhāvanā kathitā. Na hi kevalāya aniccānupassanāya vipassanākiccaṃ samijjhati. ^b^Bahū bhikkhū^eb^ te ca vitthārarucikāti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^149^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0312^ea^ sabbavāresu. ‘‘Tasmā tiha, bhikkhave, vedanānupassī’’tiādīsupi pītipaṭisaṃveditādivaseneva ^a^V2.0096^ea^ vedanānupassanāya vuttattā, ^b^‘‘sukhavedanaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vutta’’^eb^nti āha. Satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāmanasikāratāya vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘sādhukaṃ manasikāra’’^eb^nti. ^b^Saññānāmena paññā vuttā^eb^ tesaṃ payogattā. ^b^Manasikāranāmena vedanā vuttā,^eb^ bhāvanāya paricitattā ārammaṇassa manasikāranti katvā. ^b^Vitakkavicāre ṭhapetvā^eb^ti vuttaṃ vacīsaṅkhārattā tesaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ santepī^eb^ti yadipi manasikārapariyāpannatāya ‘‘manasikāro’’ti vuttaṃ, evaṃ sante vedanānupassanābhāvo na yujjati, assāsapassāsā hissa ārammaṇaṃ. ^b^Vatthu^eb^nti sukhādīnaṃ vedanānaṃ pavattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ vatthuṃ ^b^ārammaṇaṃ katvā vedanāva vediyati,^eb^ vedanāya ekantabhāvadassanena tassa vedanānupassanābhāvo yujjati evāti imamatthaṃ dasseti. ^b^Etassa^eb^ anuyogassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dvīhākārehī^eb^ti ye sandhāya vuttaṃ, te dassento ^b^‘‘ārammaṇato asammohato cā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Sappītike dve jhāne^eb^ti pītisahagatāni paṭhamadutiyajjhānāni paṭipāṭiyā ^b^samāpajjati. Samāpattikkhaṇe^eb^ti samāpajjanakkhaṇe. ^b^Jhānapaṭilābhenā^eb^ti jhānena samaṅgībhāvena. ^b^Ārammaṇato^eb^ ārammaṇamukhena tadārammaṇajhānapariyāpannā ^b^pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti^eb^ ārammaṇassa paṭisaṃviditattā. Yathā nāma sappapariyesanaṃ carantena tassa āsaye paṭisaṃvidite sopi paṭisaṃviditova hoti mantāgadabalena tassa gahaṇassa sukarattā; evaṃ pītiyā āsayabhūte ārammaṇe paṭisaṃvidite sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā eva hoti salakkhaṇato sāmaññalakkhaṇato ca tassā gahaṇassa sukarattā. ^b^Vipassanākkhaṇe^eb^ti vipassanāpaññāpubbaṅgamāya maggapaññāya visesato dassanakkhaṇe. ^b^Lakkhaṇapaṭivedhā^eb^ti pītiyā salakkhaṇassa sāmaññalakkhaṇassa ca paṭivijjhanena. Yañhi pītiyā visesato sāmaññato ca lakkhaṇaṃ, tasmiṃ vidite sā yāthāvato viditā hoti. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘asammohato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni tamatthaṃ pāḷiyā vibhāvetuṃ, ^b^‘‘vuttampi ceta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^dīghaṃ assāsavasenā^eb^ti dīghassa assāsassa ārammaṇabhūtassa vasena. ^b^Cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato^eb^ti jhānapariyāpannaṃ avikkhepoti laddhanāmaṃ ^a^M2.0313^ea^ cittassekaggataṃ taṃsampayuttāya paññāya pajānato. Yatheva hi ārammaṇamukhena pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti, evaṃ taṃsampayuttadhammāpi ārammaṇamukhena paṭisaṃviditā eva honti. ^b^Sati upaṭṭhitā hotī^eb^ti dīghaṃ assāsavasena jhānasampayuttā sati tasmiṃ ārammaṇe upaṭṭhite ārammaṇamukhena jhānepi upaṭṭhitā eva nāma hoti. ^b^Tāya satiyā^eb^ti evaṃ upaṭṭhitāya tāya satiyā yathāvuttena ^b^tena ñāṇena^eb^ suppaṭividitattā ^a^V2.0097^ea^ ārammaṇassa tassa vasena tadārammaṇā ^b^sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Avasesapadānipī^eb^ti ‘‘dīghaṃ passāsavasenā’’tiādipadānipi.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ^b^paṭisambhidāmagge^eb^ vuttamatthaṃ imasmiṃ sutte yojetvā dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘itī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Imināpi yoginā manasikārena paṭilabhitabbato paṭilābhoti vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘jhānasampayutte vedanāsaṅkhātamanasikārapaṭilābhenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Assāsapassāsanimitta^eb^nti assāsapassāse nissāya paṭiladdhapaṭibhāganimittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ kiñcāpi karoti; satiñca sampajaññañca upaṭṭhapetvā pavattanato ārammaṇamukhena tadārammaṇassa paṭisaṃviditattā citte cittānupassīyeva nāmesa hoti. Evaṃ cittānupassanāpi satisampajaññabaleneva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. Pajahati etena, sayaṃ vā pajahatīti ^b^pahānaṃ,^eb^ ñāṇaṃ. ^b^Domanassavasena byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ dassitaṃ^eb^ tadekaṭṭhabhāvato. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti nīvaraṇapabbassa. ^b^Pahānakarañāṇa^eb^nti pajahanañāṇaṃ. ^b^Vipassanāparampara^eb^nti paṭipāṭiyā vipassanamāha. ^b^Samathapaṭipanna^eb^nti majjhimasamathanimittaṃ paṭipannacittaṃ ajjhupekkhati. ^b^Ekato upaṭṭhāna^eb^nti paṭipakkhavigamena ekabhāvena upaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Sahajātānaṃ ajjhupekkhanā hotī^eb^ti paggahaniggahasampahaṃsanesu byāpārassa anāpajjitattā ārammaṇānaṃ ajjhupekkhanā, ‘‘yadatthi yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ pajahati upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatī’’ti, evaṃ vuttājjhupekkhanā pavattāti paṭipannā. ^b^Kevalaṃ nīvaraṇādidhamme^eb^ti nīvaraṇādidhamme eva pahīne disvā, atha kho tesaṃ pajahanañāṇampi yāthāvato paññāya disvā ajjhupekkhitā hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘dhammāpi kho, bhikkhave, pahātabbā, pageva adhammā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.240).<br/><br/>[03]^b^150^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aniccādivasena^eb^^a^M2.0314^ea^^b^pavicinatī^eb^ti aniccādippakārehi vicinati passati. ^b^Nirāmisā^eb^ti kilesāmisarahitā. ^b^Kāyikacetasikadarathapaṭippassaddhiyā^eb^ti kāyacittānaṃ sādhubhāvūpagamanena vikkhambhitattā. Sahajātadhammānaṃ ekasabhāvena pavattiyā ^b^sahajātājjhupekkhanāya ajjhupekkhitā hoti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ kāye^eb^ pavattā kāyārammaṇā ^b^sati,^eb^ pubbabhāgiyo ^b^satisambojjhaṅgo^eb^. Esa nayo sesesupi. Somanassasahagatacittuppādavasena cetaṃ okkamanaṃ oliyanaṃ kosajjaṃ, tato ativattanaṃ atidhāvanaṃ uddhaccaṃ, tadubhayavidhurā bojjhaṅgupekkhābhūtā anosakkanānativattanasaṅkhātā majjhattākāratā. Idāni ^b^yatheva^eb^ hītiādinā tameva majjhattākāraṃ ^a^V2.0098^ea^ upamāya vibhāveti. ^b^Tudanaṃ vā^eb^ patodena. ^b^Ākaḍḍhanaṃ vā^eb^ rasminā. ^b^Natthi^eb^ na kātabbaṃ atthi. ^b^Ekacittakkhaṇikā^eb^ti ekekasmiṃ citte vipassanāvasena saha uppajjanakā. ^b^Nānārasalakkhaṇā^eb^ti nānākiccā ceva nānāsabhāvā ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^152^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vuttatthāneva^eb^ sabbāsavasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 27) ānāpānārammaṇā aparāparaṃ pavattasatiyo ārammaṇasīsena tadārammaṇā dhammā gahitā, tā panekasantāne lokiyacittasampayuttāti ^b^lokiyā,^eb^ tā vaḍḍhamānā ^b^lokiyaṃ^eb^ catubbidhampi ^b^satipaṭṭhānaṃ paripūrenti. Vijjāvimuttiphalanibbāna^eb^nti vimuttīnaṃ phalabhūtaṃ tehiyeva veditabbaṃ kilesanibbānaṃ, amatamahānibbānameva vijjāvimuttīnaṃ adhigamena adhigantabbatāya tathā vuttaṃ. Paripūraṇañcassa ārammaṇaṃ katvā amatassānubhavanameva. Idha sutte lokiyāpi bojjhaṅgā kathitā lokuttarāpīti ettakaṃ gahetvā, ^b^‘‘iti lokiyassa āgataṭṭhāne lokiyaṃ kathita’’^eb^nti ca atthavaṇṇanāvasena aṭṭhakathāyaṃ kathitaṃ. ^b^Thero^eb^ti mahādhammarakkhitatthero. ^b^Aññattha evaṃ hotī^eb^ti aññasmiṃ lokiyalokuttaradhammānaṃ tattha tattha vomissakanayena āgatasutte evaṃ lokiyaṃ āgataṃ, idha lokuttaraṃ āgatanti kathetabbaṃ hoti. ^b^Lokuttaraṃ upari āgata^eb^nti vijjāvimuttiṃ paripūrentīti evaṃ lokuttaraṃ upari desanāyaṃ āgataṃ; tasmā lokiyā eva bojjhaṅgā vijjāvimutti paripūrikā kathetabbā ^a^M2.0315^ea^ lokuttarānaṃ bojjhaṅgānaṃ vijjāgahaṇena gahitattā, tasmā therena vuttoyevettha attho gahetabbo. Sesaṃ vuttanayattā suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Ānāpānassatisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 18
title: mahācattārīsakasuttavaṇṇanā^ānāpānassatisuttavaṇṇanā^kāyagatāsatisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^153-4^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tappaṭisaraṇānaṃ ^a^V2.0099^ea^ kāmāvacarasattānaṃ paṭisaraṇaṭṭhena gehā kāmaguṇā, gehe sitā ārabbha pavattiyā allīnāti ^b^gehassitā. Sarantī^eb^ti vegasā pavattanti. Vegena hi pavatti dhāvatīti vuccati. ^b^Saṅkappā^eb^ti ye keci micchāsaṅkappā, byāpādavihiṃsāsaṅkappādayopi kāmaguṇasitā evāti. ^b^Gocarajjhattasmiṃyevā^eb^ti pariggahite kammaṭṭhāne eva vattanti. Tañhi dhammavasena upaṭṭhitāya bhāvanāya gocarabhāvato ‘‘gocarajjhatta’’nti vuttaṃ. Assāsapassāsakāye gatā pavattāti kāyagatā, taṃ ^b^kāyagatāsatiṃ^eb^. Satisīsena taṃsahagate bhāvanādhamme vadati assāsapassāsakāyādike taṃtaṃkoṭṭhāse samathavatthubhāvena pariggahetvā satiyā pariggahitattā; tathāpariggahite vā te ārabbha aniccādimanasikāravasena pavattā kāyārammaṇā satī satibhāvena vatvā ekajjhaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘kāyapariggāhika’’^eb^ntiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Satipaṭṭhāne^eb^ti mahāsatipaṭṭhānasutte (dī. ni. 2.378; ma. ni. 1.111), ^b^cuddasavidhena kāyānupassanā kathitā,^eb^ cuṇṇakajātāni aṭṭhikāni pariyosānaṃ katvā kāyānupassanā niddiṭṭhā, idha pana kesādīsu vaṇṇakasiṇavasena nibbattitānaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena uparidesanāya vaḍḍhitattā aṭṭhārasavidhena kāyagatāsatibhāvanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^156^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tassa bhikkhuno^eb^ti yo kāyagatāsatibhāvanāya vasībhūto, tassa bhikkhuno. ^b^Sampayogavasena vijjaṃ bhajantī^eb^ti sahajāta-aññamañña-nissaya-sampayutta-atthi-avigatapaccayavasena vijjaṃ bhajanti, tāya saha ekībhāvamiva gacchantīti attho. ^b^Vijjābhāge vijjākoṭṭhāse^eb^^a^M2.0316^ea^^b^vattantī^eb^ti vijjāsabhāgatāya tadekadese vijjākoṭṭhāse vattanti. ^b^Tāhi sampayuttadhammā^eb^ phassādayo. Nanu cettha vijjānaṃ vijjābhāgiyatā na sambhavatīti? No na sambhavati. Yāya hi vijjāya vijjāsampayuttānaṃ vijjābhāgiyatā, sā taṃnimittāya vijjāya upacarīyatīti. ^b^Ekā vijjā vijjā, sesā vijjābhāgiyā^eb^ti aṭṭhasu vijjāsu ekaṃ ‘‘vijjā’’ti gahetvā itarā tassā bhāgatāya ‘‘vijjābhāgiyā’’ti veditabbā. Saddhiṃ pavattanasabhāvāsu ayameva vijjāti vattabbāti niyamassa abhāvato vijjābhāgo viya vijjābhāgiyāpi pavattati evāti vattabbaṃ. ^b^Āpopharaṇa^eb^nti paṭibhāganimittabhūtena āpokasiṇena sabbaso mahāsamuddapharaṇaṃ āpopharaṇaṃ nāma. Dibbacakkhuñāṇassa kiccaṃ pharaṇanti katvā, dibbacakkhuatthaṃ vā ālokapharaṇaṃ ^a^V2.0100^ea^^b^dibbacakkhupharaṇa^eb^nti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ubhayasmimpi pakkhe samuddaṅgamānaṃ kunnadīnaṃ samuddantogadhattā tesaṃ cetasā phuṭatā veditabbā. ^b^Kunnadi^eb^ggahaṇañcettha kañcimeva kālaṃ sanditvā tāsaṃ udakassa samuddapariyāpannabhāvūpagamanattā, na bahi mahānadiyo viya parittakālaṭṭhitikāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Otāra^eb^nti kilesuppattiyā avasaraṃ, taṃ pana vivaraṃ chiddanti ca vuttaṃ. ^b^Ārammaṇa^eb^nti kilesuppattiyā olambanaṃ. ^b^Yāva pariyosānā^eb^ti mattikāpuñjassa yāva pariyosānā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^158^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhiññāyā^eb^ti iddhividhādiabhiññāya. ^b^Sacchikātabbassā^eb^ti paccakkhato kātabbassa adhiṭṭhānavikubbanādidhammassa. ^b^Abhiññāva kāraṇa^eb^nti āha – ‘‘sacchikiriyāpekkhāya, abhiññākāraṇassa pana siddhiyā pākaṭā’’ti. ^b^Mariyādabaddhā^eb^ti udakamātikāmukhe katā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yuttayānaṃ viya katāya^eb^ icchiticchite kāle sukhena paccavekkhitabbattā. ^b^Patiṭṭhākatāyā^eb^ti sampattīnaṃ patiṭṭhābhāvaṃ pāpitāya. ^b^Anuppavattitāyā^eb^ti bhāvanābahulīkārehi anuppavattitāya. ^b^Paricayakatāyā^eb^ti āsevanadaḷhatāya suciraṃ paricayāya. ^b^Susampaggahitāyā^eb^ti sabbaso ukkaṃsaṃ pāpitāya. ^b^Susamāraddhāyā^eb^ti ativiya sammadeva nibbattikatāya. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Kāyagatāsatisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 36
item: 19
title: ānāpānassatisuttavaṇṇanā^kāyagatāsatisuttavaṇṇanā^saṅkhārupapattisuttavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^160^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṅkhārupapatti^eb^nti ^a^V2.0101^ea^^a^M2.0317^ea^ vipākakkhandhasaññitānaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ uppattiṃ, nibbattinti attho. Yasmā avadhāraṇaṃ etasmiṃ pade icchitabbanti, ^b^‘‘saṅkhārānaṃyeva upapatti’’^eb^nti vatvā tena nivattitaṃ dassento, ^b^‘‘na sattassā’’^eb^ti āha. Tena satto jīvo uppajjatīti micchāvādaṃ paṭikkhipati. Evaṃ uppajjanakadhammavasena uppattiṃ dassetvā idāni uppattijanakadhammavasenapi taṃ dassetuṃ, ^b^‘‘puññābhisaṅkhārena vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha kāmesu puññābhisaṅkhārenapi upapatti hoti, sā pana imasmiṃ sutte gahitāti. ^b^Puññābhisaṅkhārena vā^eb^ti ^b^vā^eb^-saddo avuttatthāpekkhaṇavikappattho, avuttatthāpekkhāya pana na āgato ‘‘āneñjābhisaṅkhārenā’’ti. Atha vā upapatti āgatā, evaṃ kiccaṃ āgataṃ, āneñjābhisaṅkhāro panettha sarūpena anāgatopi puññābhisaṅkhāraggahaṇeneva gahitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘puññāneñjābhisaṅkhārenā’’ti paṭhanti. ^b^Bhavūpagakkhandhāna^eb^nti sugatibhavūpagānaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^161^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Lokikā vaṭṭanti^eb^ kammavaṭṭassa gahaṇato. Bhavūpapattihetubhūtā okappanīyasaddhā catupārisuddhisīlaṃ tādisaṃ buddhavacanabāhusaccaṃ āmisapariccāgo kammassakatāñāṇaṃ kammaphaladiṭṭhi ca ime ^b^saddhādayo^eb^ veditabbā. ^b^Ṭhapetī^eb^ti paṇidahanavasena ṭhapeti. Paṇidahatīti hi ayamettha attho. ^b^Patiṭṭhāpetī^eb^ti tattha suppatiṭṭhitaṃ katvā ṭhapeti. ^b^Sahapatthanāyā^eb^ti, ‘‘aho vatāhaṃ…pe… upapajjeyya’’nti evaṃ pavattapatthanāya saha. ^b^Saddhādayovā^eb^ti yathāvuttā saddhādayo eva ^b^pañca dhammā^eb^ upapattiyā saṅkharaṇaṭṭhena saṅkhārā, tasmā eva aññehi visiṭṭhabhavūpaharaṇaṭṭhena vihārā nāmāti. ^b^Tasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti tasmiṃ upapattiṭṭhāne.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañcadhammāva^eb^ taṃsamaṅgīpuggalo upapattiṃ maggati gavesati etenāti ^b^maggo^eb^. Paṭipajjati etāyāti ^b^paṭipadā^eb^. Cetanā panettha suddhasaṅkhāratāya saddhādiggahaṇeneva gahitā, tasmā avadhāraṇaṃ kataṃ. Upapattipakappanavaseneva pavattiyā patthanāgahaṇeneva tassā gahaṇanti keci. Cittakarayuttagatinibbattanadhammavasena avadhāraṇassa katattā. Cetanā hi nāma kammaṃ, tassā upapattinibbattane vattabbameva natthi, tassā pana kiccakaraṇā saddhādayo patthanā cāti ime dhammā sahakārino bhavūpapattiyā niyāmakā hontīti tatrūpapattiyā pavattantīti tesaṃ maggādibhāvo vutto. Tenāha ^a^M2.0318^ea^^b^‘‘yassa hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tena saddhā patthanā cāti ubhaye dhammā sahitā ^a^V2.0102^ea^ hutvā kammaṃ visesentā gatiṃ niyamentīti dasseti, paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ aniyataṃ kevalassa kammassa vasenāti adhippāyo. Kāmañcettha ‘‘kammaṃ katvā’’ti vuttaṃ, kammāyūhanato pana pageva patthanaṃ ṭhapetumpi vaṭṭatiyeva. ^b^Kammaṃ katvā^eb^ti cettha ‘‘tāpetvā bhuñjati, bhutvā sayatī’’tiādīsu viya na kālaniyamo, kammaṃ katvā yadā kadāci patthanaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti ca idaṃ cārittadassanaṃ viya vuttaṃ. Yathā hi bhavapatthanā yāva maggena na samucchijjati, tāva anuppannābhinavakatūpacitassa kammassa paccayo hotiyeva. Puna tathā visesapaccayo, yathā niyametvā uppāditā. Tena vuttaṃ – ^b^‘‘yassa pañca dhammā atthi, na patthanā tassa gati anibaddhā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^165^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabbasovā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ kāḷakaṃ sāmaṃ setaṃ haritaṃ maṇḍalaṃ aparimaṇḍalaṃ caturaṃsaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ khuddakaṃ mahanta’’ntiādinā sabbasova ^b^pākaṭaṃ hoti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^167^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sundaro^eb^ti kāḷakādidosarahitatāya sobhano. ^b^Ākarasampanno^eb^ sampannāakaruppattiyā. ^b^Dhovanādīhī^eb^ti dhovanatāpanamajjanādīhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^168^eb^^b^.^eb^ Lokadhātūnaṃ satasahassaṃ attano vase vattanato ^b^satasahasso^eb^. Tassa pana tattha obhāsakaraṇaṃ pākaṭanti āha ^b^‘‘ālokapharaṇabrahmā’’^eb^ti. Ayameva nayo heṭṭhā ‘‘sahasso brahmā’’tiādīsupi. ^b^Nikkhena kata^eb^nti nikkhaparimāṇena jambonadena kataṃ. Nikkhaṃ pana vīsatisuvaṇṇanti keci. Pañcavīsatisuvaṇṇanti apare. Suvaṇṇaṃ nāma catudharaṇanti vadanti. ^b^Ghaṭṭanamajjanakkhamaṃ na hoti^eb^ parittabhāvato. ^b^Atirekenā^eb^ti pañcasuvaṇṇātirekena nikkhappamāṇaṃ asampattena. ^b^Vaṇṇavantaṃ pana na hoti^eb^ avipulatāya uḷāraṃ hutvā anupaṭṭhānato. Avaṇṇavantatāya eva ^b^pharusadhātukaṃ khāyati. Tāsū^eb^ti tāsu bhūmīsu, yattha sākhā vaḍḍhitvā ṭhitā. ^b^Te^eb^ti suvaṇṇaṅkurā. ^b^Pacitvā^eb^ti tāpetvā. ^b^Sampahaṭṭha^eb^nti samujjalīkatanti āha – ^b^‘‘dhotaghaṭṭitapamajjita’’^eb^nti, tambamattikalepaṃ katvā dhotañceva pāsāṇādinā ghaṭṭitañca eḷakalomādinā pamajjitañcāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etadevā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0319^ea^ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā ettha ālokapharaṇameva. Atha vā yaṃ dibbacakkhupharaṇaṃ, ālokapharaṇampi ^b^etadeva^eb^. Yattakañhi ṭhānaṃ yogī kasiṇālokena pharati; tattakaṃ ṭhānaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ phusatīti dibbacakkhupharaṇe dassite ālokapharaṇaṃ dassitamevāti attho. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti sabbasmiṃ ‘‘pharitvā’’ti āgataṭṭhāne. ^b^Avināsentenā^eb^ti asambhinnena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kasiṇapharaṇaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0103^ea^^b^viyā^eb^ti kasiṇobhāsena pharaṇaṃ viya ^b^dissati^eb^ upaṭṭhāti, maṇipabhāpharaṇassa viya brahmaloke dhātupharaṇassa dassitattāti adhippāyo. Sarīrapabhā pana nikkhapabhāsadisāti, ^b^‘‘nikkhopamme sarīrapharaṇaṃ viya dissatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhakathā nāma natthī^eb^ti pāḷipadassa atthavaṇṇanāya nāma nicchitāya bhavitabbaṃ, avinicchitāya pana natthi viyāti akathanaṃ nāma aṭṭhakathāya anāciṇṇanti tassa vādaṃ ^b^paṭikkhipitvā^eb^. Yathā hi vattabbaṃ, tathā avatvā ‘‘viyā’’ti vacanaṃ kimatthiyanti adhippāyo. Buddhānaṃ byāmappabhā byāmappadese sabbakālaṃ adhiṭṭhāti viya tassa brahmuno ^b^sarīrapharaṇaṃ^eb^ sarīrābhāya pattharaṇaṃ ^b^sabbakālikaṃ. Cattārimāni^eb^ itarāni pharaṇāni ^b^avināsetvā^eb^ aññamaññamabhinditvā ^b^kathetabbaṃ. Pharaṇapadasseva vevacanaṃ^eb^ ‘‘adhimuccaneneva pharaṇa’’nti. ^b^Pattharatī^eb^ti yathāvuttaṃ pharaṇavasena pattharati. ^b^Jānātī^eb^ti adhimuccanavasena jānāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^169^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ādayo^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena subhe saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Ābhā^eb^ti dutiyajjhānabhūmike deve ekajjhaṃ gahetvā sādhāraṇato vuttaṃ. Tato ^b^subhā^eb^ti tatiyajjhānabhūmike. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘pāṭiyekkā devā natthī’’^eb^tiādi. Sādhāraṇato katāyapi patthanāya jhānaṅgaṃ parittaṃ bhāvitañce, parittābhesu upapatti hoti, majjhimañce, appamāṇābhesu, paṇītañce, ābhassaresu upapatti hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Subhā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva suviññeyyoti āha – ^b^‘‘vehapphalādivārā pākaṭāyevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāmāvacaresu nibbattatū^eb^tiādinā saddhādīnaṃ ajjhānavipassanānaṃ kathaṃ tadadhiṭṭhānaṃ hotīti āsaṅkati. Itaro saddhādīnaṃ ajjhānasabhāvattepi jhānavipassanānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ nissayapaccayādivasena sappaccayattā brahmalokūpapattiṃ nibbānañca āvahantīti dassento, ^b^‘‘ime pañca dhammā’’^eb^tiādimāha ^a^M2.0320^ea^. Tattha ^b^sīla^eb^nti sambhārasīlaṃ. Anāgāmī samucchinnaorambhāgiyasaṃyojano samāno sace sabbaso upapattiyo atikkamituṃ na sakkoti, ariyabhūmīsu eva nibbattati yathūpacitajhānakammunāti āha – ^b^‘‘anāgāmi…pe… nibbattatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uparimagga^eb^nti aggamaggaṃ bhāvetvā. ^b^Āsavakkhaya^eb^nti sabbaso āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pahānaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Saṅkhārupapattisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca anupadavaggavaṇṇanā.


